Tag Archives: travel

East Africa Railway News – November/December 2025

A. Uganda to begin construction of its Standard Gauge railway network in April 2026.

In August 2025, Rogers Atukunda wrote of the construction of Uganda’s Standard Gauge railway network commencing in April 2026. His article can be found here. [1]

B. Uganda is to use electric traction for the Kampala to Malaba Standard Gauge Railway Line.

Uganda has recently confirmed that its Standard Gauge line from Malaba/Tororo to Kampala will operate with electric traction to European standards rather than diesel traction to Chinese standards.

The planned regional standard-gauge network includes two lines separating inside the Eastern border of Uganda at Tororo. These then diverge further in the West (at Bihanga) and in the North (at Gulu). The total route length will be 1,724 kilometres subject to change due to design modifications and additional sidings and/or branch lines. [3]

Kabona Esiara of ‘The East African‘ explained in November 2025 that this required detailed negotiations between the railway authorities in Kenya and Uganda. These negotiations commenced in mid-November 2025. [2]

Uganda and Kenya were working on a raft of technical and policy measures to facilitate a seamless SGR system between the two countries as they work in the next few years on parallel finishing of their SGR lines.

Kenya says it will start constructing the Naivasha-Kisumu-Malaba line early in 2026 while construction of Uganda’s Kampala-Malaba should commence in the second quarter of 2026.

Further details can be found here. [2]

C. A series of mis-steps in the development of railways in Kenya and Uganda.

Mary Serumaga, in 2018, said that “the building of standard gauge (SGR) railways in both Uganda and Kenya and the predictable sagas that have ensued are reminiscent of the controversies surrounding the building of the Uganda and Rhodesian Railways in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Both present a framework within which it is possible finally to understand the limited achievements in development in all sectors (and frankly, underdevelopment in many) and regression in Uganda’s primary education, copper mining and agricultural sectors. Both SGR projects are tainted with suspicion of shady procurement which, if taken together with the track records of the implementers, points to corruption. It would be irresponsible to say otherwise.” [4]

The route, design, level of service and all other decisions of the Uganda Railway of 1990 were dictated by potential profits for foreign investors (both public and private) and their local agents, and not by notions of public service and the common good of those who would bear the ultimate cost. Return on investment is not a bad thing but the Imperial government also claimed to be acting in the interests of the indigenous populations. … The difference now is that there is no pretence about whether the railways are serving the interests of the general population. The different financial implications presented by the procurement process itself, the selection of routes and the relative cost of engineering in the different terrains, plus the cost of compensating displaced landowners, provide scope for long-running, energy-depleting corruption scandals. From the outset, there has been a lack of confidence that procurement processes for the necessary services would prioritise the interests of the public over the interests of the contractor and would actively exclude the personal interests of the public servants commissioning the works. This is what is triggering the anxiety surrounding the SGRs.” [4]

Moreover, the choice over whether to upgrade the old railway or to start afresh was not adequately debated publicly. Ditto the options on financing. For the Kenyan SGR, the most costly of the potential routes were reportedly selectively chosen. Several cheaper routes on land allegedly already in possession of the government are said to have been rejected. … There are also questions surrounding passenger service. Do the railways only serve trade or are passengers entitled to this alternative to dangerous road transport?” [4]

Uganda owns one half of the old East African Railway. Together with the Kenyan leg, it was put under a 25-year management contract. The new owners renamed their new toy Rift Valley Railways (RVR). In 2017, after only twelve years, the governments cancelled the contracts in a move the RVR called an illegal takeover. On the Ugandan end, there were allegations of asset-stripping by previous European concessionaires as well as unpaid concession fees and massive salary arrears caused by RVR. If RVR were to successfully sue the government for cancellation of the contract, their compensation would be the first budget overrun. … The government of Uganda then signed a Memorandum of Understanding in 2014 with the China Civil Engineering Construction Corporation (CCECC), which had submitted a study. It abandoned those negotiations in favour of a second Chinese entity, the China Harbour Engineering Company. In justifying its action, the government questioned the quality of the CCECC’s study, which it said was cut and pasted from pre-existing feasibility studies (something that could have been avoided by following proper procurement procedures). CCECC insists it was a pre-feasibility study requiring less detail than a full-blown feasibility study. Whatever the case, if CCECC had followed through with its suit for US$8 million in compensation, which would have been another massive blow to the budget at inception. Whatever compensation they have agreed to has not been made public but as matters stand, the budget for the eastern leg of the SGR has gone up from CCECC’s proposed US$4.2 billion to CHEC’s US$6.7 billion.” [4]

The remainder of Mary Serumaga’s article which looks back at colonial construction work and draws parallels with 21st century procurement and construction in East Africa can be found here. [4]

D. President Yoweri Museveni’s State of the Nation Address in June 2025.

In June 2025, President Museveni highlighted significant rail developments, advancing the Standard Gauge Railway (SGR) project to link with Kenya and the region, aiming to cut costs and boost trade, while discussing financing for the $2.8 billion Kampala-Malaba SGR and emphasizing participation in the development of the new rail infrastructure. In essence, the 2025 address signalled a push for comprehensive road and railway modernization and expansion, leveraging oil revenues and debt financing to build a robust network for economic transformation. [5] Museveni said, “we are soon finalizing the construction of the 1,443km East African Crude Oil Pipeline (EACOP) from Buliisa to Tanga in Tanzania. The construction of the SGR, which I launched last year, is soon starting,” [5] and “the NRM Government has prioritized infrastructure development especially roads, railways and electricity.” [5] In addition, the government will be focusing on revitalizing metre-gauge lines (like Tororo-Gulu, Kampala-Malaba).

E. Kenya – Additional Madaraka Express Trains for the Christmas period.

Kenya Railways announces additional Madaraka Express trains from 8th December 2025, to 5th January 2026, to meet increased festive season demand. The Nairobi-Mombasa train departs Nairobi at 9:40 AM, arriving in Mombasa at 3:35 PM, while the Mombasa-Nairobi train leaves at 4:30 PM, reaching Nairobi at 10:55 pm. [6]

The railway operator said the move comes in response to increased demand during the holiday period, when thousands of Kenyans and tourists journey along the scenic Nairobi-Mombasa route. … ‘We are committed to providing a safe and convenient travel experience, and the additional services will help ease congestion while maintaining punctuality’ reads the notice dated 2nd December.” [7]

References

  1. Rogers Atukunda; Uganda to Begin Construction of Standard Gauge Railway in April 2026; in SoftPower News, https://softpower.ug/uganda-to-begin-construction-of-standard-gauge-railway-in-april-2026, accessed on 24th November 2025
  2. Kabona Esiara; Uganda prefers European standard for SGR, throwing off Kenya; in The East African, 25th November 2025; via https://www.zawya.com/en/world/africa/uganda-prefers-european-standard-for-sgr-throwing-off-kenya-j9zxxa2r, accessed on 24th November 2025.
  3. https://www.sgr.go.ug, accessed on 24th November 2025.
  4. Mary Serumaga; The New Lunatic Express: Lessons not learned from the East African Railway; in The Elephant – African Analysis, Opinion, and Investigation; https://www.theelephant.info/analysis/2018/06/16/the-new-lunatic-express-lessons-not-learned-from-the-east-african-railway; accessed on 7th December 2025.
  5. https://parliamentwatch.ug/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/STATE-OF-THE-NATION-ADDRESS-HE-VERY-FINAL-2025_250605_160027.pdf, accessed on 7th December 2025.
  6. The Kenya Times; https://www.facebook.com/groups/thekenyatimes/posts/1532674321328248, accessed on 8th December 2025.
  7. https://www.the-star.co.ke/news/2025-12-02-kenya-railways-adds-extra-madaraka-express-train, accessed on 8th December 2025.

Stockport’s 21st Century Trams and Transport for Greater Manchester’s Plans for the Future.

Transport for Greater Manchester (TfGM) has indicated that it is considering a plan to extending the already proposed East Finsbury to Stockport extension of the Metrolink tram network. The extension would utilise the underused railway line between Stockport and Denton.

Talk is of utilising tram-train technology on this possible new extension.

An extension to Metrolink could use the under-exploited Denton line, © Transport for Greater Manchester. [1]

Should this proposal be approved it would link Stockport to Tameside and could also provide a link to Manchester Airport

The Mayor of Greater Manchester, Andy Burnham spoke of bold plans to deliver a decade of growth for Greater Manchester. He said that “developing the Bee Network and delivering better bus, tram and train connections will be fundamental to [that] growth story.” [2]

He continued: “For too long, Denton has been overlooked and by working up the tram-train option to connect Denton and the wider area to the Metrolink is a big step toward unlocking opportunities for local residents and businesses. … We’re committed to extending Metrolink to Stockport and beyond as part of our efforts to connect all our districts to the tram network and delivering a truly integrated transport network for everyone.” [2]

TfGM is already working with Stockport Council to develop a business case for bringing trams to Stockport. The Strategic Outline Case [4] – the first step in the process – is exploring a ‘core’ extension from the existing Metrolink stop at East Didsbury to Stockport town centre. The extension through Denton is not part of those ‘core’ proposals but, “as part of the work on the business case, TfGM is also considering how this may unlock future extensions. One option being worked up includes using tram-train technology – where services can run on both tram and train tracks – to run beyond Stockport town centre along the Denton rail line, connecting the area firmly into the wider Metrolink network including links to Tameside and Manchester Airport.” [2]

Good progress has been made on the first stage of the Stockport Metrolink extension business case, with TfGM now working to complete all required technical work ahead of submission to the Department for Transport in early 2026. Construction on the ‘core’ element of the project could begin by the end of the decade, if approvals and funding are acquired.

Andrew Gwynne, MP for Gorton & Denton, said: “For years I’ve campaigned, alongside the local community, for improved transport links to Denton and across the constituency. I’m delighted that as part of the Metrolink extension plans, TfGM are looking seriously at using the rail line as an option for tram-train services. … Improved connectivity is key to opening up opportunities for our people and communities, and supporting the growth ambitions across the city region.”

Navendu Mishra, MP for Stockport, said: “Since my election to the House of Commons in December 2019, I have been pushing the Government to fund the extension of Manchester’s Metrolink tram network into my constituency of Stockport, and I thank the Secretary of State for Transport, the Chancellor and Transport for Greater Manchester for backing the extension to our town centre. … This will be a significant boost for Stockport’s connectivity and local economy, helping people to get to work, school and healthcare appointments more easily and sustainably as well as unlocking new homes and jobs.” [2]

Leader of Tameside Council, Cllr Eleanor Wills, said: “The options being developed to utilise the Denton rail line to expand Metrolink and better connect Ashton to Manchester Airport via Stockport have the potential to be truly transformational. …  The Ashton Mayoral Development Zone is an exciting and vital opportunity to unlock Ashton’s potential, providing new homes and quality jobs. With even better transport links we can set ourselves up to for good growth for many years to come.” [2]

Leader of Stockport Council, Cllr Mark Roberts, said: “I’ve always said when it comes to MetroLink that it should be ‘Next Stop Stockport not Last Stop Stockport’ to the help deliver the ambition we have -the delivery of Metrolink and improving public transport connectivity across the borough and Greater Manchester is something we can all get behind.” [2]

TfGM says: “With Greater Manchester embarking on a decade of good growth, the city region is committed through the Greater Manchester Strategy to developing a transport system for a global city region – with 90% of people within a five-minute walk of a bus or tram that comes at least every 30 minutes.” [2]

In June 2025, the government awarded Greater Manchester £2.5 billion through Transport for the City Regions funding for a pipeline of projects including a tram line to Stockport and tram-train services connecting Oldham, Rochdale, Heywood and Bury, new Metrolink stops and modern new interchanges. … The £2.5 billion is part of a package of investment Greater Manchester is seeking to deliver its growth ambitions in full – with the city region seeking to work collaboratively with Government on exploring new funding models for major transport and other infrastructure projects. [3]
As of December 2025, Metrolink is the UK’s largest light rail network, with 99 stops connecting seven of the 10 boroughs of Greater Manchester. Record numbers of people are also getting onboard, with 45.6 million trips made in 2024 – up from 33.5m trips in 2022. [2]

The £2.5 billion investment for the Greater Manchester city-region is targetted at enabling the Bee network become fully-electric, zero-emission public transport system by 2030. Local rail lines will be brought into the Bee Network by 2030, fully integrated bike, bus, tram and train travel for the first time outside London. New electric buses, tram lines, tram stops and transport interchanges are among pipeline of projects which will deliver far-reaching benefits across Greater Manchester. Mayor Andy Burnham said that further progress on the next phase of the Bee Network will now be delivered at an unrelenting pace.

Greater Manchester will create an all-electric local public transport network:

“A thousand new EV buses will form a 100% electric fleet serving its communities. Alongside trams powered by renewable energy and e-bikes for hire, it will deliver an emission-free network. This will build on progress already made to cut CO2 emissions and improve air quality.” [3] (Image, © Transport for Greater Manchester.)

Greater Manchester will bring rail into the Bee Network. “Local rail lines will be integrated with the Bee Network, … the move will see major improvements to stations, including making more fully accessible, as well as capped fares.” [3]

Greater Manchester will deliver major projects to drive green growth. “A pipeline of transport projects – including a tram line to Stockport and tram-train services connecting Oldham, Rochdale, Heywood and Bury, new Metrolink stops and modern new interchanges – will support the delivery of thousands of new homes, skilled jobs and green growth.” [3]

Greater Manchester’s current transport strategy is made up of a number of documents, including:

  • Greater Manchester Transport Strategy 2040.
  • A Five-Year Transport Delivery Plan 2021-2026 (including 10 local implementation plans).
  • Several supporting sub-strategies that all contribute to meeting regional transport ambitions and building the Bee Network.

In 2025, Greater Manchester are currently working on a new strategy – the Greater Manchester Transport Strategy 2050 – that will replace the current documents. [5]

You can find out more about the Greater Manchester Transport Strategy 2040 using these links:

Download the Greater Manchester Transport Strategy 2040. [6]

Download the Greater Manchester Transport Strategy 2040: Executive Summary. [7]

The Greater Manchester Transport Strategy 2050 has been promoted by Mayor Andy Burnham. [8]

Plans for a subway network in the city centre could become reality by 2050 if Greater Manchester makes good on ambitions set out within its latest rail strategy. … The 48-page strategy sets out a roadmap for the city region’s rail network, which needs to expand to keep pace with a growing population. … Among the highlights is the intention to develop an underground network by 2050.” [8]

Starting at Piccadilly, where the city wishes to create a subterranean through-station as part of Northern Powerhouse Rail, the underground would provide increased network capacity without significant land take. … Taking Metrolink below ground [could] also minimise the disruption that would be caused if works were to take place at street level and push Manchester towards its target of doubling the number of intercity trips made by rail.” [8]

The ripple effects of taking the network underground include easing the pressure on the Castlefield Corridor, ‘one of the most overburdened rail routes in the country’, according to the strategy.” [8]

The underground plan is just one part of the strategy for the city-region strategy that also includes upgrading stations, introducing tram-train technology on existing rail lines to widen the Metrolink’s reach, and delivering the Northern Arc – a new line between Manchester and Liverpool that would ultimately form part of Northern Powerhouse Rail. Land around rail hubs in the city region, including a huge development opportunity at Piccadilly similar in scale to that at Kings Cross, could support the delivery 75,000 new homes and unlock £90bn in economic uplift across the North West by 2050.

According to Andy Burnham,  “Greater Manchester’s rail network plays a vital role in supporting [its] communities, powering [its] economy, and opening doors to opportunity – but for long has been held back from its true potential. … The way projects and services are planned and delivered is changing, with long needed reform giving the city-region a once-in-a-generation opportunity to reshape rail for Greater Manchester.” [8]

A year after the rail vision was unveiled a more simplified fare system on the Bee Network was announced. Andy Burnham said: “Simplifying rail fares is a key first step in making train travel easier and more accessible and the key to bringing local rail services into the Bee Network from December 2026. … Greater Manchester has a proud railway heritage, and our vision, developed with the industry, is about ensuring that everyone in our city-region can benefit from better connections, more reliable services, and a transport network that meets the needs of future generations.” [8]

Sitting beneath the city-region strategy is the more local SEMMMS (South-East Manchester Multi-Modal Strategy) which was settled in 2001 and the much later SEMMMS Refresh (2018) which identified measures required to meet future transportation needs in the Southeast of the city region centred on Stockport. These measures included: Metrolink/tram-train routes to Marple, Stockport town centre, the airport and Hazel Grove; segregated bus routes and bus priority schemes; improved rail services and new/ improved rail stations; new roads e.g. A6 to M60 Relief Road; new and improved walking and cycling routes and facilities on and off the highway; improved public realm in the district and local centres; creation of connected neighbourhoods that encourage the use of more sustainable forms of transport; the provision of transportation infrastructure needed to be supported by the introduction of smarter choices to encourage the use of sustainable transport. [9][10][11]

An extract from the TfGM plan for transport, looking forward towards 2040. It is intended that a tram-train service will run North from Stockport through Reddish, Denton and Guide Bridge to Ashton-under-Lyne. A similar service is planned to connect from Manchester Airport through Cheadle to Hazel Grove with a link North into Stockport to connect with the line through Denton. This schematic plan also shows the link from East Didsbury into Stockport. [12]

And finally …

Railway-News.com reported on 10th December 2025 that on 9th December 2025, TfGM Launched a Consultation on Future of Public Transport. The consultation invites people who live, work, travel, visit or study in Greater Manchester to help shape the future of the city region’s travel network by giving their views on the new GM Transport Strategy 2050, as well as the GM Transport Delivery Plan (2027-37). [13]

The proposed Plan will set out a framework “for how the Bee Network might be utilised to help Greater Manchester continue to become the growth capital of the UK through to 2050, whilst also addressing inequality and creating a greener city region.” [13]

The Consultation will run until 9th March 2026.

Backed by 2.5 billion GBP in government funding; TfGM’s plans “aim to deliver a number of transport projects through to the 2030s, resulting in what TfGM intends to be a world-class transport system. They will support both overall economic growth and the delivery of the new £1 billion Greater Manchester Good Growth Fund, which will in turn pump-prime a set of projects, drive growth and generation and ensure equal spending across the city region as a whole.” [13]

Additional development of the Bee Network, as well as a more reliable highways network, are set to underpin the new approach, which aims to better connect communities with locations, jobs and services. (Image, © Transport for Greater Manchester.) [13]

The Bee Network is set to begin incorporating rail services by 2028, with TfGM aiming to provide 90% of the city region with five-minute access to a bus or tram that arrives at least every 30 minutes.” [13]

GM transport strategy and delivery plans include keeping the local transport network safe and reliable via the renewal and maintenance of roads, Metrolink network and rail facilities; simplifying of fares, ticketing, bus services and introduction of new stops and services, as well as interchanges, Metrolink lines and expanded walking, wheeling and cycling networks; and the transformation of all local rail lines by incorporating them into the Bee Network.” [13]

A detailed delivery programme listing schemes is set out in the GM Transport Delivery Plan 2027 – 2037, which is split into three phases, along with works in the regional centre and a wider ongoing set of works across the city region.” [13]

In addition to online feedback; a series of face-to-face drop-in sessions are planned to take place across Greater Manchester. The documents which are available to read online through clicking on these links:

https://www.gmconsult.org/transport/transport2050/user_uploads/gm-transport-strategy-2050—–final-consultation-draft.pdf [14]

and

https://www.gmconsult.org/transport/transport2050/user_uploads/gm-transport-delivery-plan—–final-consultation-draft.pdf [15]

For an overview of both documents, please click here. [16]

TfGM want to hear from anyone with an interest in the future of transport in Greater Manchester. They outline how you can respond here. [17] The deadline for participation is 9th March 2026.

Returning to where this article started, this is what the consultation draft of the Greater Manchester Transport Strategy 2050 document says about Stockport:

Stockport town centre: Over the last decade, Stockport Council has spearheaded a £1bn transformation of its town centre. One of the UK’s largest town centre regeneration programmes, it has enabled the town to buck the trend of decline, with successful schemes across leisure, commercial and residential uses. Since 2019 Stockport Mayoral Development Corporation (MDC) has played a powerful role in accelerating this transformation, delivering a residential led masterplan for Stockport Town Centre West. The MDC is a radical new approach to tackling future housing need and the changing role of town centres, delivered through a unique collaboration between the GM Mayor and Stockport Council. It brings together powers devolved to the Greater Manchester Mayor, combined with strong local leadership from Stockport Council and the long-term commitment of the government’s housing agency, Homes England, to deliver an ambitious vision for the future of Stockport town centre. Over the past 6 years in collaboration with its many partner organisations the MDC moved from innovative concept to proven delivery vehicle, with over 170,000 sq. ft. new Grade A offices at Stockport Exchange, 1,200 new homes completed or on site and a state-of-the-art new transport Interchange with two-acre rooftop park. Reflecting this success and the Council’s continued growth ambitions, in 2025 the Council and GMCA agreed to expand the boundary of the MDC to cover the whole of the town centre and doubling its housing target to 8,000 homes by 2040.” [14]

References

  1. https://railway-news.com/tfgm-exploring-plans-to-bring-trams-to-stockport, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  2. https://news.tfgm.com/press-releases/c956a710-e894-49ab-b1de-1b8fb97e7859/underused-denton-rail-line-being-considered-as-part-of-case-to-take-trams-to-stockport, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  3. news.tfgm.com/press-releases/897ce680-87a9-4349-a632-b477b1a8330f/greater-manchester-s-2-5-billion-funding-boost-to-unlock-uk-s-first-fully-integrated-zero-emission-public-transport-network, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  4. A Strategic Outline Case (SOC) is the first part of developing a business case for major infrastructure projects. The two further stages are the Outline Business Case (OBC) followed by the Full Business Case (FBC). In the case of extending Metrolink to Stockport approval is required from the Department for Transport (DfT) to progress through each stage.
  5. https://tfgm.com/strategy, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  6. https://assets.ctfassets.net/nv7y93idf4jq/01xbKQQNW0ZYLzYvcj1z7c/4b6804acd572f00d8d728194ef62bb89/Greater_Manchester_Transport_Strategy_2040_final.pdf, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  7. https://assets.ctfassets.net/nv7y93idf4jq/6tfus0lbLRvTlR64knc3g7/db49b54dc2e8f3dd29416ab560e1a6fe/21-0003_2040_Transport_Strategy_Exec_Summary.pdf, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  8. https://www.placenorthwest.co.uk/burnham-sets-target-of-2050-for-manchester-underground, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  9. http://www.semmms.info, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  10. https://consultation.stockport.gov.uk/policy-performance-and-reform/semmms/supporting_documents/SEMMMS%20Report.pdf, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  11. http://www.semmms.info/wp-content/uploads/SEMMMS-Consultation-Report.pdf, accessed on 4th December 2025.
  12. https://www.manchestereveningnews.co.uk/news/greater-manchester-news/new-metrolink-map-tram-manchester-29510064, accessed on 6th December 2025.
  13. https://railway-news.com/tfgm-launches-consultation-on-future-of-public-transport/?dtt=&email_address=rogerfarnworth@aol.com&utm_source=newsletter&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=RN-week50b-2025, accessed on 11th December 2025.
  14. https://www.gmconsult.org/transport/transport2050/user_uploads/gm-transport-strategy-2050—–final-consultation-draft.pdf, accessed on 11th December 2025.
  15. https://www.gmconsult.org/transport/transport2050/user_uploads/gm-transport-delivery-plan—–final-consultation-draft.pdf, accessed on 11th December 2025.
  16. https://www.gmconsult.org/transport/transport2050/user_uploads/gm-transport-strategy-and-delivery-plan-summary—consultation-draft.pdf, accessed on 11th December 2025.
  17. https://www.gmconsult.org/transport/transport2050, accessed on 11th December 2025.

The Stockton & Darlington Railway

On 27th September 2025 we marked the bicentenary of the Stockton & Darlington Railway which is accepted the world over as one of the most significant developments in the history of railways, the precursor of all that was to follow in the development of railway networks throughout the world. That day, Locomotion No. 1 (a replica appears in the featured image above) pulled a long train along the Stockton and Darlington Railway. …………

The logo for the series of events across the country to mark this significant anniversary. [46]

Andrew Wilson, writing in 2002, said that the Stockton & Darlington Railway (S&DR) “was incorporated in 1821. With the line from Stockton to Shildon opening on 27th September 1825. The S&DR became the world’s first steam-operated railway, although passenger services were initially horse-drawn; regular steam-powered passenger services commenced in 1833. In 1843 the line was extended to Bishop Auckland, and Barnard Castle was reached in 1856. Additional lines were soon planned, and one of these the South Durham & Lancashire Union Railway sought to link Bishop Auckland and Tebay so that coke from the Durham coalfields could be easily moved to the Furness ironworks, and iron-ore moved back to Cleveland.” [1: p13]

The Institution of Civil Engineers says that “The Stockton and Darlington Railway (S&DR) was the first passenger railway to use steam trains to transport passengers.” [4] The Company started operations at the end of September 1825 and was eventually taken over by the North Eastern Railway in 1863 when “it consisted of 200 route miles (320km) and around 160 locomotives.” [4]

Network Rail says: “On 27th September 1825, the world’s first passenger train, hauled by George Stephenson’s Locomotion No.1, carried more than 400 people along the Stockton and Darlington Railway. The landmark event drew crowds of up to 40,000 people and marked the birth of modern passenger train travel.” [46]

Darren Caplan, chief executive of trade body the Railway Industry Association, said: “It is hard to overstate the benefits that the railway has brought, and continues to bring, not just to the UK, but also globally, since 1825. Rail networks don’t just keep people connected, they also play a crucial role in spurring economic growth, creating jobs, boosting sustainability, and bringing together local communities.” [46]

The Encyclopedia Brittanica speaks of the S&DR as “first railway in the world to operate freight and passenger services with steam traction.” [6]

The Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway say that the S&DR “demonstrated to the wider world that such a railway could be a technical and financial success. The S&DR made possible the railways that were to follow such as the Liverpool & Manchester Railway. … It was therefore the birthplace of the modern railways that we know today.” [5]

Asked, ‘What’s so special about the S&DR?’ Neil Hammond, the Chair of the Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, said, “We would argue that it’s the railway that got the world on track.” [7]

J. S. Jeans, writing in 1875, somewhat effusively called the S&DR, “the greatest idea of modern times.” [9] (His book appears in the adjacent image.)

According to Hammond, the S&DR, for the first time, brought together various elements of engineering and ideas for what a railway could be, which gave the rest of the world a blueprint for how to build a recognisably modern railway. Anthony Coulls of the National Railway Museum said that, “It set the DNA for the railway system.” [7]

From the outset, it was much more than just a way of conveying coal, unlike many of the other early railways. Transport of other goods and regular passenger services were intrinsic to its operation and purpose. “It used a combination of horses, stationary steam engines and steam-powered locomotives to pull wagons along its 26 miles, from the coalfields of County Durham to the port on the River Tees at Stockton, via the then-village of Shildon and market town of Darlington. Signalling systems, timetables and the idea of stations were all developed by the S&DR.” [7]

While there had been earlier wooden waggonways, metal plateways and the use of steam engines, it was the coming together of engineering excellence with the motivation, vision and financial backing, mainly from Darlington’s Quaker families, in particular Edward Pease, which made the S&DR a significant milestone in the creation of what we now think of as the modern railway system. It required business people to recognise the potential role of the railway for communities and businesses beyond the mineral industries and to invest in a service that anyone (the public) could buy into and make use of. In return, unlike earlier mineral waggonways, the rail infrastructure would be a permanent fixture with a regular service linking populated areas and so attract additional businesses and industries resulting in population growth and movement. … By 1830, the S&DR was already a network of main and branch lines and had demonstrated to others building railways elsewhere in the UK and abroad, the model of a permanent, profitable steam powered public railway.” [8]

Coulls said that “Engineers travelled from across Britain and the world to see the the railway in action, to replicate its successes and learn from its mistakes. Bigger railways, such as the Manchester to Liverpool line, followed soon after and within a decade there was a global ‘railway mania’, akin to the rapid development and impact of the internet in the 20th Century.” [7]

He continued: “The S&DR was not the first railway and it was rapidly eclipsed. But it proved the practicality of the steam locomotive pulling trains over long distances.” [7]

There have been quite a number of detractors over the years and questions have been raised about the true place of the S&DR in railway history. As Coulls said, “it was not the first railway and it was rapidly eclipsed.” [7]

What we do know is that at least 400 people (maybe 600) travelled by train on the Stockton and Darlington Railway on 27th September 1825 and we know that around 40,000 people turned up to witness the event. [46] What is it that makes that event remarkable enough to be seen as the moment that the modern railway was born?

Lets first, make sure that we have understood the story on the Stockton & Darlington Railway Company: …

A Short History of the Stockton & Darlington Railway

Coal Reserves in Co. Durham

Coalfields in the United Kingdom in the 19th century. [103]

The Durham Coalfield is continuous with the Northumberland Coalfield to its North. It extends from Bishop Auckland in the South to the boundary with the county of Northumberland along the River Tyne in the North, beyond which is the Northumberland Coalfield. [106]

The two contiguous coalfield areas were often referred to as the Durham and Northumberland Coalfield(s) or as the Great Northern Coalfield. [108]

Three major ‘measures’ of Coal exist(ed) in the Durham Coalfield:

Upper (Youngest) Coal Measures: Hylton Castle Seam. [103]
Middle Coal Measures: Dean, Hebburn Fell, Usworth, Ryhope Five-Quarter, Ryhope Little, High Main, Metal, Five-Quarter, Main, Maudlin, Durham Low Main; Brass Thill, and Hutton Seams. [103]
Lower (Oldest) Coal Measures: Harvey, Tilley, Busty, Three-Quarter, Brockwell, Victoria, Marshall Green and Ganister Clay Seams. [103]

A closer focus on the Durham Coalfield: from a pamphlet printed by the National Coal Board in the 1950s, courtesy of ‘Mining History UK’, www.mhuk.org.uk. [106]
Early Collieries tended to be sited as close as possible to major rivers. This is true of the Durham Coalfield – along both the Tyne and the Wear. The Tees appears bottom-right in this sketch map and was outside the extent of the Durham coalfield. [104]
The Durham Coalfield: showing the mining areas developed before 1800. Proximity to river courses was paramount in keeping transport costs as low as possible. It is noticeable again that the River Tees and Stockton and Darlington were well outside the coalfield to the South. [104]
This drawing highlights the extended areas of coal mining in 1800-1825 and 1825-1850. The areas concerned remain significantly to the North of the River Tees (and, indeed, Darlington and Stockton). [104]
A cross-section of the Coalfield looking North. [104]

THe UK was the first country to develop its coal resources to any appreciable extent. The Durham Coalfield was among the first to be worked. The initiative came largely from the Bishops of Durham. The accounts of the See of Durham between 1274-1345 include a reference to the profits of the Bishop’s coalmines. By the middle of the fourteenth century mining had become well established at Whickham and Gateshead on the south side of the Tyne. “In 1366-1367 coal from Winlaton was bought by Edward III for the works at Windsor Castle. Coalpits were also in operation at Ferryhill, Hett and Lanchester before 1350. However, the cheapness of transport enjoyed by the pits close to the rivers gave them a big advantage and even at the beginning of the seventeenth century, almost all the large collieries were along the Tyne. Development of the Wear valley reserves led to the increasing importance of Sunderland as an exporting port, and by the time of the Civil War, the town had become, next to Newcastle, the biggest centre of the trade in the British Isles. The growth in the trade from the Tyne was phenomenal. In the year ended at Michaelmas, 1564, almost 33,000 tons of coal were shipped from Newcastle: in 1685, the tonnage was 616,000 almost 19 times as much.” [106]

Development of the industry in South Durham did not lag much behind the rest of the County. “As far back as the fourteenth century, part of the Bishopric of Durham south of Bishop Auckland was being successfully worked for coal. The Upper Wear Valley between Durham City and Bishop Auckland was in the Middle Ages the most populous part of the county because of the lead mines in the district. The coal consumed came from small workings sprinkled all through the valley and J. U. Nef, in his book ‘The Rise of the British Coal Industry’, estimates that by the middle of the seventeenth century there must have been twenty or thirty pits within an area of about 150 square miles. Every manor of any size had its own pits.” [106]

In more recent times, production from the Durham coal mines increased from about 26 million tons in 1877 to the highest recorded figure of almost 56 million tons in 1913. Just after the 1st World War there were 170,000 miners at work in the Durham coalfields. Since then, however, production has declined significantly. By the late 20th century production, with the closure of mines during the middle years of the century, production fell rapidly. The last mine in the Durham Coalfield closed in 1994. [107] The last in the Northumberland Coalfield (Ellington Colliery) closed in 2005. [108]

A few things to note:-

  • Coal Output – according to Sunnyside Local History Society, prior to the introduction of tramroads and then railways the combined output of the Northumberland and Durham coalfields was around 2,000,000 tons of coal per annum. [109] By 1850, the output was around 5,800,000 tons. By 1865, the coal exported from the combined coalfield was about 6,400,000 tons per annum. The railways and, prior to them, the tramroads enabled this dramatic increase, markedly increasing productivity and reducing costs. [110]
  • The location of Darlington and Stockton – both are some distance outside the Durham Coalfield. It is reasonable to ask what it was that meant that a railway route via Darlington to Stockton on the River Tees was considered to be the best route for the export of coal from the Southwest area of the coalfield. In practical terms, although the River Wear penetrated the Durham Coalfield close to the deposits in the Southwest, it was not navigable for much of its length. This meant that the distance to the port at Stockton (where the Tees was navigable) was shorter than the distance to Sunderland. The coal that was produced in the Southwest of the coalfield was either for local use or travelled by pack horse routes across the higher ground between the River Wear and the River Tees, or were carted on poorly surfaced roads to Stockton. It was natural, therefore to look to improve the route already used, rather than seek out significantly different alternative routes to the North and East. Landowners in the Southwest of the coalfield would only be able to exploit the coal reserves under their land once an economically sustainable transport method could be devised.
  • Pack horses – could carry about an eighth of a ton each. [111]
  • Tramroads – dramatically increased the capacity which a single horse could pull, from around 1 ton over uneven and poorly maintained roads to around 10 tons/horse. The problem, in the early 1800s, was to cost of horses and fodder. The Napoleonic Wars resulted in a dramatic increase in the cost of fodder and horses became more scarce as a result of the demands made by the wars. Landowners needed cheaper ways to transport coal to the ports for onward transport to London and the South. [112]
  • Canals – a number of different schemes were considered but foundered because of cost or the level differences involved in reach mines in the Pennine hills. If viable, they would have dramatically increased the load which could be pulled by one horse to as much as 30 tons! [111]
  • Steam railways – initially saw the amount of freight carried as 80 tons/locomotive (the amount pulled by Locomotion No. 1 on its inaugural trip on the Stockton and Darlington Railway). [113] And would go on to be able to move 100s of tons in single trains as the technology improved.

The Development of the Stockton & Darlington Railway

Until the 19th century, coal from the inland mines in southern County Durham used to be taken away on packhorses. Then later by horse-drawn carts as the roads were improved. [47]

A number of canal schemes failed.

Promoters included George Dixon, John Rennie, James Bradley and Robert Whitworth. [117]

The River Tees was straightened in the early 19th century through the creation of two cuts, the Mandale Cut (1810 – 220 yards long, saving over 2 miles of journey) and the Portrack Cut (1831 – 700 yards long), significantly improving access to Stockton’s port. [47]

Also in the early 19th century, another canal was proposed to take coal from the mines in the Southwest of Co. Durham to Stockton. The proposed route bypassed Yarm and Darlington and the scheme was resisted by Edward Pease and Jonathan Backhouse, both of Darlington. [47] It was at a meeting held in Yarm to oppose the construction of the canal that a tramroad was proposed. [48: p16] The Welsh engineer George Overton advised building a tramroad. He carried out a survey [49: p45-47] and planned a route from the Etherley and Witton Collieries to Shildon, and then passing to the north of Darlington to reach Stockton. The Scottish engineer Robert Stevenson was said to favour the railway, and the Quaker Edward Pease supported it at a public meeting in Darlington on 13th November 1818, promising a five per cent return on investment. [48: p16-17][49: p55 & 63] Approximately two-thirds of the shares were sold locally, and the rest were bought by Quakers nationally. [50: p33, 52, 79–80, 128][51][52][53: p223] A private bill was presented to Parliament in March 1819, but as the route passed through Earl of Eldon’s estate and one of the Earl of Darlington’s fox coverts, it was opposed and defeated by 13 votes. [11][54]

This plan, drawn by George Stephenson shows the original tramroad proposed by George Overton and George Stephenson’s own proposals for a railway. [118]

The first submission of a bill for what became the Stockton & Darlington Railway was deferred because of the death of George III. A revised bill was submitted on 30th September 1820. The route had to avoid the lands of Lord Darlington and Viscount Barrington. [49: p64-67][54]

The railway was unopposed this time, but the bill nearly failed to enter the committee stage as the required four-fifths of shares had not been sold. Pease subscribed £7,000; from that time he had considerable influence over the railway and it became known as “the Quaker line”. The Stockton and Darlington Railway Act 1821 (1 & 2 Geo. 4. c. xliv), which received royal assent on 19th April 1821, allowed for a railway that could be used by anyone with suitably built vehicles on payment of a toll, that was closed at night, and with which land owners within 5 miles (8 km) could build branches and make junctions;[49: p70][50: p37] no mention was made of steam locomotives. [48: p19][54]

What does seem significant, with the benefit of hindsight, is the way that this new railway initiated the construction of more railway lines, causing significant developments in railway mapping and cartography, iron and steel manufacturing, as well as in any industries requiring more efficient transportation. The railway(s) produced a demand for railway related supplies while simultaneously providing the mechanisms which brought significant economies of scale and logistics to many manufacturers and businesses [54][56][57]

This graph shows just how significant industrial growth was in the period before 1870 The vertical scale is logarithmic and we are focussing only on the period from 1800 to 1870. Each element of the industrial economy is set to a value of 100 in the year 1700. By 1800 the metals and mining sector had grown to 4.6 times its value in 1700, by 1870 it had risen to 618 times the 1700 value. The very rapid rise is due primarily to improvements in technology of which the railways were a dominant part. [119]
Edward Pease and George Stephenson, (c) Public Domain.

Edward Pease (1767-1858) was the chief inspiration and founder of the S&DR, in choosing a railway rather than a canal, in promoting its route, via Darlington, and adopting steam locomotive power.” [58: p13] Edward Pease had some concerns about George Overton’s competence in respect of railway construction. He turned to George Stephenson who had proven himself to be an excellent engine-wright at the Killingworth collieries, for advice. [54] In addition, Pease invested £7,000 (as much as £750,000 today) of his own money to overcome cashflow problems

A early share certificate (1823) for the Stockton and Darlington Railway. [127]

Pease also undertook, with fellow Quakers, what was perhaps the first targeted national sale of shares. They sought a wider involvement in share ownership beyond those immediately involved with their project.

On 12th May 1821 the shareholders appointed Thomas Meynell as chairman and Jonathan Backhouse as treasurer; a majority of the managing committee, which included Thomas Richardson, Edward Pease and his son Joseph Pease, were Quakers. The committee designed a seal, showing waggons being pulled by a horse, and adopted the Latin motto Periculum privatum utilitas publica (“At private risk for public service”).[49: p73][50: p184] By 23rd July 1821, it had decided that the line would be a railway with edge rails, rather than a plateway, and appointed Stephenson to make a fresh survey of the line, [49: p74][54]

The Seal of the Stockton & Darlington Railway Co. © Public Domain. [49: p73][55]

The seal of the railway company was designed in 1821. It is clear that, at that time at least, the planned railway was not intended for steam propulsion or passenger use.

The Latin motto is Periculum privatum utilitas publica (At private risk for public service). [54]

Stephenson recommended using malleable iron rails, even though he owned a share of the patent for cast iron rails. Malleable iron rails formed about 65% of the railway but cast iron rails were used at junctions and on the remainder of the line. [4][59: p74][60]

By the end of 1821, Stephenson “had reported that a usable line could be built within the bounds of the Act of Parliament, but another route would be shorter by 3 miles (5 km) and avoid deep cuttings and tunnels.” [48: p20]

Overton had kept himself available, but had no further involvement and the shareholders elected Stephenson [as] Engineer on 22nd January 1822, with a salary of £660 per year. [49: p79-80] On 23rd May 1822 a ceremony in Stockton celebrated the laying of the first track at St John’s Well, the rails 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm) apart, [61] the same gauge used by Stephenson on his Killingworth Railway.” [48: p20][54] This was altered to 4 ft 8½ in to reduce binding on curves. [120: p19]

Stephenson advocated the use of steam locomotives on the line. [48: p19] Pease visited Killingworth in mid-1822 [62: p154] and the directors visited Hetton colliery railway, on which Stephenson had introduced steam locomotives. [49: p83] A new bill was presented, requesting Stephenson’s deviations from the original route and the use of “locomotives or moveable engines”, and this received royal assent on 23rd May 1823 as the Stockton and Darlington Railway Act 1823 (4 Geo. 4. c. xxxiii).[49: p85-86] The line included embankments up to 48 feet (15 m) high, and Stephenson designed an iron truss bridge to cross the River Gaunless. The Skerne Bridge over the River Skerne was designed by the Durham architect Ignatius Bonomi.” [59: p75][65][54] George Stephenson’s bridge over the Gaunless suffered flood damage and had to be rebuilt – the directors of the railway company instructed Stephenson to consult Bonomi about the construction of Skerne Bridge – Bonomi designed a stone arch bridge, with a single arch spanning the river and two smaller flood arches over the paths either side. Bonomi’s bridge is still in use today. “Being the oldest railway bridge in continuous use in the world, it is a Grade I listed building.” [68]

Stephenson’s Iron Bridge across the River Gaunless, © Public Domain, first published in The Engineer in 1875, and published as detailed above in 1915 by William W. Tomlinson. [49: p107].
A victorian photograph of George Stephenson’s bridge over the River Gaunless, © Public Domain. [102]
A watercolour from the 1825 journal of the Revd John Skinner showing Skerne Bridge as originally built. The Revd John Skinner was touring the North-East of England in August 1825, and sketched the newly-built railway bridge that carried the Stockton and Darlington Railway over the River Skerne. This is the only known image of the bridge in as-built condition; all later images (even those purporting to portray the opening day in September 1825) show the bridge with strengthening buttresses, which were were added in 1829, © Public Domain (British Library Add MS 33684 f. 89). [69]
Skerne Bridge seen from the South in May 2021. The oldest railway bridge in continuous use in the world. The centre section is the original stone arch built for the Stockton and Darlington Railway in 1825; the curved flanking walls were added later to strengthen it. The bridge was also widened on the north side; this was later removed, leaving only the piers beside the original bridge, © Verbarson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [70]

By 1823, Stephenson and Pease had opened Robert Stephenson and Company, a locomotive works at Forth Street, Newcastle, from which the following year the S&DR ordered two steam locomotives and two stationary engines. [49: p95-96][54]

This highlights another way in which the S&DR was very much of its time and looked different from a modern railway: It only used locomotives (or horses) on the level sections of the line. Inclines were operated by a combination of gravity and steam-power from stationary engines.

On 16th September 1825, with the stationary engines in place, the first locomotive, ‘Locomotion No. 1’, left the works, and the following day it was advertised that the railway would open on 27th September 1825.” [49: p105][54]

The Opening of the Line

Wikipedia tells us that “the cost of building the railway had greatly exceeded the estimates. By September 1825, the company had borrowed £60,000 in short-term loans and needed to start earning an income to ward off its creditors. A railway coach, named Experiment, [71] arrived on the evening of 26th September 1825 and was attached to Locomotion No. 1, which had been placed on the rails for the first time at Aycliffe Lane station following the completion of its journey by road from Newcastle earlier that same day. Pease, Stephenson and other members of the committee then made an experimental journey to Darlington before taking the locomotive and coach to Shildon in preparation for the opening day, with James Stephenson, George’s elder brother, at the controls. [49: p105-106] On 27th September, between 7 am and 8 am, 12 waggons of coal [74] were drawn up Etherley North Bank by a rope attached to the stationary engine at the top, and then let down the South Bank to St Helen’s Auckland. A waggon of flour bags was attached and horses hauled the train across the Gaunless Bridge to the bottom of Brusselton West Bank, where thousands watched the second stationary engine draw the train up the incline. The train was let down the East Bank to Mason’s Arms Crossing at Shildon Lane End, where Locomotion No. 1, Experiment and 21 new coal waggons fitted with seats were waiting.” [49: p109-110]

The opening train of the Stockton and Darlington Railway crosses Skerne Bridge. The bridge drawn here is actually the later version of the bridge with pilasters, buttresses and wingwalls which were not part of Bonomi’s original design, © Public Domain. [67: p192]

Between 450 and 600 people travelled behind Locomotion No. 1, most in empty waggons but some on top of waggons full of coal. Wikipedia tells us that “brakesmen were placed between the waggons, and the train set off, led by a man on horseback with a flag. It picked up speed on the gentle downward slope and reached 10 to 12 miles per hour (16 to 19 km/h), leaving behind men on field hunters (horses) who had tried to keep up with the procession. The train stopped when the waggon carrying the company surveyors and engineers lost a wheel; the waggon was left behind and the train continued. The train stopped again, this time for 35 minutes to repair the locomotive and the train set off again, reaching 15 mph (24 km/h) before it was welcomed by an estimated 10,000 people as it came to a stop at the Darlington branch junction. Eight and a half miles (14 km) had been covered in two hours, and subtracting the 55 minutes accounted by the two stops, it had travelled at an average speed of 8 mph (13 km/h). Six waggons of coal were distributed to the poor, workers stopped for refreshments and many of the passengers from Brusselton alighted at Darlington, to be replaced by others.” [49: p110-112][54][59: p85]

The opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway on 27th September 1825, a painting by John Dobbin, © Public Domain. [77]

Wikipedia continues: “Two waggons for the Yarm Band were attached, and at 12:30 pm the locomotive started for Stockton, now hauling 31 vehicles with 550 passengers. On the 5 miles (8 km) of nearly level track east of Darlington the train struggled to reach more than 4 mph (6.4 km/h). At Eaglescliffe near Yarm crowds waited for the train to cross the Stockton to Yarm turnpike. Approaching Stockton, running alongside the turnpike as it skirted the western edge of Preston Park, it gained speed and reached 15 mph (24 km/h) again, before a man clinging to the outside of a waggon fell off and his foot was crushed by the following vehicle. As work on the final section of track to Stockton’s quayside was still ongoing, the train halted at the temporary passenger terminus at St John’s Well 3 hours, 7 minutes after leaving Darlington. The opening ceremony was considered a success and that evening 102 people sat down to a celebratory dinner at the Town Hall.” [49: p112-114]

The story of the opening day illustrates effectively that the line was not hauled throughout by steam locomotives and relied significantly on stationary steam engines for managing movements on steep inclines.

Early Days

The railway that opened in September 1825 was 25 miles (40 km) long and ran from Phoenix Pit, Old Etherley Colliery, to Cottage Row, Stockton; there was also a 1⁄2 mile (800 m) branch to the depot at Darlington, 1⁄2 mile (800 m) of the Hagger Leases branch, and a 3⁄4 mile (1,200 m) branch to Yarm. [49: p106] Most of the track used 28 pounds per yard (13.9 kg/m) malleable iron rails, and 4 miles (6.4 km) of 57 1⁄2 lb/yd (28.5 kg/m) cast iron rails were used for junctions.” [49: p89-90][54][79] To put this in context, modern railway rails typically weigh between 40 to 70 kg/m (88 to 154 lb/yd), with heavier rails used for higher speeds and axle loads. In Europe, a common range is 40 to 60 kg/m, while in North America, it’s more common to see rails in the 55 to 70kg/m (115 to 154 lb/yd) range. The heaviest mass-produced rail was 77.5 kg/m (171 lb/yd). [78][79][80]

The full length of the Stockton & Darlington Railway in 1827 – modern railways are shown as red lines. [54][81]

The S&DR was “single track with four passing loops per mile; [48: p27] square sleepers supported each rail separately so that horses could walk between them. [59: p74] Stone was used for the sleepers to the west of Darlington and oak to the east; Stephenson would have preferred all of them to have been stone, but the transport cost was too high as they were quarried in the Auckland area. [49: p91] The railway opened with the company owing money and unable to raise further loans; Pease advanced money twice early in 1826 so the workers could be paid. By August 1827 the company had paid its debts and was able to raise more money; that month the Black Boy branch opened and construction began on the Croft and Hagger Leases branches. During 1827, shares rose from £120 at the start to £160 at the end.” [49: p138-140][54] Horses could haul up to four waggons. Dandy Waggons were introduced in mid-1828. A Dandy Waggon “was a small cart at the end of the train that carried the horse downhill, allowing it to rest while the train descended under gravity. The S&DR made their use compulsory from November 1828.” [48: p27][49: p154-156][54]

The line was initially used to carry coal to Darlington and Stockton, carrying 10,000 tons [82] in the first three months and earning nearly £2,000. In Stockton, the price of coal dropped from 18 to 12 shillings, and by the beginning of 1827 was … 8s 6d.[49: p117, 119] At first, the drivers had been paid a daily wage, but after February 1826 they were paid 1⁄4d per ton per mile; from this they had to pay assistants and fireman and to buy coal for the locomotive. [49: p132] The 1821 Act of Parliament had received opposition from the owners of collieries on the River Wear who supplied London and feared competition, and it had been necessary to restrict the rate for transporting coal destined for ships to 1⁄2d per ton per mile, which had been assumed would make the business uneconomic. There was interest from London for 100,000 tons a year, so the company began investigations in September 1825. In January 1826, the first staith opened at Stockton, designed so waggons over a ship’s hold could discharge coal from the bottom. [49: p120-121] About 18,500 tons of coal was transported to ships in the year ending June 1827, and this increased to over 52,000 tons the following year, 44.5% of the total carried.” [49: p136][54]

Locomotives

The locomotives were unreliable at first. Soon after opening, Locomotion No. 1 broke a wheel, and it was not ready for traffic until 12th or 13th October; Hope, the second locomotive, arrived in November 1825 but needed a week to ready it for the line – the cast-iron wheels were a source of trouble. [49: p118-119, 142] Two more locomotives of a similar design arrived in 1826; that August, 16s 9d was spent on ale to motivate the men maintaining the engines. [49: p118-119, 142] By the end of 1827, the company had also bought Chittaprat from Robert Wilson and Experiment from Stephenson. Timothy Hackworth, locomotive superintendent, used the boiler from the unsuccessful Chittaprat to build the Royal George in the works at Shildon; it started work at the end of November.” [49: p116, 142-143][54] A drawing of the Royal George appears below.

The boiler was a plain cylinder 13 ft. long and 4 ft. 4 in. in diameter. There were six coupled wheels 4 feet in diameter, and the cylinders, which were placed vertically at the end opposite to the fire place, were 11″ diameter, the stroke of the piston being 20 inches. The piston rods worked downward and were connected to the first pair of wheels. [122]

Problems with the locomotives may have seen the railway reverting to the use of horses but for the fact that Pease and Thomas Richardson were partners with Stephenson in the Newcastle works. Locomotives were clearly superior to horses when they were working. In his book, Tomlinson showed that coal was being moved by locomotive at half the cost of using horses. Rolt could not imagine the company reverting to horses. [83] Robert Young states that the company was unsure as to the real costs as they reported to shareholders in 1828 that the saving using locomotives was 30 per cent. Young also showed that Pease and Richardson were both concerned about their investment in the Newcastle works and Pease unsuccessfully tried to sell his share to George Stephenson. [50: p61-63][54][84]

New locomotives were ordered from Stephenson’s, but the first was too heavy when it arrived in February 1828. It was rebuilt with six wheels and hailed as a great improvement, Hackworth being told to convert the remaining locomotives as soon as possible. In 1828, two locomotive boilers exploded within four months, both killing the driver and both due to the safety valves being left fixed down while the engine was stationary.” [49: p146-148][54]

Hackworth redesigned locomotive wheels – cast-iron wheels used to fracture too easily. His solution was the first use of “a system of cast iron wheel with a wrought iron tyre shrunk on. The wheels were made up in parts because the lathes in the Shildon workshops were too small to turn up the rims when fixed upon the axle. They were dotted with plug holes to ensure sound castings and reduce unnecessary weight. This new wheel type was very efficient and so was used on nearly every engine on the S&DR and on other railways for many years.” [124: p157-8][125: p30].

He designed the spring safety valve. He perfected the blast pipe and again it was to be used on many engines subsequently. Perhaps the most important invention was the blast pipe which ensured that boiler pressure was always maintained; thus curing the lack of steam found in Stephenson’s earlier engines.

Hackworth lagged Royal George’s boiler with strips of mahogany to insulate it. “Royal George” was built for coal traffic and so was designed to be strong and with good tractive adhesion suitable in all weathers and the blast pipe doubled the amount of useful work [it] could do.” [124: p228]. The ‘blast pipe’ discharged exhaust steam through a converging nozzle blast pipe in the chimney, greatly increasing combustion intensity and steam production.

The S&DR was designed to be operated by travelling locomotive and through the skills of Timothy Hackworth, it was here that the locomotive engine became reliable and efficient. Through his work for the S&DR, confidence in the use of locomotives was gradually built up so that other embryonic railway companies were also prepared to embark on their use. By the time the Liverpool and Manchester line opened in 1830 the S&DR had 12 locomotives and by 1832 it had 19.” [125: p2]

The surviving documentation suggests that without Hackworth’s promotion of the locomotive and his key developments such as the plug wheel and blast pipe which allowed the practical and ultimately successful implementation of locomotive power on the S&DR for all to see, then the railways that followed would have significantly delayed the use of travelling locomotives. Hackworth cast enough doubt in the Director’s minds of the Liverpool & Manchester Railway about the dangers and short comings of rope pulled inclines, that they organised the Rainhill Trials only months before opening in order to test the power and efficiency of various locomotives. … From 1828 when the locomotives were proven technology (thanks to Hackworth’s design of the Royal George the previous year), there was a growth in locomotive engineering companies in England, and by 1830, also in America and France.” [125: p3]

“Perhaps there was no man in the whole engineering world more prepared for the time in which he lived. He was a man of great inventive ability, great courage in design, and most daring in its application…” (The Auckland Chronicle, 29th April 1876 referring to Timothy Hackworth)

Passengers

Wikipedia tells us that “passenger traffic started on 10th October 1825, after the required licence was purchased, using the Experiment coach hauled by a horse. The coach was initially timetabled to travel from Stockton to Darlington in two hours, with a fare of 1s, and made a return journey four days a week and a one-way journey on Tuesdays and Saturdays. In April 1826, the operation of the coach was contracted for £200 a year; by then the timetabled journey time had been reduced to 1 hour 15 minutes, and passengers were allowed to travel on the outside for 9d. A more comfortable coach, Express, started the same month and charged 1s 6d for travel inside. [49: p122-126] Innkeepers began running coaches, two to Shildon from July, and The Union, which served the Yarm branch from 16th October. [49: p126-127] There were no stations: [87: p117] in Darlington the coaches picked up passengers near the North Road Crossing, whereas in Stockton they picked up at different places on the quay. [49: p130] Between 30,000 and 40,000 passengers were carried between July 1826 and June 1827.” [49: p131]

The Union” started operating on 16th October 1825 and ran between Stockton and Yarm. [121]

Innovation occurred relatively quickly, the company decided that it needed to provide hostelries (pubs) close to its coal depots. Tickets were sold in various locations but, significantly, in the pubs closest to pick up points. The practice mirrored what happened with stagecoaches.

Perhaps a more significant change seems to have happened almost organically. … Some of the buildings at coal depots began to provide space for passengers to wait along with other goods to be carried by the railway. … Heighington was a wayside location on the railway. It had a coal depot, and the S&DR built a public house in 1826-1827 to oversee the coal depot. Historic England describe the building as a proto-railway station, built before the concept of the railway station had fully developed. [123] This was the first such structure on the railway.

This was one among a number of loading and unloading depots which would evolve into the now familiar railway architecture such as goods and passenger stations. [125]

Developing Understanding

In truth, a lot of work went into getting three different forms of traction to harmonise – horse, inclined plane and locomotives on a single line. This was further complicated by the fact that it was a public railway that anyone could use subject to payment and an agreement to abide by any rules. The increasingly popular use of the single line also meant that rules had to be established for giving way and the ‘first past the post’ system was adopted. Signalling considered (but blocked by local landowners), [128: p12] warnings were sounded on the approach to level crossings, braking systems improved and sleepers made heavier. There was no past experience to learn from, no book to consult and the duties of railway officials had yet to be clearly defined. [124: p121]

The S&DR led the way in devising a system to run a public railway. It was here that passenger timetables evolved, baggage allowances were created, rules made regarding punishment for non-purchase of tickets, job descriptions for railway staff evolved and signalling and braking developed and improved for regular use. The S&DR also recognised the need for locomotives of a different design to haul passengers rather than heavy goods and the need to provide facilities for passengers and workers at stations – all before 1830.” [125: p2]

The Stockton & Darlington’s regulations were initially laid down in ten ‘rules’ set out in the company’s Act of Incorporation of 19th April 1821, which established fines for those failing to preserve order and security on the railway. These were of a fairly general nature. [128: p12-13]

Two rules had attached to them the massive (for the day) fine of £5, these required wagons to be especially constructed for the railway, to bear the owner’s name and wagon number in 3-inch high lettering, and to allow the company to gauge wagons if it felt necessary.

By July 1826, these rules were supplemented by 24 byelaws and rules concerning wagons taking to sidings, all of these suggesting that there were shortcomings in the original rules which were discovered as an early result of operational experience. [128: p67-68]

After the launch date in 1825, other advances followed rapidly. “The growth of health and safety, the administration of running a regional railway, … and, [critically,] commercial success that would reassure other investors that it was safe to invest in their own regional railway that would soon form part of a national and then international railway network.  The first purpose-built goods station (as opposed to coal and lime which went to the depot down the road) was opened in Darlington 1827. … [It formed] the inspiration for the later 1830 warehouse at Liverpool Road Station in Manchester which still survives.” [125]

Many aspects of the line were still unproven technology when they came to be used in the context of a public regional railway. Until it could be proven (and the launch of 1825 went some way to do that with enough customers ready to pay for the service to immediately allay fears of money losses), that the line had to work first before it could be expanded. It was up to the S&DR to find a way forward as new problems arose. [Much of that responsibility fell on Timothy Hackworth’s shoulders.] … Through the hard knocks of money shortages, operating difficulties and the limitations of contemporary engineering, the S&DR had discovered what would be necessary [to run a railway] by the start of 1829, at a time when the L&MR was still vacillating over vital traction and operating decisions.” [126: p11-12]

A Change in Passenger and Goods Services

It was 1833, before the passenger railway service began to become something like we would recognise today. By 1833, it had become obvious that the competing needs of passengers and goods under an open access model needed to be managed. Network management, capacity and overall co-ordination were increasingly seen as important. As the network expanded, the conflicts increased. Until 1833, passenger services were run by external contractors. In 1833, the S&DR took on this responsibility directly.

The railway changed from a kind of ‘public road’ on which all-comers could transport goods and passengers to a system where services were co-ordinated, managed, timetabled and run by the Company.

The S&DR established a permanent rail infrastructure providing a regular service transporting both goods and passengers. In this particular sense, the S&DR was truly the launch of a modern railway network. Managed, timetabled services for passengers and goods made possible the rapid expansion of railways in the 19th century across the globe, together with attendant huge worldwide social and economic change.

In a railway context, everything was being done for the first time:

the keeping of general records; various statistical and financial records; employment of staff and rules; at first all drivers were self-employed and paid their firemen themselves.

Engine shed maintenance records; the need for dedicated general goods facilities; all arrangements for passengers; the management and supply of first coke and then coal for use by steam engines. ….

The S&DR, from the official launch in September 1825, “was at the forefront of technology in terms of operating locomotives regularly and over a relatively long stretch of line, it was to the S&DR that other embryonic railway companies looked to. Railway engineers and promoters from other parts of the UK, France, and the USA attended the opening ceremony in 1825. Two of those distinguished French guests went on to found France’s first public railway. Others were to visit the S&DR Works in the years that followed including engineers from Prussia who took copious detailed notes on Hackworth’s experiments. Hackworth himself shared his results widely (often at the request of Edward Pease) and organised trials at the request of engineers from other companies who were torn between the use of canal versus railway, or horse versus locomotive, or stationary versus travelling engine. The S&DR was at its most influential until around 1830.” [125: p2] A very short period of time!

Beyond 1830, “there were significant technological achievements … such as the delivery of Russia’s first locomotives to the Tsar in the 1840s from Hackworth’s Soho Works in Shildon, the continuing evolution of the first railway towns at New Shildon and Middlesbrough and the delivery of gas to the works in New Shildon in 1841 before anywhere else in the country apart from Grainger Town in Newcastle. Further the grouping of internationally important structures with later pioneering structures (such as at North Road in Darlington or at Locomotion in Shildon) provides an insight into those rapidly developing days of the early railway and add value to each other.” [125: p3]

The First ‘Railway’ Town – New Shildon

Shildon was, at the start of the 1820s, just a tiny hamlet, (c) National Library of Scotland. [105]
The same area South of Bishop Auckland as it appears on Stephenson’s survey of 1821.
Shildon still appears as a tiny hamlet. [118]
On Dixon’s Plan of 1839, there is new housing, the S&DR’s Shildon Works, bottom left, and Timothy Hackworth’s Soho Works, top right. [129]
New Shildon has developed significantly by the time of this map extract. A significant number of streets are now present, and both the railway works and Hackworth’s Soho Works have expanded. Note Shildon’s Railway Station at the right side of the image. [130]
By the 21st century New Shildon has completely swallowed the original hamlet of Shildon and urban sprawl has devoured all of the land North to Bishop Auckland. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The Second ‘Railway’ Town – Port Darlington and Middlesbrough

The ongoing story of the railway company is one of strong growth particularly in the carriage of goods. It opened its own port near the mouth of the River Tees.

When Port Darlington opened for business at the end of 1830. Hackworth’s engine ‘The Globe’ hauled a passenger train carrying about 600 people down to the staithes, © Public Domain. [95][97]

Hackworth’s six steam powered coal drops and staithes at Port Darlington with a fully laden coal train approaching. Eston Nab can be seen on the Cleveland Hills in the distance, © Public Domain (Source: taken from a survey by Richard Otley, held at Teesside Archives (U.OME(2) 6/1)). [95] This image also appears on the front cover of ‘The Globe’ (July 2018), the journal of the Friends of the S&DR. [96]

The S&DR played a significant role in the rapid expansion of Middlesbrough. Initially a farming community of around 25 people at the beginning of the 19th century, it transformed into a major iron and steel producer, “spurred by the arrival of the Stockton and Darlington Railway and the discovery of iron ore in the Cleveland Hills. This rapid expansion led to a significant population increase and the development of a new town, planned by Joseph Pease and others, centred around a gridiron street pattern and a market square. [85][86] Middlesbrough had only a few houses before the coming of the railway, [87] but a year later had a population of over 2,000 and at the 2011 census had over 138,000 people. [88][89] Port Darlington was first established, as shown on the left of the image below, which also shows the gridiron street pattern in what would become Middlesbrough, the new town on the right of the image. [95]

Port Darlington’s staithes are on the left of this development plan, the fan of sidings and the staithes can be seen close to the red dot. This plan also shows the planned gridiron street pattern in the new town, on the right of the image behind the wharfs where ships could be loaded and unloaded. [95]
The same area in the 21st century, the red dot provides continuity between these two images. A single rail siding still serves the area which had the staithes and some of the gridiron pattern of streets remains. The first house was completed in the New Town in the Spring of 1830. [Google Maps July 2025]

We have already noted the staithes built at Port Darlington to allow more mechanised loading of ships. These staithes were ingeniously designed, even if health and safety was not as paramount as perhaps it should have been. The Port of Middlesbrough describes the operation: “Staithes were elevated platforms for discharging coal and other materials from railway cars into coal ships for transport. … A steam engine hoisted a wagon full of coal off the line and about 20 feet into the air, where it landed on a gantry. A horse then pulled the wagon along the gantry and out over the water. At the end of the gantry, the wagon was strapped into a cradle and, with a man clinging to it, was swung in an arc on to the ship below. Here, the man unbolted the bottom of the wagon and the coal fell into the hold. Finally, the weight of the next full wagon swinging downwards caused the empty wagon and the man to swing upwards back to the gantry.” [95]

Plans from the port authority are shown below. It is difficult to imagine the process described from looking at these plans. It may be that the plans show a later design of staithe.

One of the staithes at Port Darlington/Middlesbrough Dock. [95]
A closer view of the staithe shown in the image above. [95]

The years after 1827 (once Company finances were on a sound footing)

A series of different extensions and branches to the S&DR appeared over the period from 1827. [54] “In 1830, the company opened new offices at the corner of Northgate and Union Street in Darlington. [49:p189] Between 1831 and 1832 a second track was laid between Stockton and the foot of Brusselton Bank. Workshops were built at Shildon for the maintenance and construction of locomotives. [49: p235-236] In 1830, approximately 50 horses shared the traffic with 19 locomotives, but travelled at different speeds, so to help regulate traffic horse-drawn trains were required to operate in groups of four or five.” [54] The rule book stated that locomotive-hauled trains had precedence over horse-drawn trains. Even so, accidents and conflict occurred. The practice was to allow private use of the line by industries that it served, “some horse drivers refused to give way and on one occasion a locomotive had to follow a horse-drawn train for over 2 miles (3 km). [49: p383-384][50: p91-94] The committee decided, in 1828, to replace horses with locomotives on the main line, starting with the coal trains, but there was resistance from some colliery owners.” [54]

After the S&DR bought out the local coach companies in August 1832, a mixed [locomotive-hauled] passenger and small goods service began between Stockton and Darlington on 7th September 1833, travelling at 12–14 miles per hour (19–23 km/h); locomotive-hauled services began to Shildon in December 1833 and to Middlesbrough on 7th April 1834. [49: p384-385][50: p68] The company had returned the five per cent dividend that had been promised by Edward Pease, and this had increased to eight per cent by the time he retired in 1832.” [50: p87-88][54]

In 1835, the S&DR partnered with the York & North Midland Railway (Y&NMR) to form the Great North of England Railway (GNER) to build a line from York to Newcastle which along the would run along the line of the S&DR’s Croft branch at Darlington. Pease specified a formation wide enough for four tracks, so freight could be carried at 30 miles per hour (48 km/h) and passengers at 60 mph (97 km/h), and George Stephenson had drawn up detailed plans by November 1835. [48: p64-65][54] The Acts of Parliament enabling the scheme were given royal assent on 4th July 1836 (Darlington to Newcastle) and 12th July 1837 (Croft to York). The railway opened for coal traffic on 4th January 1841 using S&DR locomotives, and to passengers with its own locomotives on 30th March 1841. [48: 67-69][54][87: p93-94]

A patchwork of different schemes was to follow:

  • By February 1842, a passenger service between Darlington and Coxhoe supported by an omnibus service to Shincliffe on the Durham & Sunderland Railway. [87: p165]
  • Early in 1842, the Shildon Tunnel Company opened its 1,225-yard (1,120 m) tunnel through the hills at Shildon to the Wear basin and after laying 2 miles (3.2 km) of track to South Church station, south of Bishop Auckland, opened in May 1842. [49: p435-437]
  • In 1846, the S&DR installed Alexander Bain’s “I and V” electric telegraph to regulate the passage of trains through the tunnel. [90: p52-53]
  • The SD&R provided a 3 1⁄4 hour service between Darlington and Newcastle, with a four-horse omnibus from South Church to Rainton Meadows on the Durham Junction Railway, from where trains ran to Gateshead, on the south side of the River Tyne near Newcastle. [48: p74]

By 1839, the S&DR track “had been upgraded with rails weighing 64 lb/yd (32 kg/m). [91: p415] The railway had about 30 steam locomotives, most of them six coupled, [91: p419] that ran with four-wheeled tenders with two water butts, each capable of holding 600 imperial gallons (2,700 L; 720 US gal) of water. [91: p422] The line descended from Shildon to Stockton, assisting the trains that carried coal to the docks at a maximum speed of 6 mph (9.7 km/h); the drivers were fined if caught travelling faster than 8 mph (13 km/h), [91: p415, 422] and one was dismissed for completing the forty-mile return journey in 4 1⁄2 hours. [59: p136-137] On average there were about 40 coal trains a day, hauling 28 waggons with a weight of 116 tons. [91: p423] There were about 5,000 privately owned waggons, and at any one time about 1,000 stood at Shildon depot.” [54][91: p417-418]

Wikipedia continues: “The railway had modern passenger locomotives, some [still] with four wheels. [91: p421-422] There were passenger stations at Stockton, Middlesbrough, Darlington, Shildon and West Auckland, and trains also stopped at Middlesbrough Junction, Yarm Junction, Fighting Cocks and Heighington. [91: p416] [A significant improvement on early passenger practice.] Some of the modified road coaches were still in use, but there were also modern railway carriages, some first class with three compartments each seating eight passengers, and second class carriages that seated up to 40. [91: p416][92] Luggage and sometimes the guard travelled on the carriage roof; [49: p423] a passenger travelling third class suffered serious injuries after falling from the roof in 1840. [49: p400] Passenger trains averaged 22–25 mph (35–40 km/h), and a speed of 42 mph (68 km/h) was recorded. Over 200,000 passengers were carried in the year to 1st October 1838, [91: p419] and in 1839 there were twelve trains each day between Middlesbrough and Stockton, six trains between Stockton and Darlington, and three between Darlington and Shildon, where a carriage was fitted with Rankine’s self-acting brake, taken over the Brussleton Inclines, and then drawn by a horse to St Helen Auckland. [91: p418] The Bradshaw’s railway guide for March 1843, after South Church opened, shows five services a day between Darlington and South Church via Shildon, with three between Shildon and St Helens. Also listed were six trains between Stockton and Hartlepool via Seaton [94] over the Clarence Railway and the Stockton and Hartlepool Railway that had opened in 1841.” [87: p146-147][54]

During the 1830s, Port Darlington quickly became overwhelmed by the volume of traffic (both imports and exports) and work started in 1839 on Middlesbrough Dock which was laid out by William Cubitt and capable of holding 150 ships! It was “built by resident civil engineer George Turnbull. [89] … After three years and an expenditure of £122,000 (equivalent to £9.65m at 2011 prices), the formal opening of the new dock took place on 12 May 1842. [49: p437][89] The S&DR provided most of the finance, and the dock was absorbed by the company in 1849.” [49: p508][54] The S&DR was, by 1849, a well established and very significant company.

Ongoing Developments

Political manoeuvring to secure a route from London to Scotland via the Northeast continued during this period and the S&DR saw its stocks in the GNER increase in value before a new concern, the Newcastle and Darlington Junction Railway (N&DJR) bought out the GNER.

The S&DR also secured interests in the Wear Valley, [4] [54] a line to Redcar and Saltburn, a branch to a mine at Skelton, [4][54] a line to Barnard Castle, a route (South Durham and Lancashire Union Railway (SD&LUR)) over Stainmore Summit to Tebay, [54] and, through running rights over the Eden Valley Railway (EVR) and the Lancaster & Carlisle Railway (L&CR), to Penrith. “The S&DR opened a carriage works south of Darlington North Road station in 1853 [98] and later it built a locomotive works nearby to replace its works at Shildon [which was] designed by William Bouch, who had taken over from Hackworth as Locomotive Supervisor in 1840, it completed its first locomotive in 1864.” [54][87: p8][99] The inclines, built when stationary engines were used, were bypassed by lines on gentler grades. By the early 1860s, the S&DR had a significant network, even having absorbed the EVR and the SD&LUR. [54]

The former S&DR, shown in red, as part of the larger NER network of 1904, © Public Domain. [101]

With 200 route miles (320 km) of line and about 160 locomotives, [100: p167] the Stockton and Darlington Railway became part of the North Eastern Railway on 13th July 1863. Due to a clause in the North Eastern and Stockton and Darlington Railways Amalgamation Act 1863 (26 & 27 Vict. c. cxxii) the railway was managed as the independent Darlington Section until 1876, when the lines became the NER’s Central Division. [87: p9][48: p133] After the restoration of the dividend in 1851, by the end of 1854 payments had recovered to 8 per cent and then had not dropped below 7 1⁄2 per cent.” [50: Appendix 1][54]

I guess that we might easily be able to agree that the Stockton & Darlington Railway was of great local significance. It significantly reduced the cost of coal supplied to Stockton and Darlington. It temporarily enhanced the Port at Stockton before moving that trade downstream to Middlesbrough. It dramatically improved the speed of supply of larger quantities of coal. It made the town and Port of Middlesbrough. It linked the industries of Cumbia and Cleveland allowing speedy transport of coal and iron-ore to the different industries. It improved passenger travel East-West and began with others the development of North-South travel freight and passenger train travel. ……

But how has the Stockton & Darlington Railway transcended the local and become internationally significant? ……

Why Is the Stockton & Darlington Railway So Important?

So, what is the case? Was the S&DR the first real railway?

As 2025 got underway, this question prompted me to look at what is known of railway history in the period from 1800 to 1850, and led to the writing of an article (online) about railway developments during that period. The article is entitled ‘The Mother of All Inventions‘. [2]

September 2025 marked the bicentenary of the Stockton & Darlington Railway (S&DR) and, very naturally and most appropriately, major events were planned across the UK, and enthusiasts across the world planned their own commemorations. In this context, it is, at the very least, worth considering what the S&DR can and cannot justifiably claim for itself. In fact, Anthony Dawson in an article in Steam Railway Magazine in February 2025 suggested that we best get to understand the importance of the S&DR, perversely, by considering what cannot be claimed for it. [3] What follows below is based around that article by Anthony Dawson.

Dawson says: “while every enthusiast would arguably agree that the [S&DR] is special and that the bicentenary of its opening is a landmark worthy of celebration, how many of us truly understand why the [S&DR] is so momentous? Indeed, putting the Stockton & Darlington’s importance into context isn’t exactly straightforward, nor can it be boiled down to a particular ‘first’. Therefore, to understand why the Stockton & Darlington is so important, we need to look at what it wasn’t.” [3]

He goes on to suggest that, to paraphrase Winston Churchill, “while the [S&D] was not the beginning, it was the end of the beginning. Although it wasn’t the first of anything, as early railway historian the late Andy Guy put it, it was ‘better than the first’.” [3]

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first railway?

Perhaps that question can only be answered once we have agreed a definition of a ‘railway’. Collins Dictionary offers three definitions: a railway is the steel tracks that trains travel on; a railway is a company or organization that operates railway routes; and, a railway is the system and network of tracks that trains travel on. [10] Accepting these definitions would rule out a number of early ‘railway-like’ systems based on stone and wood.

The Collins dictionary definitions are very narrowly drafted. Dawson points us to Dr Michael Lewis’ definition: A railway is “a prepared track which so guides the vehicles running on it that they cannot leave the track”. [3][11] This short, simple definition allows for the inclusion of the Diolkos and other rutways of the Classical World, [12][13] possible rutways in Wiltshire (circa 300CE), [13] Cornwall (circa 1550s), [13][14] rutways in 19th century Australia, [15] and the guide-pin railways developed in Germany and Austria in the Middle Ages. Lewis’ definition includes ‘railways’ “before the late 18th Century, [often] private … with rails essentially of wood or occasionally of stone, with carriage only of goods in vehicles propelled by horse- or by man-power, and with a variety of methods of guiding the wheels. ” [11]

Dawson comments that, “The earliest evidence for ‘railways’ in this country comes from the Lake District when German-speaking immigrants led by Daniel Hochstetter introduced them to silver mines at Caldbeck during the reign of Elizabeth I. These railways consisted of longitudinal planks which guided an iron pin secured to the bottom of a four-wheel mine cart, working rather like a slot-car. … But the first [‘true’] railway in England was very likely that built by Huntingdon Beaumont in 1604 to carry coal from his pits at Wollaton near Nottingham down to the River Trent. It was made entirely from wood and greatly improved the transport of coal for onward shipping by water. So pleased was Beaumont with this new technology, he invested heavily in four similar railways around Newcastle, which were built to carry coal down to the Tyne. Beaumont, however, failed to break into the local market. This, coupled with heavy investment in his new railways and his lavish lifestyle, led him to being declared bankrupt, ending his days in a debtors’ prison.” [3]

Dawson goes on to say that, “following the turmoil of the English Civil War and Commonwealth period, wooden railways began to spread across Shropshire where they took on the name ‘Railed Way’ and the North-East where they were known as ‘Waggonways’ – two different names for the same idea. Indeed, as excavations on the first railway in Scotland – the Tranent to Cockenzie Waggonway of 1722 – have shown, there was very little new in the technology of a wooden railway. It [was] essentially a giant ladder laid on the ground. They used old ideas to provide a solution to a new problem.” [3]

The coming of the 18th century heralded a transport revolution. Dawson says: “The early waggonways carried largely coal and other minerals down to a staithe or wharf on a river or canal for onward shipping. Thus, they grew hand in hand with the canal network and many canal companies even owned their own waggonways as feeder lines. There was a transport revolution on the roads as well with the growth of turnpikes. Taken together, [these events] … fed and fuelled industrialisation and growing urbanisation, particularly in the North of England. Improved transport links meant coal could go to market quicker. It meant it was cheaper at the point of sale, which meant greater profits and, in turn, greater demand.” [3]

Various forms of ‘railway’ were clearly well established by the advent of the 19th century. The S&DR was clearly not the first railway.

If not the first ‘railway’, was the Stockton & Darlington the first to use iron rails?

Iron was first used in a ‘railway’ context as protective plating for the early wooden ‘railways’. Lengths of cast iron plate were nailed to the running surface of wooden rails, probably first in Coalbrookdale. Wooden rails were wearing too quickly and the iron covers improved longevity. It was a simple logical next step to move from cast-iron plate to cast-iron bars and then to either cast iron edge rails or cast iron L-shaped ‘tram-plates’. Cast-iron rails were common by the 1790s, their only real fault was that they were brittle and often broke under load. Indeed, when Trevithick’s early locomotive ‘Pen-y-darren’ made its maiden run on the Merthyr Tramroad in 1804, it was noted that the cast-iron rails were not robust enough for the heavy locomotive and a number broke. [16]

Dawson says that “What was needed was a superior type of rail … made from wrought iron. First rolled in any quantity in 1820 at Bedlington Iron Works, the Stockton & Darlington was probably the first railway to use wrought-iron rails on a large scale. Due to distrust of the new material, half of the line was laid with cast iron and half with wrought. It was a major technological breakthrough and one crucial to the development of the locomotive.” [3]

It may well be that around two thirds of the length of the railway used wrought iron rails and one third had cast iron rails. Cast iron was used for the chairs which sat on the sleepers.

A section of the original Stockton & Darlington Railway track, including the rail, chairs and sleepers, at Preston Park Museum circa. 1962 (c) Bruce Coleman, courtesy of the Shildon Archive [133]

So, it seems that the Stockton & Darlington was not the first to use iron rails but that it was important in the taking of the next technological step of employing wrought-iron rails. “Bedlington Ironworks, in Blyth Dene, Northumberland … is remembered as the place where wrought iron rails were invented by John Birkinshaw in 1820, … with their first major use being [on] the Stockton and Darlington Railway. [17] Birkinshaw’s wrought-iron rails were rolled in 15ft lengths.

If not the first railway and not the first to use iron, was the S&DR the first railway authorised by Act of Parliament?

The first Act of Parliament for a railway was obtained by Charles Brandling for what became the Middleton Railway. It ran from coal pits at Hunslet down to the River Aire. The Act received Royal Assent in 1758. A significant number of Acts of Parliament relating to railways preceded the S&D, including this small selection: [18]

The Llanelli Railway and Dock Act, 1802 and the Monmouth Railway Act 1810. [134][135]
  • 1802: The Llanelly Railway and Dock Act;
  • 1803: The Croydon, Merstham and Godstone Iron Railway Act;
  • 1804: The Ellesmere Canal, Railway and Water Supply Act;
  • 1805: The Surrey Iron Railway Act;
  • 1808: The Kilmarnock and Troon Railway Act;
  • 1809: The Bullo Pill Railway Act; the Gloucester and Cheltenham Railway Act; the Lydney and Lidbrook Railway Act;
  • 1810: The Monmouth Railway Act; the Severn and Wye Railway and Canal Co. Act; The Severn Tunnel Act;
  • 1811: The Hay Railway Act; the Llanvihangel Railway Act; the Penclawdd Canal and Railway or Tramroad Act; the Severn and Wye Railway and Canal Co. Extension Act;
  • 1812: the Anglesey Railway Act;
  • 1813-15: the Usk Tram Road;
  • 1817: the Mansfield and Pinxton Branch;
  • 1818: the Kidwelly and Llanelly Canal and Tramroad Company Act; the Kington Railway Act;
  • 1819: the Leeds and Liverpool Canal Branch and Railway Act; the Plymouth and Dartmoor Railway Act;
  • 1820: the York and North Midland Railway Act; and the Plymouth and Dartmoor Railway (Crabtree and Sutton Pool Branch) Act. [18]

All these and more received their Royal Assent in advance of the S&D at some great expense. Dawson explains that “getting such an Act was very expensive and required having a Parliamentary Agent and introducing a Private Members’ Bill. It would then have to go through both Houses and committee stage and, unless the Bill could demonstrate it was for the public good, could be thrown out at any stage. It was a big risk, but ultimately worth it. Even though the Middleton had an Act, it didn’t mean it was a public railway. It was owned by the Brandlings, to carry their coal to market. It wasn’t open to any other users, and wasn’t a public right of way.” [3]

Not the first railway, not the first to use iron, not the first railway to received Royal Assent through an Act of Parliament. …Was, then, the S&D the first public railway?

All the railways built in the 17th and 18th centuries were private railways, built over private land. Dawson notes that, “or a railway to be public – to be public right-of-way – that meant it needed an Act of Parliament. It also meant that, until 1825 when the law was changed, an Act was also needed to form a joint-stock company.” [3]

Lake Lock Rail Road was the first public railway in England. It opened in 1798. [132]

The first public railway in England was the Lake Lock Rail Road (LLRR), which opened in 1798. It linked collieries near Wakefield to the Aire & Calder Navigation. The LLRR qualifies as a public railway “because it was open to any user upon payment of a toll and because its capital was held in publicly traded shares. … The LLRR didn’t operate the railway itself, but rather allowed colliery owners to run their own trains on it, for which a toll was paid.” [3] The LLRR can claim another first! As well as being “probably the world’s first public railway, it was also owned … by the world’s first public railway company.” [21]

If you are unhappy with the idea of the LLRR being the first public railway, Then perhaps you would have to accept the Surrey Iron Railway as the next contender for the title – It required an Act of Parliament and incorporated in 1803 and fully open at the latest by 1806.

The first public railway carrying passengers – The Swansea and Mumbles Railway. [131]

The first passenger-carrying public railway in the United Kingdom was opened by the Swansea and Mumbles Railway at Oystermouth in 1807, using horse-drawn carriages on an existing tramline. [19][20]

The first public railway in Scotland was the Kilmarnock & Troon Railway (K&TR) which finally opened in 1812. Like the LLRR, it operated as a toll road, so that independent carriers could place wagons on it, and pay for the facility. [22]

We have established that the Stockton & Darlington was not the first public railway. Given what we have already discovered, our next question needs to be one about the intentions of the designers and directors of the Stockton & Darlington.

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first to be designed and built with mechanical operation in mind?

Here we have to start from an ambivalent position. … It depends! … Do you see hydraulic power as a form of mechanical power? If your answer is ‘Yes’, then the first length of railway to be operated mechanically is one known to have existed in Sweden in the late 1600s, where a waterwheel was employed to haul wagons up an incline. By the end of the 1700s, this technology was in use in Mas-sachusetts (on the South Hadley Canal) for a rail-based lift for canal boats linked with practice at Ketley, Shropshire at that time but assisted by power from a water wheel. There was another ex-ample at Bad Gastein in what is now Germany. [114][115: p87 & p337][116] The water-powered haulage of wagons up an inclined plane in the UK was initially limited to one location in Devon alt-hough the practice was used much later in North Wales. [115: p87-88]

If we set aside waterpower, perhaps the S&DR could stake a claim to be the first public railway designed to be worked mechanically. But it definitely was not the first to be operated mechanically. … (More of that later).

Setting aside waterpower, was the S&DR the first railway designed to be operated mechanically? … Again the answer is ‘No!’ … Early inclines were self-acting, water power could support this but, as Gwyn tells us, experience on the Ketley Incline led Reynolds, when carrying out a survey for a canal to connect the Oakengates collieries with the River Severn, to conclude that the wastage of water from locks “would be prohibitive, and after much hesitation and a public competition, he and the other shareholders resolved on a modification of the Ketley system, but with fixed steam engines on its three inclined planes, at Donnington Wood, Windmill Farm and Hay. Instead of locks at the summit as at Ketley, reverse railed slopes were constructed into docks permanently kept in water, and the cradles were equipped with overlapping wheels which ran on ledges on the docksides to maintain them in a horizontal position. The engines were used to draw boats and cradles out of the docks and to haul up the main incline if necessary. All three were built to a hybrid design by Reynold’s protégé, Adam Heslop. These were the first locations in the world where railed vehicles were moved by steam. They were operational by 1793.” [115: p89]

The top of the Hay Inclined Plane as drawn by Agustín de Betancourt. [136]
Rendered isometric views of the 3D CAD model of the top area/winding house of the Hay Incline. [136]

This was followed by a significant section of the Lancaster Canal crossing the Ribble Valley. In 1803, steam-powered inclines were used “to connect the northern and southern ends of the Lancaster Canal. Its three inclined planes were each equipped with a high-pressure 6-horsepower 13-inch cylinder engine costing £350 and made by Summerfield and Atkinson, a local foundry which offered ‘patent steam engines’, and which also built the waggons. The first was installed in May of that year. In June, a 6-horsepower steam engine was installed on a plateway incline to haul spoil on the construction of London Docks.” [115: p89]

From the turn of the nineteenth century a number of shorter inclines were being steam-operated or steam-assisted. Examples include: an incline at Wellington Quay on the North bank of the Tyne (where George Stephenson was employed for a time), 1802/1803; an incline at Glynneath, connecting Aberdare Ironworks with Neath Canal, 1805; Bewicke Main (Urpeth) Colliery, 1805. [115: p89-91]

Three years prior to the opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway George Stephenson designed and built another railway (the Hetton Colliery Railway) which, like the Stockton & Darlington “used a combination of stationary engines, rope haulages and level sections worked by locomotives.” [3] However, the Hetton Colliery Railway was a private, not a public railway:- “The Hetton Colliery Railway was an 8-mile (13 km) long private railway opened in 1822 by the Hetton Coal Company at Hetton-le-Hole, County Durham. … The Hetton was the first railway to be designed from the start to be operated without animal power, as well as being the first entirely new line to be developed by … George Stephenson.” [25]

Again, if we set aside hydraulic and discrete uses of stationary steam-power, it seems that the Stockton & Darlington was the first ‘public‘ (rather than ‘private‘) railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. This, perhaps, feels as though we are making some headway. … The Stockton & Darlington was the first ‘public‘ railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. … That is definitely a ‘first’ isn’t it. ….

Was the Stockton & Darlington the first railway to use steam power?

Surely, given that the S&DR was the first public railway designed for mechanical operation, that must mean that it was the first to use steam-powered engines. Mustn’t it?

Nothing is that simple!

The Middleton Railway in Leeds, was using steam power by 1812: “In 1812, it introduced the worlds first commercially successful steam locomotives which were designed and built in Leeds. These locomotives incorporated one of the most significant advances in the design of the steam locomotive – namely the twin cylinder engine which eliminated the need for the cumbersome flywheel employed on earlier single cylinder engined locomotives.” [24][34][35][36]

Incidentally, because it was the first railway to regularly use steam locomotives, the Middleton Railway also “lays claim to other firsts; they employed the first regular professional train driver in the world, a former pit labourer named James Hewitt. More tragically, a 13 year old boy called John Bruce was killed in February 1813 whilst running along the tracks – almost certainly the first member of public killed by a locomotive.” [36]

The Kilmarnock & Troon Railway first used steam power in 1817: in 1817 the Duke of Portland acquired a locomotive for the K&TR named ‘The Duke‘, which was the first use of steam locomotive power in Scotland. Its use was however discontinued in view of frequent breakages of the cast-iron rails on the line. [23] … Notes in The Railway Magazine of January 1950, suggest that this was only a hiatus in the use of this locomotive on the K&TR: In his ‘Story of the Life of George Stephenson‘, Samuel Smiles noted the discontinued use of ‘The Duke‘, but later, in his ‘Lives of the Engineers Volume III’ he appears to have secured further information, viz: “The iron wheels of this engine were afterwards removed, and replaced with wooden wheels, when it was again placed upon the road and continued working until the year 1848.” [43: p59][44: p139] This is supported by W. J. Gordon, writing in 1910, who says of the K&TR: “on it was placed the Killingworth engine with the chain gearing bought by the Duke of Portland from George Stephenson in 1817. The iron wheels of this remarkable engine broke down the cast-iron rails, for it thumped horribly, but, instead of being withdrawn from duty, as usually reported, it had its iron wheels taken off and replaced by wooden ones; and with wooden wheels it worked the traffic-mineral, goods and passenger-until 1848, for so many years in fact that it has been confused with or mistaken for the old St. Rollox, one of the first engines of the Glasgow & Garnkirk, which it in no way resembled.” [43: p59-60][45: p188-190]

Gordon appears to “have picked up and recorded a local railway tradition about the locomotive. It is difficult to credit that an old Killingworth-type engine was re-furbished in 1839 or later, after two decades of disuse, but this seems to be the only way of reconciling the various scraps of evidence. No trace has been found of any other Kilmarnock & Troon locomotive.” [43: p60]

It would be impossible to argue that the K&TR was built with steam power in mind, however, the K&TR was definitely the first use of steam-power on a public railway in Scotland. It could also be argued that this was the first use of steam power on a public railway in the United Kingdom. This was eight years before the Stockton and Darlington first used steam-powered trains.

However, neither of these could justifiably make a claim to be the first to use steam on a revenue earning railway. That accolade must go to the Merthyr Tramroad (otherwise known as the Pen-y-Darren Tramway and associated with the Pen-y-darren Ironworks, in Merthyr Tydfil) a bit earlier in the 19th century, on 21st February 1804 to be more precise, and to a locomotive designed by Richard Trevithick.

In 1802, Trevithick took out a patent for his high-pressure steam engine. To prove his ideas, he built a stationary engine at the Coalbrookdale Company’s works in Shropshire in 1802, forcing water to a measured height to measure the work done. The engine ran at forty piston strokes a minute, with an unprecedented boiler pressure of 145 psi.” [26]

It seems that the experiment in Shropshire led to Trevithick experimenting with creating steam railway locomotives. He had already designed and built a road locomotive, ‘Puffing Devil‘. [27]

In 1802, the Coalbrookdale Company in Shropshire built a rail locomotive for him. [28] The death of a company workman in an accident involving the engine is said to have caused the company to not proceed to running it on their existing railway. [29]

The Coalbrookdale Locomotive: To date, the only known information about the locomotive comes from a drawing preserved at the Science Museum, London, together with a letter written by Trevithick to his friend Davies Giddy. The design incorporated a single horizontal cylinder enclosed in a return-flue boiler. A flywheel drove the wheels on one side through spur gears, and the axles were mounted directly on the boiler, with no frame. [30] On the drawing, the piston-rod, guide-bars and cross-head are located directly above the firebox door, thus making the engine extremely dangerous to fire while moving. [31] Furthermore, the first drawing by Daniel Shute indicates that the locomotive ran on a plateway with a track gauge of 3 ft (914 mm), © Public Domain. [32]
The replica Coalbrookdale Locomotive in action at Blists Hill Victorian Town in Ironbridge Gorge in the 1990s. This replica was made in 1989 by a team of apprentices at GKN Sankey of Telford with the additional inclusion of a few safety additions, such as a trailing driver’s platform. The locomotive first ran in 1990 at Blists Hill at Ironbridge, © Unknown. [26]

The drawing above has been used as the basis of all images and replicas of the later ‘Pen-y-darren’ locomotive, as no plans for that locomotive have survived. It cannot be an exact sister of the later locomotive because there is a tunnel on the Pen-y-darren Tramway which would have required a lower chimney and a smaller flywheel. [3]

In 1804, Trevithick’s revised locomotive ran on the Pen-y-darren Tramway pulling a commercial load. Soon after this (1808) Trevithick exhibited a similar steam locomotive in London, built for him by John Urpeth Rastrick and John Hazledine at their foundry in Bridgnorth which was named ‘Catch Me Who Can‘. Although only on a small circular track, and only in use for matter of weeks, this was the first locomotive to power a train carrying fare-paying passengers. The drawing of the locomotive ‘Catch Me Who Can‘ is taken from a card/admission ticket to Trevithick’s ‘Steam Circus‘, summer 1808, © Public Domain. [33]

The S&DR was not the first railway to use a steam locomotive. However, the S&DR saw a step change in the use of steam power. … “Prior to 1825 no one had ever attempted to run a locomotive as far as George Stephenson did; the furthest they had ever run was a few miles.” [3] George Stephenson had such faith in steam power “that he designed and built a steam railway to be worked by locomotives not just for a couple of miles but for tens of miles” [3] – twenty six miles in all!

We have established that the S&DR was the first ‘public‘ (rather than ‘private‘) railway to be designed and built with steam power in mind. We have seen that while not the first to use steam-power, it was the first to be so confident in the new technology to believe that it could be used over significant distances.

We have noted, in passing, that the majority of different railways in use prior to 1825, were designed to carry coal or iron ore and some other ancillary forms of freight.

Can we say that the Stockton & Darlington was the first to carry fare-paying passengers over any significant distance?

Dawson tells us that “unofficial passenger carrying goes back into the 18th Century, on what were private mineral lines. The first public railway, as authorised by an Act of Parliament and which authorised the railway to do so was the Swansea & Mumbles Railway of 1807. This was a horse-drawn service, working to a timetable and, in 1812, saw the first railway station open in Swansea.” [3]

He continues: “The first passenger service on a public railway in Scotland was in 1813, on the Kilmarnock & Troon [Railway]. Again, it was horse-worked but like the Stockton & Darlington tickets could be bought from local inns along the line – as well as refreshments and parcels left there to be carried by the railway as well. There was a long history of public passenger railways before 1825. … Therefore, the Stockton & Darlington was tapping into an existing idea.” [3]

David Gwyn says: “In April 1807 the first known public railway passenger service was inaugurated, enabling tourists to enjoy the beauties of Swansea Bay along a plateway opened the previous year to carry limestone from the Mumbles to the copper smelters, and coal and manure in the opposite direction. Such services were soon found on railways in the border country, Scotland and the English West Country. Some carriers offered pleasure carriages for hire. Well-heeled people could now make railway journeys in order to enjoy attractive scenery, and humbler folk could travel by train to buy and sell – both Dr Griffiths plateway from the Rhondda to Pontypridd and the rail section of the Somerset Coal Canal to Radstock were used by women taking farm produce to market.” [115: p71-72]

Gwyn goes on to say that, “Carriers offering passenger services for wealthy tourists built specially designed vehicles, including long-wheelbase carriages on the Sirhowy, hauled at 6 or 7 mph, and on the Oystermouth.” William Chapman suggested in 1813 that ‘long carriages, properly constructed, and placed on two different sets of Wheels, viz. 8 in all, may take 30 or 40 people with their articles to market’.” A ‘market caravan’ on the Plymouth and Dartmoor had fireplaces to keep passengers warm, and there was also an open carriage with an awning. The Kilmarnock and Troon had a coach called ‘the Caledonia’, another called ‘the boat’, then one variously described as ‘an enormous Gypsy caravan’, ‘the Czar’s winter sledge’ and a ‘Brobdingnagian diligence’.” On other systems, humbler passengers rode on unconverted waggons, perhaps for the price of some beer money to the haulier or some other acknowl-edgement, or paid a fare to travel in a coal waggon which had been brushed out, and had planks inserted to serve as seats.” [115: p73]

Let’s tighten up the question. …

Was the S&DR the first to use steam for passenger trains?

Again we have to ask what criteria this should be judged by. Dawson says, “Yes, the opening train of the Stockton & Darlington was indeed pulled by a locomotive, and … included a purpose-built passenger carriage and passengers travelling in coal waggons, but that was a one-off event. It wasn’t the start of a regular steam-worked passenger service. Indeed, the Stockton & Darlington’s passenger service was horse-worked until 1833.” [3]

It was only after a number of years of operating passenger services that the economic potential for steam powered passenger services was recognised by the S&DR and it introduced its own steam hauled passenger services in 1833. It should be borne in mind that, “Although the S&DR made use of steam locomotives from its opening day, it can also be seen to represent a transitional stage of railway development in which stationary engines and horse-drawn vehicles were also utilised. Although [George Stephenson’s] ‘Locomotion’ represents a notable development [in] the earlier pioneering work of George Stephenson and others, it is fair to say that the subsequent work of Timothy Hackworth, the first Superintendent Engineer of the S&DR, proved the supremacy of the steam locomotive over other forms of motive power.” [37]

We have already noted in passing that passengers were carried on a number of earlier steam powered trains:

  • on 21st February 1804, Trevithick’s locomotive pulled a train of coal wagons which carried workmen (over 11 tons of coal, five wagons and 70 men) over the length of the line and it was also proposed to couple a private carriage begin the engine; [38][39]
  • Trevithick’s ‘Catch Me Who Can‘ of 1808 was pioneering in two ways – it was the first purpose-built passenger locomotive, as well as the first to haul fare-paying passengers; [33] and,
  • steam-powered trains on the Middleton Railway and associated lines also carried passengers, informally from very early days, formally by around 1834. [40]

We also have to note that the first regular steam-worked passenger service was to be established in May 1830 on the Canterbury and Whitstable Railway, which incidentally issued the first ever season tickets in 1834. [41] That line “was worked by a combination of stationary engines and a single locomotive – the now preserved Invicta, designed and built by Robert Stephenson & Co in Leeds immediately after Rocket.” [3]

In September 1830, the Liverpool and Manchester opened with a timetabled steam-powered passenger service. So, the S&DR cannot claim to be the first steam-powered passenger service.

If we accept that all of this is true, that the S&DR was not the first in any of the ways already discussed. What can we say about the S&DR which justifies the place it holds in the popular mind and in the eyes of technical specialists, journalists and railway enthusiasts around the world?

What is so special about the Stockton & Darlington Railway?

It is clear that the Stockton & Darlington Railway would not have existed without the, at least, two centuries of railway development which came before it. As Dawson says, “During those two centuries, crucial ideas and crucial technologies were worked out from the track to locomotives, to carrying passengers and legal structures. So, while the Stockton & Darlington wasn’t really the first of anything, it was the culmination of that previous development and evolution. It represents the bringing together and synthesising of existing ideas into a new concept. A public railway, authorised by Act of Parliament, to carry passengers, to use steam locomotives and use iron rails. In many ways it was, as Andy Guy noted in 2016, ‘better than the first’.” [3]

The Museum at Hopetown, Darlington says that, “The Stockton & Darlington was by no means the first railway, but its opening in 1825 marked a very significant step in the development of railways by bringing together two features for the first time: the concept of a public railway, available to all, for transport of passengers and goods; and the use of steam locomotives.” [37]

On that first journey on 27th September 1825, made by the locomotive, ‘Locomotion No. 1‘, driven by George Stephenson, a large number of wagons filled with coal, flour and passengers were hauled along the line. There was a passenger carriage called ‘Experiment’ present which carried the railway’s directors. 300 passenger tickets were sold officially. However, a total amount of nearly 700 passengers were crammed into the wagons and the total load on that day was about 80 tons! [42]

There was clearly a sense that something momentous was happening that day and history has proven that to be the case.

And that initial success, together with that of the neighbouring Hetton Colliery Railway, meant that George Stephenson had demonstrable experience in the use of steam locomotives and places on which to trial his continued development of the technology.

The opening day was recreated in 1925 for the centenary celebrations, © Public Domain. [7]

As Dawson says, the S&DR “wasn’t the first. It wasn’t the first railway, it wasn’t the first steam railway, nor was it the first main line railway. But what it did do was put the railway squarely on the map and in the public consciousness showing what a steam-worked railway could do, laying the foundations for everything that came afterwards.” [3] It was a critical link in the chain of developments that brought about our modern railways. “The Liverpool & Manchester and the birth of main line railways as we know them simply wouldn’t have happened without the Stockton & Darlington Railway.” [3] It placed George Stephenson at the forefront of the development of railway technology and gave him space to test and modify locomotive design.

In that context, However, we must acknowledge the strength of debate underway between 1825 and 1829.

In this four-year period there was an intense debate about whether locomotive power or stationary engines were best.

Stephenson ascribed to the use of fixed engines where gradients were both short and steep. Others argued for the use of a variety of different fixed engines. The directors of the Liverpool & Manchester Railway challenged Stephenson’s proposals for the use of locomotives. This resulted in a number of studies taking place. The first of these took place on the S&DR and reported that rope haul-age would be suitable for the Liverpool & Manchester, with the proviso that it could cause problems at level crossings and at junctions.

A second study based at the Bolton & Leigh Railway and at the Middleton Railway also found in favour of the use of stationary engines for the Liverpool & Manchester spaced at no more than 2-mile intervals, with goods and passengers changing from one system to another at locations dictated by the gradient or by the length of rope in use. That study saw the value of locomotives for light loads but estimated that the rate per ton per mile for heavier loads would be 2/3 of a penny cheaper with stationary engines rather than locomotives.

There was a worldwide proliferation of the use of stationary engines from the second half of the 1820s into the 1830s.

The complexity of use of the stationary engines over significant distances, the necessary transshipment of goods and passengers to suit the technology eventually brought the director of the Liverpool & Manchester to the conclusion that provided locomotives could meet specific criteria then they should be used for the longer lower gradient length (35 miles) of the railway.

There is little doubt that the experience of working the S&DR and the rapid development in loco-motive technology which resulted gave Stephenson and Hackworth a clear advantage over any competition. But it must be remembered that the ‘ordeal’ at Rainhill was as much about the choice between stationary engines and mobile locomotives as it was about which was the best locomotive.

Both Hackworth and Stephenson entered locomotive for the Rainhill Trials Stephenson’s expertise, honed by experience on the S&DR and built on a fastidious attention to detail which saw all parts of Rocket tried and tested as part of a component review, resulted in Rocket significantly out-performing all its competitors (including Hackworth), but perhaps of greater significance, the debate over the use of locomotives or stationary engines had been conclusively resolved in favour of the locomotive.

Locomotive design was developing so quickly that after 1831, Rocket became design-expired and was only used on engineers’ trains and for other secondary duties! [137] [115: p144-171]

To summarise, … the S&DR:

Was a significant step forward on a journey to technological advancement and in the history of transport. The S&DR made a critical contribution to the history of the world, not just to the development of railways. It:

Demonstrated the Feasibility of Steam Railways as a means of transport of goods and passengers over significant distances. It proved that steam-powered trains could be a practical and profitable means of transport, not just for coal but also for passengers.

Inspired Global Growth: The S&DR’s success led to a surge in railway construction both in Britain and around the world, as other countries sought to replicate its model. Initially, it gave confidence to a number of investors in railways. After the opening of the S&DR, people knew that they would be investing in proven technology, not risking their money on what was no more than an experiment.

Brought About Technological Innovation: The S&DR pioneered various railway technologies, including signaling systems, timetables, and station layouts, which became standard practices in the railway industry.

Had a Significant Economic Impact: The railway transformed the Tees Valley into an industrial powerhouse, facilitating the transport of goods and people, and contributing to the growth of new industries and towns.

Had a Manifest Social Impact: The S&DR made travel more accessible to people of all classes, leading to increased social mobility and cultural exchange.

Created a Legacy: The S&DR is considered the “birthplace of the modern railway system” and its legacy continues to be celebrated through museums, heritage sites, and ongoing research.

By the time Richard Trevithick died in 1833 the first main lines were extending across Britain. By the time of George Stephenson’s death in 1848, the railway mania was in full swing. Soon the world would be crisscrossed by parallel iron rails, and nothing would ever be the same again. Places once considered perilously distant could be reached in hours.

However, if the S&DR had not opened in 1825, somewhere else would have taken its place as the birth-place of modern railways within a matter of a few short years. It was however, the tipping point when one excellent technology of tramway and tramroad gave way to what we now call the railway..

Industries would soon transport their goods across the globe with ease.

Industrial output grew exponentially. … Cities were reshaped now that people didn’t have to live within walking distance of work.

Businesses could be more productive than ever before with reliable means of communication. News of events in far-off places could be on the breakfast table the following day.

Railways would drive wars and revolutions.

Railways also made going on holiday accessible to ordinary people.

Railways were celebrated in literature music and film.

The new need for consistent timekeeping across the country meant that Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) was adopted as standard – even time itself would be spiked to the iron way.

And here we are, 200 years later in a world that Trevithick and Stephenson would barely recognize. Perhaps the best way to end would be with a quote attributed to Stephenson found in Smile’s biography of George Stephenson and told to Smile by John Dixon. …

The time will come when railways will supersede almost every other form of conveyance in this country when mail coaches will go by railway and railroads will become the great highway for the king and all his subjects. I know there will be great and almost insurmountable difficulties to be encountered but what I have said will come to pass as sure as you live.” [George Stephenson]

References

  1. Andrew Wilson; The Stainmore Route and the Eden Valley Line; in Rex Kennedy (ed.); Steam Days, Red Gauntlet Publications , Bournemouth, Forest, January 2002, p13-30.
  2. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/03/03/the-mother-of-all-inventions
  3. Anthony Dawson; Stockton & Darlington: Better than the first; in Steam Railway Magazine, February 2025; via https://www.steamrailway.co.uk/blog/features/stockton-darlington-better-than-the-first, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  4. https://www.ice.org.uk/what-is-civil-engineering/infrastructure-projects/stockton-and-darlington-railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  5. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  6. https://www.britannica.com/topic/Stockton-and-Darlington-Railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  7. https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-tees-56168296, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  8. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/why-was-the-stockton-darlington-railway-important, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  9. J. S. Jeans; Jubilee Memorial of the Railway System. A History of the Stockton and Darlington Railway and a Record of Its Results; Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1875. (later 1974 ed., p74).
  10. https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/railway, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  11. M. J. T. Lewis; Railways in the Greek and Roman World, in A. Guy & J. Rees, J. (eds.); Early Railways. A Selection of Papers from the First International Early Railways Conference; (PDF); Newcomen Society, London, 2001, p8–19; via https://web.archive.org/web/20110721083013/http://www.sciencenews.gr/docs/diolkos.pdf, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  12. David Gwyn and Neil Cossons; Early Railways in England: Review and summary of recent research; Historic England, Discovery, Innovation and Science in the Historic Environment Research Report Series No. 25-2017; via
  13. The first railways in England probably date, at earliest, from the second half of the 16th century and were associated with mines where German-speaking miners were employed. Smith-Grogan 2010 suggests that several Cornish rutways might date back to the 1550s and be associated with Burchard Cranich and Ulrich Frosse. The West-Country mining engineer Sir Bevis Bulmer (1536-1615) was familiar with Agricola’s De Re Metallica (Skempton 2002), and another possible literary conduit is Sebastian Munster’s Cosmographia Universalis, published in German in 1544 and in Latin in 1550. This includes a woodcut of a hund on flanged wooden rails in a mine at Ste Marie/Markirch in Alsace (Lewis 1970, 51).” [12: p20]
  14. G. Smith-Grogan; Rutways in Cornwall; in Early Railways 4, Fourth International Early Railways Conference; Newcomen Society, London, 2010.
  15. J. Longworth and P. Rickard; Plateways, Steel Road Rails, Stoneways, and Rutways in Australia; in Early Railways 6, Sixth International Early Railways Conference; Newcomen Society, London, 2016.
  16. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick#%22Pen-y-Darren%22_locomotive, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  17. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bedlington_Ironworks, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  18. http://www.railarchive.org.uk/Acts%20of%20Parliament%201801%20to%201840.pdf, accessed on 14th April 2025.
  19. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Great_Britain, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  20. Mumbles Railway Was ‘Remarkable’; BBC News, 25th March 2007; via http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/wales/south_west/6491379.stm, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  21. https://www.branchstow.co.uk/wakefieldsfirstrailwayanditscollieriesjohngoodchild, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  22. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kilmarnock_and_Troon_Railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  23. https://www.nationaltransporttrust.org.uk/heritage-sites/heritage-detail/kilmarnock-and-troon-railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  24. https://railway200.co.uk/activity/celebration-of-the-90th-birthday-of-courage-the-worlds-smallest-standard-gauge-diesel-loco/, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  25. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hetton_colliery_railway, accessed on 15th April 2025.
  26. https://preservedbritishsteamlocomotives.com/richard-trevithick-1802-coalbrookdale-locomotive, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  27. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  28. Francis Trevithick; Life of Richard Trevithick: With an Account of His Inventions, Volume 1; E. & F.N. Spon, London, 1872.
  29. John Denton; Shropshire Railways; in Shropshire; Shropshire County Council, 1980. p335.
  30. G. F. Westcott; The British Railway Locomotive 1803–1853; HMSO, London, 1958 p3 & p11.
  31. Early steam locomotives; in Locos in Profile; via https://web.archive.org/web/20110612124726/http://www.locos-in-profile.co.uk/Articles/Early_Locos/early1.html, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  32. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Richard_Trevithick#/media/File:Coalbrookdale_loco.jpg, accessed on 16th April 2025
  33. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catch_Me_Who_Can, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  34. Designed and built by Matthew Murray, four of these locomotives were built for use in Leeds, where they lasted – despite one blowing up – until the early 1830s. Three were built for use around Newcastle-upon-Tyne; three under licence for use near Wigan, and one for service in South Wales. A working model was sent to the Tsar of Russia and copies were built in modern-day Belgium and Poland. This means not only were they the first locomotives in commercial use, but the first built in any number and the first to be used in many countries around the world.” [3]
  35. The design of this early locomotive address one particular problem associated with these early locomotives: “Colliery manager John Blenkinsop focussed on a particular problem with locomotives on cast-iron rails, specifically that an engine light enough to run on the tracks without breaking them would have trouble with the weight of the wagons and the often steep gradients of the track. Blenkinsop relaid the track on one side with a toothed rail – patented in 1811 – and approached engineer Matthew Murray to design a locomotive with a pinion to mesh with the rail. The resulting Salamanca became the first commercial steam locomotive to operate successfully in 1812.” [36]
  36. https://www.airedalesprings.co.uk/blog/great-feats-of-british-engineering-middleton-railway, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  37. https://www.hopetowndarlington.co.uk/stories/the-stockton-darlington-railway, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  38. http://www.alangeorge.co.uk/penydarren_ironworks.htm, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  39. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Penydarren, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  40. https://sherburninelmethistory.co.uk/local-railway-history, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  41. https://crabandwinkle.org/past, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  42. https://uk.hornby.com/railway-200, accessed on 16th April 2025.
  43. Notes and News; in The Railway Magazine, January 1950, Volume 96, No. 585, Transport (1910) Ltd., Westminster, London.
  44. Samuel Smiles; Lives of the Engineers, Volume III; John Murray, 1862.
  45. W. J. Gordon; Our Home Railways Volume II; Frederick Warne & Co., 1910.
  46. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/stories/all-aboard-railway-200, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  47. https://www.thenorthernecho.co.uk/history/railway/stockton/3165797.Efforts_that_kept_the_mines_afloat, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  48. Cecil J. Allen; The North Eastern Railway; Ian Allan, Shepperton, HB 1964 (SB 1974).
  49. William Weaver Tomlinson; The North Eastern Railway: Its rise and development; Andrew Reid and Company, 1915; via https://archive.org/details/northeasternrail00tomlrich/northeasternrail00tomlrich, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  50. Maurice W. Kirby; The Origins of Railway Enterprise: The Stockton and Darlington Railway 1821–1863; Cambridge University Press. 2002.
  51. In the 19th century members of the Society of Friends travelled to attend regular meetings and came to know Quakers elsewhere, this leading to marriages and business partnerships. The Society of Friends published guidance on conduct that included honesty in business matters, and this gave Quakers the confidence to invest in the dealings of a devout member. [50: p52, 79–80, 128]
  52.  “In the mean time, a bill is to be brought into Parliament to carry a rail-way from Bishop Auckland to Darlington and Stockton. Mr. Stevenson … has been called … to give an opinion as to the best line. The work is estimated at 120,000l., a great part of which is already subscribed.” [53: p223]
  53. Thomas Thomson, ed.; Durham Coal Field; in Annals of Philosophy. Vol. XIII.; Baldwin, Cradock and Joy, London, March 1819.
  54. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stockton_and_Darlington_Railway, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  55. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_and_Darlington_seal_(en).jpg, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  56. David Milbank Challis & Andy Rush; The Railways Of Britain: An Unstudied Map Corpus; in Imago Mundi. Volume 61, No. 2, 2009, p186–214; via https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/The-Railways-of-Britain%3A-An-Unstudied-Map-Corpus-Challis-Rush/8ff97f7c976fe3a2cb7ed2e07a268ab4ab904490, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  57. From [1825] on, an abundance of maps, plans, diagrams and technical drawings were created to enable railways to be planned, constructed and operated; to be changed, developed and regulated; to attract business and passengers; and to provide railway staff with a range of specialist tools.” [56]
  58. Diana Collecott; The Arrival of Quakerism in Teesdale; in The Quaker Line: A study to understand the importance of the Quaker community to the Stockton & Darlington Railway; compiled by the Friends of the Stockton & Darlington Railway (FSDR), supported by Historic England, 2022/3, p7-14; via https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/The-Quaker-Line-Alan-Townsend-Ed.pdf, accessed on 14th July 2025.
  59. L. T. C. Rolt; George and Robert Stephenson: The Railway Revolution; Penguin, 1984.
  60. Malleable iron rails cost £12 10s and cast iron rails £6 15s per ton at that time, but malleable iron rails could be less than half the weight for the same strength. [59: p74]
  61. Smiles [62: p160] states that early tramroads had rails 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm) apart, but Tomlinson [49: p82–83] questions this, stating that the most common gauge of the early tramroads and waggonways was about 4 ft (1,219 mm), and some, such as the Wylam Waggonway, had the rails 5 ft (1,524 mm) apart. The gauge of the S&DR was given in early documents as 4 ft 8 in (1,422 mm), but the distance between the rails was later measured as 4 ft 8+1⁄2 in (1,435 mm), and this became the standard gauge used by 60 per cent of railways worldwide. The difference of 1⁄2 inch (13 mm) is a mystery.” [54][63: p75][64]
  62. Samuel Smiles; Lives of the Engineers. The Locomotive. George and Robert Stephenson; John Murry, Albermarle Street, London, 1904; via https://archive.org/details/livesengineersg00smilgoog/page/n8/mode/2up?view=theater, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  63. Hunter Davis; George Stephenson: A Biographical Study of the Father of Railways; Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1975.
  64. Robert Stephenson (1803–1859); Network Rail; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140226231103/http://www.networkrail.co.uk/VirtualArchive/robert-stephenson, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  65. The Skerne bridge was shown on the reverse of the Series E five-pound note that featured George Stephenson, issued by the Bank of England between 1990 and 2003.[66] Allen [48: p22] and Tomlinson [49: p93–95] state that Bonomi was directly appointed by the directors after Stephenson had ignored suggestions to consult him, but Rolt [59: p75] does not mention this.” [54]
  66. Withdrawn Banknotes Reference Guide (PDF) (Report). Bank of England, London, p27; via https://web.archive.org/web/20170329073154/http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/banknotes/Documents/withdrawnrefguide.pdf, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  67. Robert H. Thornton; A History of the Growth of the Steam Engine; D. Appleton & Co., New York, via https://archive.org/stream/ahistorygrowths03thurgoog#page/n5/mode/2up, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  68. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skerne_Bridge, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  69. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Skerne_Bridge,_Darlington,_in_1825,_by_Revd._John_Skinner.jpg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  70. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Skerne_Railway_Bridge_South_Side_May_2021.jpg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  71. Smiles [62: p166] has an image of this railway coach and describes it as ‘a somewhat uncouth machine’, even though the Illustrated London News had discounted in 1875 an earlier publication of Smiles’ image, stating that coach used on the opening day was a similar to a road coach. [72] Tomlinson [49: p109–110] describes the coach as having a table, cushioned seats and carpets, and criticises the Smiles image for the lack of roof seats, having the wheels outside the coach frame and says that the drawing in Smiles does not look like a vehicle that was built for £80 (approximately £8300 in 2023). [73]
  72. Railway Jubilee at Darlington; Illustrated London News. 2nd October 1875, p342.
  73. UK Retail Price Index inflation figures are based on data from Gregory Clark; The Annual RPI and Average Earnings for Britain, 1209 to Present (New Series); MeasuringWorth, 2017, via https://measuringworth.com/datasets/ukearncpi accessed on 15th July 2025.
  74. These waggons (known as wagons after about 1830) [75] were designed to carry a Newcastle chaldron (pronounced ‘chalder’ in Newcastle) of coal, about 53 long cwt (5,900 lb; 2,700 kg). This differed from the London chaldron, which was 36 bushels or 25+1⁄2 long cwt (2,860 lb; 1,300 kg). [49: p120][76]
  75. A. A. Jackson; The Railway Dictionary: An A-Z of Railway Terminology; Alan Sutton, 1922, p322.
  76. Bill Griffiths; A Dictionary of North East Dialect; Northumbria University Press. 2005, p30.
  77. https://teesvalleymuseums.org/theme/the-stockton-darlington-railway/view-object/the-opening-of-the-stockton-and-darlington-railway-1825, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  78. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Railway_track, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  79. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_profile, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  80. https://railroadrails.com/information/railroad-track-weight-and-length, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  81. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_%26_Darlington_Railway_with_today%27s_lines.svg, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  82. An imperial or long ton is the same as 1.016 metric tonnes and 1.120 short tons, the US customary unit.
  83. Compare Tomlinson (49: p141–142) and Rolt (59: p143).
  84. Robert Young; Timothy Hackworth and the Locomotive; Locomotive Publishing Co., London, 1923 – republished by The Hackworth Society/The Book Guild Ltd., 2000 in PB.
  85. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Middlesbrough, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  86. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middlesbrough, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  87. K. Hoole; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume IV The North East; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1974.
  88. Census 2011; Middlesbrough Council; via https://web.archive.org/web/20131230231647/http://www.middlesbrough.gov.uk/?articleid=3995, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  89. Paul Delplanque; Middlesbrough Dock 1839–1980; in the Middlesbrough Gazette, 17th November 2011; via https://web.archive.org/web/20130409123451/http://rememberwhen.gazettelive.co.uk/2011/11/middlesbrough-dock-1839-1980.html, accessed on 15th July 2025.
  90. A. N. Mackay, ed.; A History of North Eastern Railway Signalling; North Eastern Railway Association, 2016.
  91. Francis Whishaw; The Railways of Great Britain and Ireland Practically Described and Illustrated (2nd ed.); John Weale, London,1842.
  92. Passenger accommodation was sometimes classified as inside and outside following the practice on stage-coaches; express trains with premium fares were known as first-class trains. The S&DR introduced third class accommodation on some trains in 1835 as people unable to afford a second class ticket had been walking along the tracks.” [93]
  93. Charles Edward Lee; Passenger Class Distinctions; in the Railway Gazette, London, 1946.
  94. Bradshaw’s Monthly General Railway and Steam Navigation Guide; March 1843, p16
  95. https://www.portofmiddlesbrough.com/1830-port-darlington-is-born, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  96. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/6-The-Globe-Jul-2018.pdf, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  97. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:The_Globe_locomotive.jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  98. Historic England; Details from listed building database (1121229); National Heritage List for England; via https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1121229?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  99.  Darlington North Road Locomotive Works; Railway Correspondence & Travel Society; 24 August 2012; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140115121551/https://www.rcts.org.uk/branches/north_east/page.htm?id=Darlington%20North%20Road%20Locomotive%20Works, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  100. Peter Walton; The Stainmore and Eden Valley Railways; Oxford Publishing, 1992.
  101. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:S%26DR_as_part_of_NER_in_1904_(en).jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  102. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Gaunless_Bridge_before_1901.jpg, accessed on 16th July 2025.
  103. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Durham_Coalfield, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  104. https://evenwoodramshawdistricthistorysociety.uk/geology-the-durham-coalfield-etc, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  105. https://maps.nls.uk/view/220113055, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  106. https://web.archive.org/web/20110719144222/http://www.cmhrc.pwp.blueyonder.co.uk/durhamcf.htm, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  107. https://durhamrecordoffice.org.uk/our-records/coal-mining-and-durham-collieries, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  108. http://www.northumbria.ac.uk/sd/central/its/uni_press/catalogue/hist/gnc_bm, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  109. https://www.sunnisidelocalhistorysociety.co.uk/durham.html, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  110. https://muse.jhu.edu/article/623440/summary, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  111. https://www.pontcysyllte-aqueduct.co.uk/object/horses, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  112. https://www.theheritageportal.co.za/article/railway-put-world-track, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  113. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Locomotion_No._1, accessed on 18th July 2025.
  114. L.O. Karlsson; A Rediscovered Early Rail Wagon; in Early Railways; Newcomen Society, London, p20-23.
  115. David Gwyn; The Coming of the Railway: A New Global History, 1750-1850; Yale University Press, New Haven & London, 2023.
  116. Sir William Strickland; Technical Study of the Inclined Plane Mechanism of the South Hadley Canal, South Hadley,Massachusetts; 1794.
  117. https://picturestocktonarchive.com/2019/07/19/the-bishop-auckland-to-stockton-canal-1770, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  118. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/stories/incredible-stephenson-railway-history-rediscovered, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  119. https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/output-of-key-industrial-sectors-in-england-and-the-uk, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  120. A. Vaughan; Railwaymen, Politics and Money; John Murray, London, 1997.
  121. https://regency-explorer.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/Advertisment-for-the-first-horse-drawn-railway-in-Britain.jpg, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  122. https://www.thehopkinthomasproject.com/TheHopkinThomasProject/TimeLine/Wales/LocomotiveDevelopment/WrightIllustratedHistory/WrightHTMs/HackworthRoyalGeorge.htm, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  123. https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1322808?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  124. R. Young; Timothy Hackworth and the Locomotive; 1975
  125. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/2016-12-28-SDR-Volume-1-Significance-Management.pdf accessed on 9th August 2025.
  126. A. Guy; Better Than First: the Significance of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, 1821-30; (unpub paper given at the Friends of the S&DR Conference June 2015).
  127. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stockton_and_Darlington_Railway_Share_Certificate_issued_1823.jpg, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  128. http://www.metadyne.co.uk/pdf_files/RULE_MAIN_V4.pdf, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  129. https://www.sdr1825.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/StocktonandDarlingtonRailwayHeritageActionZone–AerialInvestigationandMapping-Historic-England-2021.pdf, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  130. https://maps.nls.uk/view/102341692, accessed on 13th August 2025.
  131. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swansea_and_Mumbles_Railway, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  132. https://www.historyofrailroad.com/news/lake-lock-rail-road-company-above-ground-railway#google_vignette, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  133. https://picturestocktonarchive.com/2016/03/30/original-sd-line-railway-tracks-outside-preston-hall-museum, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  134. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukla/Geo3/42/80/contents/enacted, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  135. https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukla/Geo3/50/123/contents/enacted, accessed on 14th August 2025.
  136. José Ignacio Rojas-Sola & Eduardo De la Morena-De la Fuente; The Hay Inclined Plane in Coalbrookdale (Shropshire, England): Geometric Modeling and Virtual Reconstruction; Symmetry 2019, Volume 11, No. 4, p589; https://doi.org/10.3390/sym11040589; via https://www.mdpi.com/2073-8994/11/4/589, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  137. M.R. Bailey & J.P. Glithero; The Engineering and History of Rocket; National Railway Museum, London and York, 2000.

The Railway between Nice, Tende and Cuneo – Part 5 – Breil-sur-Roya to Ventimiglia

The featured image for this article, above is an FS Series 320 0-6-0 (030 in Italian notation) steam locomotive which was used in the early days of operation on the southern section of the Ventimiglia-Cuneo line, before the North and South sections could be linked. The locomotive depicted is FS3620 and carries a nameplate – ‘Terni’. 201 locomotives of this Class were built between 1904 and 1908. [8]

In the first four articles about the line from Cuneo to the sea we covered the length of the line from Cuneo to Breil-sur-Roya. These articles can be found here, [9]  here [10] here, [11] and here. [12]

I also want to acknowledge the assistance given to me by David Sousa of the Rail Relaxation YouTube Channel https://www.youtube.com/@RailRelaxation/featured and https://www.railrelaxation.com and particularly his kind permission given to use still images from rail journeys that he has filmed on the Cuneo-Ventimiglia railway line. [35][55]

South of Breil-sur-Roya a junction allows direct access to Ventimiglia and to Nice. The map below shows the two routes as they existed prior to the alteration of the border between France and Italy after the Second World War.

The lines Nice to Tende and Ventimiglia to Tende in the period from 1928 to the Second World War, before the annexation, in 1947, of St-Dalmas de Tende and Piene to France. [40]

This article follows the line South from Breil-sur-Roya to Ventimiglia in two parts: the first as far as Airole and the second from Airole to Ventimiglia. ….

1. The Line South from Breil-sur Roya to Airole

This drawing/map shows the two routes heading South from Breil-sur-Roya. [40]

As with the line immediately to the North of Breil-sur-Roya, the works to the South were constructed by the French. Both of the lines heading South from Breil-sur-Roya entered tunnels just a short distance South of Breil.

Breil-sur-Roya to Piene. [22]
A colourised postcard view of Breil-Sur Roya Railway Station looking North through the station site in advance of the official opening in 1928. This colourised image was shared on the Stura-Cuneo Facebook Page on 20th February 2020, (c) Public Domain. [29]
Breil-sur-Roya station during its very early operation (1928-35), before electrification, with numerous passenger carriages standing idle. The passenger building is in the background; in the foreground are the buildings on the second platform, the only ones today significantly reduced in height and length, publisher Frédéric Laugier, (c) Public Domain. [30]
Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station at the height of its development, with electrification completed (1935), with the passenger building, the large freight yard filled with wagons, and the concrete sheds with arched vaults. Those in the background still exist but are used for non-railway purposes. The Breil Ecomuseum is now located on the north side, half-hidden by the foliage of the tree in the foreground. The photograph was taken from the hillside to the Northwest of the station site and faces Southeast, (c) Public Domain. [30]
After the war, the line to Nice was reopened in 1947, but the station, reduced to the simple terminus of a secondary section, was greatly simplified, removing almost all the sidings (the long straight lines of which can still be made out). In the background, the line to Fontan still features the electrification poles (removed from the rest of the station), but it was naturally abandoned and remained there until its reconstruction in the 1970s. In the 21st century, platform 2, which had been removed at the time, has been restored, the buildings on the second platform have been scaled down, and the third platform has been eliminated. The turntable, which still exists, is part of the Ecomusée, publisher Lapie à Saint-Maur, 1955, (c) Public Domain.[31]
Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station in 2013, (c) Gilles Tagadaand licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [32]
The southern end of the railway station site in Breil-sur-Roya. Two lines leave the station heading South-southwest. [Google Maps, August 2025]

South of the station adjacent parallel bridges cross the Voie de la Première Dfl and Vallon de la Lavina (the Lavina Bridge).

Looking East under the railway bridges (the Lavina Bridge) along Voie de la Première Dfl. [Google Streetview, October 2008]
Looking West under the railway bridges (the Lavina Bridge)along Voie de la Première Dfl. [Google Streetview, October 2008]
This extract from the OpenStreetMap mapping shows the close correlation of the two different routes over the first fe kilometres. The short red lines are the locations of tunnel mouths. [13]
A short distance to the South the two lines can be seen to be separating both geographically and in level. This view looks Northeast with the station off to the left. [Google Streetview, October 2008]
The view South from the cab of a Ventimiglia-bound train. Again, the separation in level is quite marked. [55]
At the same location, this view looks Southeast. Both lines enter  a tunnel just to the South. One tunnel mouth is visible on the left of the image at a lower level. The other tunnel mouth is behind the vegetation on the right of this image. [Google Streetview, October 2008]
The two tunnel mouths. On the left, that of Gigne Tunnel, on the right, that of Caranca Tunnel. Left for Ventimiglia, right for Nice! [54]

The approach to the junction from Ventimiglia. The line from Nice is at the higher level on the left. [35]

The mouth of Gigne Tunnel (1188 metres in length), seen from the cab of the Ventimiglia-bound service. The tunnel is S-shaped. Trains heading South turn to the East within the tunnel and then, close to the East Portal, begin to turn to the South again. [55][1: p126]

The view North from the North Portal of Gigne Tunnel, seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

The route of this tunnel crosses twice under the Caranca tunnel on the Nice line. [1: p126]

Just beyond the East Portal of Gigne Tunnel the line begins to curve South again. [55]

The East Portal of Gigne Tunnel, seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

The North Portal of Sanfurian Tunnel (260 metres in length) was in deep shade when this image was taken from the cab of a Ventimiglia-bound train. [55]

The view Northwest from the same portal of Sanfurian Tunnel. [35]

The view South from the mouth of Sanfurian Tunnel. Note the high retaining walls to the right of the image. [55]

The South Portal of Sanfurian Tunnel, seen from the North end of Eboulis Viaduct. This viaduct has eight 18 metre stone arches and nine 7 metre stone arches. [35][1: p126]

The view from the North along the Route de Ventimiglia with the railway viaduct alongside the road. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

Eboulis Viaduct facing South. [55]

Eboulis Viaduct looking North, seen from the cab of a Northbound train.  [35]

Eboulis Viaduct before the construction of the road between it and the River Roya. The quality of this image is not perfect but it is still possible to make out the South portal of Snfurian Tunnel towards the right of the image. [49]

The view along the E74/D6204 from the South with the viaduct to the left of the road and the river to the right below the road. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

Looking South over Bancao Viaduct. [55]

Looking North along Bancao Viaduct. [35]

Bancao Viaduct on the line from Breil-sur-Roya to Ventimiglia is close to the D6204 on this extract from OpenStreetMap. The line to the West is the line from Breil-sur-Roya to Nice which is at a much higher level. [14]

Looking West from the D6204/E74, a small culvert close to the road is dwarfed by the bridge carrying the line to Ventimiglia which in turn is dwarfed by the viaduct carrying the line to Nice. [Google Streetview, April 2008]

The bridge carrying the line to Ventimiglia is also known as the Bancao Ravine Bridge. [1: p126]

The length of the line South of Bancao Viaduct. The two rail line are still running in parallel, only beginning to separate significantly at the bottom of this extract from Open StreetMap. Cottalorda Tunnel begins towards the bottom of this map extract. [15]

The line can only be seen fleetingly from the road.

It runs in front of the terracotta-coloured building near the centre of this image. Railings at the edge of a retaining wall supporting the line can be seen to the right of the image. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

The North portal of Cottalorda Tunnel (297 metres long). [55]

Turning through 180°, this is the view North at the same location. [35]

Just a glimpse of the tunnel mouth and the associated retaining wall can be seen from the D6204/E74. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

The view South from the southern portal of Cottalorda Tunnel. [55]

The southern portal of Cottalorda Tunnel. [35]

Looking back towards Breil-sur-Roya and the mouth of Cottalorda Tunnel. Note the arcaded retaining wall on the left, typical of the retaining walls on this length of the line. The D6204 runs alongside and below the line to the right. [35]

This next length of the line from the South portal of Cottalorda Tunnel runs immediately adjacent to the E74/D6204. [16]

This smaller image, looks South along the D6204/E74. The railway can be seen adjacent to, but above the road. To the West side of the line, large retaining walls create space for the line on the steeply graded valley side. {Google Streetview, July 2014]

A little further South the Hydroelectric Plant is now visible. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

This View looks North. The building beyond the trees is Breil’s Hydroelectric Power Station (below). [35]

Now just beyond the Power Station , again looking South with a high retaining wall above the railway which sits a few metres above road level on the right. Three arcades carrying the line are followed by the three stone arches of the Riou Viaduct. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

Construction work on the Italian length of the line in the lower Roya (Roia) Valley began in Ventimiglia. Banaudo et al have chosen to follow the line from South to North to reflect the way this section of the line was constructed. We continue to follow the line from North to South.

The length of the line from the border at Piena (Piene) to Airole was completed before the first world war but traffic along this part of the line had to wait for completion of the length of the line in French territory. The Italian authorities decided that services would commence only between Ventimiglia and Airole. That length is covered later in this article.

The international border at the time of construction was just to the North of Piena (Piene). That border line remained the same through the interwar years. Services North from Airole via Piena to Breil-sur-Roya had to wait until 1928 and the opening of the full line.

The Riou Viaduct (three 6.25m masonry arches) was the location of the international boundary. Banaudo et all tell us that the point that the line crossed the boundary is marked by the letters I and F engraved in a stone on the deck of the structure. [1: p125]

The Riou Viaduct straddled the centuries old border between Genoa and Savoy which became the border between Italy and France. This view looking South along the D6204/E74 shows the arcade retaining wall (3 bays) followed by the three-arch viaduct. [Google Streetview, July 2014]
This view looks North along the D6204/E74 towards Breil-sur-Roya. The three arches of the Riou Viaduct are on the left of the image. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

Immediately to the South of the Riou Viaduct, Piene (Piena) Station was built as a frontier station below the village of Piena-Alta which, Banaudo et al tell us, was for centuries the outpost of the Genoese republic and the border with the States of Savoy. [1: p125-126]

Close to the road border post at Piena-Bassa, the “Italian administration decided to establish a station intended for police and customs control operations. There were three platform faces, a two-story passenger building and a customs clearance hall of the same size for goods, comprising a warehouse, offices and two apartments on the upper floors. The site was hemmed in by the tunnel to the South, the French border to the North, the mountainside to the West, and the Roya River to the East, necessitating the construction of the station, cantilevered over a masonry gallery supported by seven arches, above the SS 20 roadway.” [1: p126]

This photograph was taken in 1925 facing upstream.. It shows Piene (Piena) Railway Station sitting at high level, above the Ventimiglia road, (Collection of J. L. Taylor) (c) Public Domain. [26]

Also facing up stream, this image shows the structures at this location in 2006, (c) Markus Schweiss and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 3.0). [33]

Since the photograph above was taken a netting protection has been applied to the principal buildings at rail level. This photograph taken in 2019 also faces upstream, (c) Eugenio Merzagora/Structurae and made available for reuse under their non-commercial licence. [34]

This view looks South along the D6204/E74. it is taken a couple of hundred metres South of the Riou Viaduct where the road passes what was Piene Railway Station building. The site was tight and in order to accommodate the necessary station buildings, they were built over the road. [Google Streetview, October 2008]

Piene Railway Station (closed) seen from the cab of a Southbound train. [55]

Piene Railway Station (closed) seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

Writing about the length of the line between Ventimiglia and the border at Piena (Piene), Banaudo et al say: “In the lower Roya Valley, the seven tranches of the Ventimiglia – southern border section were successively awarded in 1908, 1910, 1911, 1912, and 1913. Despite the lower altitude, the route was as difficult as on the purely Alpine section of the line, with steep gorges and terrain that offered highly varied resistance to earthworks: unstable marly limestone, very hard black limestone, clayey marl, schist, sandstone, etc. Of the 17,260 m route, nearly half way to be in tunnels, with nineteen structures totaling 8,259 m, fifteen bridges and viaducts representing sixty-four masonry arches, as well as various secondary structures for crossing waterways and rural roads.” [1: p118]

Piene Railway Station to Airole Railway Station. [22]

South of Piene (Piena) a series of structures carry the line over or through the obstacles in its path:

• the Fromentino Tunnel, 645 m long;
• a viaduct with three 10 m arches;
• the Arme Tunnel, 333 m long;
• a viaduct with four 10 m arches;
• the Agrie Tunnel, 820 m long;
• the Fanghetto tunnel, 419 m long, extended by a gallery (the post-WW2 border was established at the North end of this tunnel);
• the Sardinesca Tunnel, 820 m long;
• a single span arch bridge over the Tron valley.

These are all illustrated below.

The North Portal of Fromentino Tunnel (645 metres in length) in shade. [55]

The view from the North portal of Fromentino tunnel. [35]

It is just possible to see the tunnel mouth above, when looking up from the road. [Google Streetview, October 2008]

The view South from the D6204/E74 above the South portal of Fromentino Tunnel. Before reaching the Arme Tunnel, the line crosses a 3-viaduct of three 10 m span arches. The stone parapets of the viaduct can be seen below the top rail of the parapet immediately in front of the camera. [Google Streetview, September 2010]

The view South from the cab of a Ventimiglia-bound train at the southern portal of Fromentino Tunnel. The viaduct parapets are in the foreground. [55]

Turning round, this is the view of the South Portal of Fromentino Tunnel. [35]

Looking toward the northern portal of Arme Tunnel (333 metres long) which again is in shade. [55]

A view looking north along the railway from the road immediately above the North portal of Arme Tunnel. The parapets of the viaduct can again be seen between the two tunnel mouths. [Google Streetview, September 2010]

A similar view back towards Breil-sur-Roya from the cab of a Northbound service the mouth of Arme Tunnel. [35]

This next length of the line is heading South-southeast. Arme tunnel is at the top of this extract from OpenStreetMap. The line bridges (on a four-arch viaduct) a tributary of La Roya before being swallowed by Agrie Tunnel.

The view South from the mouth of Arme Tunnel. [55]

Turning through 180°, this is the South portal of the Arme Tunnel. [35]

The railway and the bridge are just visible over the edge of the road, looking East. The bridge is a viaduct of four 10 m spans. [Google Streetview, September 2010]

The northern portal of Agrie Tunnel (820 metres in length). [55]

The view from the cab of a Northbound service leaving Agrie Tunnel. [35]

A better view is obtained from the road above the North portal of Agrie Tunnel. This view shows the viaduct mentioned above. [Google Streetview, September 2010]

This is the view from the cab of a Southbound train at the South portal of Agrie Tunnel. The train is travelling at 68 km/hour and the still image from the video is much less distinct. [55]

A similar view but from the road. A metre high wall separates the road and the railway. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

Turning through 180°, we see the mouth of the Agrie Tunnel from the cab of the Northbound service. [35]

A similar view from the road. It is at this location that we cross into Italy! The border was adjusted as part of reparations after WW2. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

At high speed the video stills are less distinct. This is the northern mouth of the Fanghetto Tunnel which is in shade. This tunnel is 419 metres in length and trains cross the border between France and Italy as they enter it. [55]

A much more distinct view from the road of the mouth of Fanghetto Tunnel. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

Here, we are looking from Italy into France in this view back towards Breil-sur-Roya from the mouth of the Fanghetto Tunnel. [35]

The southern end of the Fanghetto Tunnel is galleried/arcaded with low level arches letting in light before the tunnel mouth is reached. [55]

The arcades close to the southern mouth of Fanghetto Tunnel seen from the East side of the valley. [Google Streetview, July 2021]

The view along the line from the southern portal of Fanghetto Tunnel. [55]

The southern portal of the Fanghetto Tunnel. [35]

With the Southbound train now travelling at 75 km/hr, small structures (like this accommodation bridge) whizz by and, certainly in this direction with the bridge face in shadow, it is impossible to make out any detail.. [55]

The structure is seen in better light, from the cab of the Northbound service. [35]

The northern mouth of Sardinesca Tunnel (820 metres long) again in shadow and indistinct because of the speed of the train. [55]

Looking back towards Breil-sur-Roya from the cab of a Northbound train at the mouth of the Sardinesca Tunnel. [35]

The view South beyond the southern portal of Sardinesca Tunnel. The parapets of a single span arch bridge are visible close to the camera. [55]

Turning through 180° we get a look at a footbridge over the line just outside Sardinesca Tunnel. [35]

The same footbridge seen from the SS20 road. the arch bridge over the Tron, a tributary of the Roya, can be seen on the left of the image. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

An extract from Google’s satellite imagery showing the same location. Note the tunnel mouth and adjacent footbridge in the top-left quadrant of the photograph. [Google Maps, August 2025]

Next comes the Olivetta-San-Michele Station and the San-Michele Tunnel (133 m long).

A very short distance South of the footbridge is Olivetta San Michele Railway Station. [Google Maps, August 2025]

Olivetta San Michele Station, seen from the cab of the Ventimiglia-bound service. [55]

A better railside view of the station building at Olivetta San Michele, this time from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

The station building seen looking South from the SS20/E74 road. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The station building seen from the East, (c) Pampuco and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [36]

The view ahead along the line towards Ventimiglia from the cab of the Southbound train as it pulls out of Olivetta San Michele Station. The tunnel ahead is San Michele Tunnel which is 126 metres in length. [55]

A view, looking South from the SS20, of the northern mouth of San Michele Tunnel with an Italian Locomotive heading into the tunnel (I may well need correcting on this) is shown in more detail below… It appears to be a Belgian locomotive (SNCB) No. 7336 with the name, ‘Mexico’. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

This picture it taken just a short distance to the South of the image above. It shows a side-on view of the same locomotive. I would not expect to see this locomotive at this location! [Google Streetview, August 2021]

This is SNCB 7304 – the image is provided by Wikipedia. The family resemblance with 7336 is manifest. The Class 73 locomotives formed the backbone of the SNCB/NMBS shunting locomotive fleet. [20]

Class 73 locomotives were built in three batches: 7301-7335 during 1965–1967, 7336-7375 during 1973-1974 and finally 7373–7395 in 1976–1977. [20]

This is the view North through the station site as seen from the cab of a Northbound service at the North postal of the San Michele Tunnel. [35]

Looking out from the Southeast portal of San Michele Tunnel, the line ahead crosses Roya IV Bridge which is 126 metres in length and then enters Mantici Tunnel which is 604 metres long. [55]

One hundred metres further South and turning through 180°, this is the view across Roya IV Bridge towards the San Michele Tunnel. Note that the road tunnel is just above the railway tunnel, although on a different line. [35]

The view from the road above the Southeast portal of San Michele Tunnel. The mouth of Mantigi Tunnel (604 metres long) can be seen at the end of the railway viaduct. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

A very short distance along the road a somewhat better view of the viaduct. [Google Streetview, August 2021] More views of the viaduct can be seen here, [17] here, [18] and here. [19]

Roya IV Bridge was also known as the San-Michele Viaduct. It was made up of five 15 metre arches. [1: p125]

The Mantigi tunnel has a short section where it is very close the the surface of the ground above, Banaudo et al, tell us that this allowed the provision of a vertical ventilation shaft. [1: p125]

Trains travelling South to Ventimiglia crossed the viaduct and ran on through Mantigi Tunnel. Airole Railway Station was originally on a large plateau beyond the Southeast portal of Mantigi Tunnel.

The original location of Airole Railway Station. The substantial passenger building remains. The walls of one other building can be seen to the Southeast of the passenger facilities. [Google Maps, August 2025]

Banaudo et al tell that “Airole station was located in an olive grove to the North of the village, in the only place where the shallower slope of the left bank of the Roya allowed the construction of a retaining wall to support all the railway infrastructure: the passenger building, three platform tracks and two freight tracks with a goods shed and high platform, as well as a water column for the locomotives.” [1: p121]

The station was built in 1914 and remained operational until, sadly, the station site was abandoned in the 1970s when it was replaced by a single platform halt in the centre of Airole. [25]

At the southern end of Mantigi Tunnel, trains enter a passing loop (Airole Loop), which is all that is left of the original railway station, before entering another tunnel! [55]

Looking back towards Breil-sur-Roya from within the passing loop. Immediately to the North of the loop, Northbound trains plunge into the Mantigi Tunnel. [35]

This excellent photograph of the old station building looks North towards the Mantigi Tunnel, © Giorgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [25]

The station building and the shell of the old goods shed. This is another photograph © Giorgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [37]

Looking North from the cab of a Northbound train approaching the old railway station building. It is evident from both these pictures that there were originally sidings at this location – confirmation that the station facilities at Airole were once quite significant. [35]

At the end of the passing loop trains enter Madonna Tunnel (249 metres long). [55]

Looking back towards Breil-sur-Roya from the portal of Madonna Tunnel. The passing loop is still provided at this location as there is no room at the present Airole Railway Station for more than a single track. [35]

Leaving Madonna Tunnel trains immediately pass under a local road bridge which appears as not much more than a silhouette as eyes get used to the light on leaving the tunnel. [55]

Airole Railway Station seen from the cab of a Ventimiglia-bound train passing under the accommodation bridge shown above. [55]

The view West from the bridge which carries Via Giacomo Matteotti over the line. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

Turning to face East, this is the present Airole Railway Station as seen from Via Giacomo Matteotti. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

A Northbound train is stationary at Airole Railway Station. This is the view ahead, West towards Olivette San Michele. The road over bridge sits a few metres closer to the station than the mouth of Madonna Tunnel. [35]

A great action shot showing ALn 663 1160 at Airole station, © Giorgio Stagni and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [38]

Airole to Bevera. [22]

Airole Railway Station seen from the cab of a northbound service entering the station from the East. [35]

A similar view but this time the camera is on Via G. Biancheri which crosses the railway line above the West portal of Airole Tunnel (153 metres in length). [Google Streetview, August 2021]

This extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows the village of Airole which sits over the line. Airole Tunnel curves to the Northeast. Its West Portal is bottom-left in this image, its Northeast portal is top-right. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The view Southwest from the cab of a Ventimiglia-bound train at the Northeast portal of Airole Tunnel. [55]

The Southwest portal of Para Tunnel (754 metres long). [55]

Looking Southwest from Via Luigi Trucchi the Northeast portal of Airole Tunnel can be seen below the village of Airole. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The view from Via Nazionale of the short bridge (Airole Bridge, one 10 metre arch) which sits to the Southwest of the mouth of Para Tunnel. The stonework of the tunnel portal can be seen above and to the right of the viaduct. Para Tunnel is over 747 metres long. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

This is the view back towards Airole Village and Railway Station from the mouth of Para Tunnel. White fencing sits on top of the parapet walls of Airole Bridge. [35]

Para Tunnel curves round to the Southeast. This is the view from the cab of the Southbound train as it exits Para Tunnel and crosses La Para II viaduct (four 10 metre arches). [55]

The viaduct mentioned above can be glimpsed from Via Natzionale. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

This is the view back into the mouth of Para Tunnel. [35]

The Northwest portal of Pian de Para Tunnel. The tunnel is 184 metres long. [55][1: p125]

A view of the Northwest portal of Pian de Para Tunnel from Via Nazionale. There is a single-span arch bridge carrying the line close to the tunnel mouth. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The next length of the line as it appears on OpenStreetMap and annotated with the tunnel names. [21]

The Southeast portal of Pian de Para Tunnel seen from the cab of the Northbound train. [35]

Immediately to the Southeast of the tunnel portal Southbound trains cross La ParaI Viaduct. The Viaduct appears to have three 5 metre spans. This image looks Northeast from Via Nazionale. [1: p125]

The Southeast portal of Pian de Para Tunnel can be seen in the top-left of this image, looking North from a point a little further along Via Nazionale. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The Southbound train is now travelling at over 80 km/hr. This is the portal of the next tunnel on the route – Gambetto Tunnel (173 metres in length. [55] [1: p125]

Turning through 180°, this is the view back towards Airole from the mouth of the Gambetto Tunnel. [35]

Gambetto Tunnel opens out onto the next bridge over La Roya – Roya No. III Bridge. [55] This structure is also known as the Lamberta Viaduct, it is made up of three 14 metre arches and two 10 metre arches. The gallery beyond the bridge is the route of the modern SS20. [1: p125]

Turning through 180°, this is the mouth of the Gambetto Tunnel from the cab of a Northbound service. [35]

With the railway running South-southeast towards Bevera and Ventimiglia, it alternates between tunnels and viaducts switching sides of La Roya (Roia) river. [23]

The Roya No. III bridge is also known as the Lamberta Viaduct. [1: p125]

The Roya No. II bridge is also known as the Colombo Viaduct. [1: p125]

A view of Roya No. III bridge from the bridge carrying Via Nazionale of the Roya to the West of the railway. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The old road, Via Nazionale passes under the five stone arches of La Roya No. III bridge – three 14 metre arches and two 10 metre arches. The concrete gallery allows light into the tunnel carrying the modern SS20/E74. [Google Streetview, September 2011]

A view of La Roya No. III bridge from the Via Nazionala further to the East along the valley. [Google Streetview, September 2011]

Southbound trains then plunge into Lamberta Tunnel which is 750 metres in length. [55]

Turning through 180°, this is the view across Roya III bridge from the mouth of the Lamberta Tunnel. [35]

Leaving Lamberta Tunnel at its southern end, Southbound trains immediately crossed La Roya again on Roya No. II bridge. [55] The bridge is also known as the Colombo Viaduct. [1: p125]

Turning through 180° we see the Lamberta Tunnel Portal. [35]

Once across La Roya on No. II bridge trains ran on into Colombo Tunnel. [55]

Looking back across La Roya from the mouth of the Colombo Tunnel. [35]

Roia (Roya) No. II Bridge, seen from the viaduct carrying the SS20/E74 across the river. The old road down the valley (Via Nazionale) can be seen crossing the river at a lower level. The northern portal of Colombo Railway Tunnel can be seen on the left of this image. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
A similar view, looking West from the Via Nazionale. [Google Streetview, September 2011]
The view from the West of Roia No. II bridge, looking East. The tunnel mouth visible in this photograph is the southern portal of the Lamberta Tunnel. [Google Streetview, September 2011]

Looking South across Roia (Roya) No. 1 bridge (also known as the Bocche Viaduct) from the South portal of Colombo Tunnel. [55]

Roia No. I bridge, seen from the West on Via Nazionale. [Google Streetview, September 2011]
Roia No. I bridge, seen from the East on Via Nazionale. The tunnel mouth visible on the left of the image is the northern portal of Delle Bocche Tunnel. [Google Streetview, September 2011]

The northern tunnel mouth of Delle Bocche Tunnel. [55]

Looking back from the Delle Bocche tunnel mouth across the Roia No. 1 bridge. [35]

Banaudo et al tell us that the length of the Roia (Roya) Valley that we have just traversed is known as the ‘Bocche’, “the wild gorges of the Roya which for a long time represented an abstacle to communications between the Ligurian lands of the Republic of Genova and the Piedmontese domain of the Kingdom of Sardinia. It was only in 1893that the … road from Ventimiglia to Breil was completed … after lengthy construction work hampered by the difficult terrain and the reluctance of the military authorities. The railway tamed this gorge through an uninterrupted succession of tunnels and viaducts.” [1: p121, 125]

Delle Bocche Tunnel (927 metres long) ends at the top of this OpenStreetMap extract. There is a short bridge which carries a length of the line before Southbound trains enter d’Allaveri Tunnel which, although it appears as one tunnel on the map extract is actually two tunnels with a very short open length in between. The Aqueduct illustrated on the map passes under the railway in that opening in pipes, (Pont sur les conduites forcées de la centrale hydroélectrique de Bevera). The first length of the tunnel is named d’Allaveri Tunnel (69 metres long), the second length is known as Serro Soprano Tunnel (245 metres long).

Once beyond these tunnels, Southbound trains have a clear run down to Bevera Railway Station. [24]

Looking South from the South portal of Delle Bocche Tunnel. [55]

Looking back to the North, this is the South portal of Delle Bocche Tunnel. [35]

A glimpse of the line from a local road (Localita Madonetta) at a point a couple of hundred metres South of the South portal of Dell Bocche Tunnel. The camera is facing Northeast. [Google Streetview, November 2011]

A short distance further South the line bridges a shallow valley and crosses a minor access road. This is the East elevation of the Varese Viaduct (three 8 metre arches) seen from Via Comunale di Varase. [Google Streetview, November 2011][1: p121]
The western elevation of the same structure, seen from the Southwest. [Google Streetview, November 2011]

A little further Southwest the line is carried on a low bridge under another minor road. This view looks West from Via Comunale di Varase. [Google Streetview, November 2011]

The same structure seen from the West. [Google Streetview, November 2011]

Continuing South the line is carried alongside the River Roia (Roya) and above Via San Rocco on retaining walls and a series of nine 8 metre arches. The arches comprise one structure known as the Allaveri Viaduct. The North portal of d’Allaveri Tunnel can be glimpsed just to the right of centre in this photograph. [Google Streetview, November 2011]

The North portal of d’Allaveri Tunnel. This and the next tunnel are in the vicinity of the hamlet of Varese and the Bevera Hydroelectric Power Station. [55]

The view North from the cab of a Northbound train at the North portal of d’Allaveri Tunnel. [35]

This extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows the two tunnels at this location and Bevera’s Hydroelectric power plant which is immediately adjacent to the railway. It is the white-roofed building just above the centre of this image.

D’Allaveri Tunnel is the very short tunnel to the North of the Hydroelectric plant (71 metres in length). Serro Soprano Tunnel (244 metres long) extends South from the building to a point near to the bottom of this image.

The grey area at the bottom of the image (surrounding the tunnel mouth) is a series of greenhouses. As shown below.

[Google Streetview, July 2019]

An overexposed photograph showing the view South from the southern portal of d’Allaveri Tunnel. The Aqueduct which carries water under pressure to Bevera’s hydroelectric plant can be seen on the right. The line bridges the penstock on three 5 metre arches before southbound trains enter Serro Soprano Tunnel ahead. [55]

Another over-exposed view, this time facing North at the North portal of Serro Soprano Tunnel. The southern mouth of d’Allaveri Tunnel can be seen ahead.[35]

Looking South towards Bevera at the mouth of Serro Soprano Tunnel. [55]

The South portal of Serro Soprano Tunnel. [35]

An accommodation bridge North of Bevera Railway Station, seen from the cab of the Southbound service. [55]

The accommodation bridge, seen from above. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The same structure seen from the cab of the Northbound train. [35]

As we head South towards Bevera Railway Station, the valley of the Roia widens significantly and we enter the suburbs of Ventimiglia, of which Bevera is one part. Beverea Railway Station was built with a large “classically designed passenger building, two platform faces and and two freight tracks with a goods shed and loading platform.” [1: p121] In the 21st century Bevera is a single platform halt.

A Southbound train approaches Bevera Railway Station. [55]

Bevera Railway Station seen from above. [Google Maps, August 2025]

Bevera Railway Station building and forecourt seen from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, October 2010]
Bevera Station building seen from the South adjacent to a low underpass under the railway. [Google Streetview, July 2019]
A second underpass just a little further to the South. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The Northbound service sits at Bevera Railway Station which is a single platform halt. [35]

The Southbound train, stationary at Bevera Railway Station. [55]

Bevera to Ventimiglia. [22]

Looking North into the Bevera Station site

South of Bevera Railway Station the railway bridges the Bevera River (Torrente).

The bridge over the Bevera Torrente. The river is quite a significant tributary to the Roia (Roya). [Google Maps, August 2025]
The railway bridge over the Bevera, seen from the main road to the East. The viaduct has four16.35 metre arches and spans the Bevera close to its confluence with the Roia. [Google Streetview, August 2021][1: p119]

The same bridge, seen from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The view North along the line from the cab of a Northbound train as it crosses the bridge over the Bevera River. [35]

The line runs on to the South on embankment through the suburbs of Ventimiglia.

The bridge over Via Madeira seen from the East. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The same bridge seen from the West. [Google Streetview, August 2021]

Looking back along the line towards Bevera Railway Station from Pont Bevera (Viadotto Autoporto). [Google Streetview, August 2021]

Facing towards Ventimiglia this image taken from the cab of the Ventimiglia-bound service looks through Pont Bevera (Viadotto Autoporto). [55]

Facing North towards Bevera and looking under Pont Bevera (Viadotto Autoporto). [35]

Looking ahead along the line towards Ventimiglia Railway Station from Pont Bevera (Viadotto Autoporto). [Google Streetview, August 2021]

The North portal of Maneira Tunnel (171 metres in length) is in shadow and difficult to make out from the cab of the ventimiglia-bound train. [55][1: p119]

Turning through 180°, this is the view North from the cab of a Northbound service as it leaves the North portal of Madeira Tunnel. [35]

The view South from the South portal of Maneira Tunnel. [55]

Turning through 180°, this is the South portal seen fr

The line continues on embankment with low height underpasses to provide vehicular access under the line as shown below. [Google Streetview, August 2021]…

In between the second and third underpasses shown above the line passes through d’Isnardi Tunnel (168 metres in length). The North portal is so much in shade that the view from the cab of the Ventimiglia-bound service does not provide any detail. [55] That is the first image below…

The North portal of d’Isnardi Tunnel is so much in shade that no details can be made out from the cab of the Ventimiglia-bound service. [55]

Turning through 180° this is the view North from the North portal of the tunnel. [35]

The view South from the South portal of d’Isnardi Tunnel. [55]

Turning through 180° the South portal is seen from the cab of a Northbound service. [35]

The next few images come from above the level of the line further to the South – the first two from alongside to the West of the line and then from over bridges. ….

The first two of the images above look back along the line and then forward towards Ventimiglia Railway Station from Via Peglia. [Google Streetview, November 2011] The second pair of images look back and forward along the line from the bridge carrying Via Gallardi over the line. [Google Streetview, August 2021] The final par of images look back (across a curve in the line) and then forward along the line from the E80 (close to the toll booths). In the first of this pair of images the bridge carrying Via Gallardi over the line can be seen. [Google Streetview, July 2019]

The next two images show the bridge carrying Via Gallardi over the line. [55][35]…

This next pair of photos show the overbridge which carries the E80. [55][35] …

The next batch of photos continue towards Ventimiglia Railway Station. …

Two further underpasses are shown in the first two images above, the second pair of images are taken from the bridge carrying the SS20 over the line, the first looks back to the West towards the point where the double-track line from Nice begins to run alongside the single-track line from Cuneo. The second looks forward from the same bridge towards Ventimiglia Railway Station. The last two images are underpasses that the 3 lines cross on their way East. [Google Streetview, September 2024]

A cab level view of the diverging tracks seen in the third of the six views in the gallery above. The double-track line heading towards Nice diverges to the left. It is just approximately 6 kilometres to the international border. [35]

The next pair of images show the bridge carrying the SS20 as seen from cabs on services to and from Cuneo. [55][35] The first faces towards Ventimiglia, the second towards Bevera. …

The next three images show the final approach into Ventimiglia Railway Station. [55] …

The middle image above shows a shunter idling in a siding alongside the main running lines – TS D100 Shunter [Vossloh G1000 BB]. The Vossloh G1000 BB is a class of off-centre cab diesel-hydraulic B’B’ 4 axle locomotives built by Vossloh in Kiel since 2002. The class is based upon the standard Vossloh locomotives design, and they are a higher powered development of the Vossloh G800 BB which were produced mainly for the Austrian Federal Railways, with a 1.1 MW (1,500 hp) MTU engine replacing the 0.8 MW (1,100 hp) Caterpillar engine in the G800; as a result the front engine compartment is enlarged, whilst other features: bogie frame and overall dimensions remain the same. [27]

Another view of the TS D100 Shunter [Vossloh G1000 BB], this time from the cab of the Cuneo-bound service. [35]

Looking Northwest from the cab of a Cuneo-bound train about to depart from Ventimiglia Railway Station. [35]

Ventimiglia Railway Station is on a Northwest to Southeast axis. [Google Maps, August 2025]

A postcard view of Ventimiglia taken from the hillside to the Northeast of the Railway Station which features in the foreground of the image. [44]

Ventimiglia Railway Station in very early days, © Public Domain. [28]
The station in the 21st century, seen from approximately the same location. This building was constructed after WW2. [Google Streetview, August 2021]
This satellite image dated 2006 from Google shows: on the left, the abandoned locomotive shed at Ventimiglia; the lighter coloured main station building below the centre of the image; and other railway buildings with red roofs. [45]

Banaudo et al write that “the single track of the Col de Tende line runs alongside the Nice double track for a few hundred metres. [Initially] they crossed the Roya River together on a six-span metal viaduct, which was soon replaced by a new structure with eight 17-metre stone arches. Immediately beyond the bridge, the two routes separate and the Cuneo route climbs up the right bank of the river, at a gradient of 13 mm/m, the valley is still relatively wide. A bundle of three service tracks called Scalo Roia is located to the left of the main track. The Isnardi tunnel (168 m long) and Maneira tunnel (171 m long) precede a four-arch viaduct (with 6-metre arches).” [1: p119] This description assumes that the line is followed West out of Ventimiglia Railway Station.

The earliest rail bridge over the River Roia at Ventimiglia. This single track structure was widened
The early (widened) metal bridge carrying the Nice line and the Cuneo line over the Roia in Ventimiglia, seen from the East, © Public Domain. [28]
The replacement stone arch viaduct. The postcard was posted in 1917. [47]
The same elevation of the bridge in the 21st century, viewed from the next structure downstream. [Google Streetview, July 2021]
The upstream elevation of the same bridge, in 1955. [48]
The upstream elevation of the same bridge, seen from the Northeast. The high-level structure carries the SS20 over the railway line. The upstream elevation of the river bridge is a modern extension to the second bridge which comprised eight 17 metres stone arches. [Google Streetview, July 2021]

Banaudo et al comment that while construction was just beginning between Breil and the southern border, the work begun in 1908 by the Italian companies from the coast was nearing completion. While awaiting the connection to France, the FS decided to operate the Ventimiglia-Airole section (11.970 km), which entered service on 16th May 1914. The service was provided by three round trips, including two local passenger trains and one mixed train, which covered the entire route in about thirty minutes uphill and twenty-five minutes downhill. Traction was provided by three-axle 030 locomotives with separate tenders, Group 320 (formerly the 3600 of the Rete Mediterranea), based to the newly created Savona depot.” [1: p142]

In France, WWI caused the cessation of all work on the line and in the aftermath of the conflict, “the resumption of construction proved very difficult. The PLM’s construction department received only meager allocations from the state, with priority funding being allocated to the recovery of the disaster-stricken regions of the northeast.” [1: p138]

On site, the years of inactivity had allowed serious deterioration, particularly of the tunnels on the unopened line. Following a three-day inspection tour of the entire line, the French decided to begin work once again.

The contractors made a significant investment in manpower and materials at the beginning of 1920 but discovered that rather than dealing with the PLM, the works would be directly funded by the government. The government determined that the budget for the work on French soil would be reduced from 104 to 75 million Francs and indicated that the maximum spend in 1920 would be 17 million Francs. This inevitably led to redundancies and to slower progress of the works. [1: p140]

When the authorities indicated in June 1920, that “only 700,000 Francs of credit remained to complete the year, … the elected officials of the Alpes-Maritimes immediately rushed to Paris to meet with representatives of the Ministry and the PLM management. Following discussions, a new budget was allocated by the State for railway construction. The PLM had a budget of 41 million Francs, 25 of which were allocated to the Nice-Cuneo line. Work could [continue], but the engineers and contractors in charge of it would have to take into account the irregular arrival of funds until the end when organizing their work.” [1: p140]

Work on the Nice to Breil-sur-Roya line and the remaining length of the line between Ventimiglia and Breil ran in parallel. The increased budget meant competition to attract staff was strong and people had to be hired from Italy, Spain, Portugal and Morocco. Stonemasons were in particularly short supply. We will probably see more about what this meant for the work when we follow the line from Breil-sur-Roya to Nice.

Banaudo et al note that in the early 1920s the line was opened between Ventimiglia and Airole for passengers and was used also to supply the French construction site on the length of the line between Breil-sur-Roya and Piena (Piene).

From Breil to the southern border, the [railbed/formation] was passable by 1921 and the final track was immediately laid, while the FS did the same between Airole and Piena on the section removed during the war. On 30th January 1922, the Italian and French rails were finally connected on the Riou bridge, and the Borie company obtained  from then on the authorization to directly route its materials from Nice to Breil by rail.” [1: p142]

Once the line opened fully between Ventimiglia and Cuneo, the line “retained the Ventimiglia-Airole service created before the war, while on the Cuneo San-Dalmazzo-di-Tenda line, the timetable included three daily three-class buses and a seasonal train running on public holidays from July to September. The 58 km journey took 2 hours 30 minutes in the north-south direction and 2 hours 10 to 15 in the opposite direction.  This service included one less return journey than in 1915, because a fast Cuneo Nice bus connection was introduced in 1921 following an agreement between the FS and the Compagnia Generale dei Tramways Piemontesi (CGTP), to avoid the inconvenience of transhipment while waiting for the railway to be fully operational.” [1: p143-146]

In December 1923 it was agreed that on the length of line between the two borders, “all trains … would be hauled by the FS, including maintenance trains; in the event that they had to be exceptionally handled by a French locomotive, the latter would be accompanied by a pilot from the FS. The San-Dalmazzo Piena section would be equipped with Morse-type telegraph devices. The protection signals for Breil station on the Fontan-Saorge and Piène sides would be Italian, but the departure signals for all directions would be the PLM-type. The organization of customs controls between San-Dalmazzo, Fontan-Saorge, Breil and Piena was also [agreed].” [1: p146]

Banaudo et al provide a significant series of photographs of the construction work on the lines between Cuneo, Nice and Ventimiglia which takes up a large proportion of Volume 1 of Les Trains du Col de Tende. The photographs and drawings are predominantly from the French lengths of the line. [1: p152-311] It is a very significant collection of images which stand as a superb tribute to the amazing work of the various contractors employed on the line.

Opening of the line from Cuneo to Ventimiglia to passenger traffic had to wait for the completion of all of the French construction work. “Finally in October 1928 the lines were all completed – the celebrations must have been fantastic events. At last the small towns and villages along the route had access to jobs, schools and universities, cultural activities, hospitals … everything the cities had to offer.” [39]

The next article in this short series will look a the line heading out of Breil-sur-Roya towards Nice. It can be found here. [5]

References

  1. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 1: 1858-1928; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  2. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 2: 1929-1974; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  3. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 3: 1975-1986; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  4. https://m.facebook.com/story.php?story_fbid=pfbid0eumWUFwJCPBGQUUtr3Apx72qr5cUhihwxpcFzDbkms3fta5zRXYZZLUozkAMmeKvl&id=1412933345657144, accessed on 5th December 2023. The Facebook Page, “L’Histoire de Menton et ses Alentours,” is the work of Frank Asfaux, https://www.facebook.com/franckasfaux06, accessed on 4th December 2023.
  5. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/08/29/the-railway-between-nice-tende-and-cuneo-part-6-breil-sur-roya-to-lescarene/
  6. Not used.
  7. Not used.
  8. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Locomotiva_RM_3620.jpg, accessed on 17th August 2025.
  9. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/07/22/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-1.
  10. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/07/26/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-2.
  11. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/08/06/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-3-vievola-to-st-dalmas-de-tende
  12. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/08/16/the-railway-between-nice-tende-and-cuneo-part-4-st-dalmas-de-tende-to-breil-sur-roya
  13. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/43.93077/7.51647&layers=P, accessed on 18th August 2025.
  14. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/43.923820/7.520512&layers=P, accessed on 19th August 2025.
  15. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/43.91950/7.51623&layers=P, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  16. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/43.91231/7.51672&layers=P, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  17. https://maps.app.goo.gl/K4hzccr8VUYJHKFY8, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  18. https://maps.app.goo.gl/z72vMryPchvUUfKY9, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  19. https://maps.app.goo.gl/DPvnhXKP5nEfJ4Cs8, accessed on 20th August 2025.
  20. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Belgian_Railways_Class_73, accessed on 21st August 2025.
  21. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/43.86646/7.56652&layers=P, accessed on 21st August 2025.
  22. https://fr.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sch%C3%A9ma_de_la_ligne_de_Coni_%C3%A0_Vintimille, accessed on 21st August 2025.
  23. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/43.85683/7.57327&layers=P, accessed on 22nd August 2025.
  24. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/43.83408/7.57936&layers=P, accessed on 22nd August 2025.
  25. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Airole_vecchia_staz_ferr.jpg, accessed on 23rd August 2025.
  26. https://www.vermenagna-roya.eu/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/BR-1-I-f-4-gare-pont-fs-de-piene.pdf, accessed on 23rd August 2025.
  27. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vossloh_G1000_BB, accessed on 24th August 2025.
  28. https://www.marklinfan.com/f/pop_printer_friendly.asp?TOPIC_ID=3305, accessed on 24th August 2025.
  29. https://www.facebook.com/photo.php?fbid=619477608613399&id=156990911528740&set=a.468384633722698, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  30. https://www.stagniweb.it/foto6.asp?File=roya3&Inizio=4&Righe=10&InizioI=1&RigheI=50&Col=5, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  31. https://www.stagniweb.it/cart5/cbreil07.jpg, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  32. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Croisement_entre_une_Caravelle_X-4500_et_un_Minuetto_devant_la_gare_de_Breil-sur-Roya.JPG, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  33. https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q1948555, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  34. https://structurae.net/en/media/324516-piene-station-and-piene-station-tunnel-nbsp, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  35. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qX8v5gceVU, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  36. https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q3095820#/media/File:Olivetta_san_michele_train_station.png, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  37. https://www.stagniweb.it/altro2/large4/tend0617.jpg, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  38. https://www.stagniweb.it/foto9/tend8304.jpg, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  39. https://ventimigliaaltawords.com/2013/10/14/all-steamed-up-about-the-ventimiglia-cuneo-rail-link/, accessed on 5th August 2025.
  40. Franco Collidà, Max Gallo & Aldo A. Mola; CUNEO-NIZZA History of a Railway; Cassa di Risparmio di Cuneo, Cuneo (CN), July 1982.
  41. Franco Collidà; 1845-1979: the Cuneo-Nice line year by year; in Rassegna – Quarterly magazine of the Cassa di Risparmio di Cuneo; No. 7, September 1979, pp. 12-18.
  42. Stefano Garzaro & Nico Molino; THE TENDA RAILWAY From Cuneo to Nice, the last great Alpine crossing; Editrice di Storia dei Trasporti, Colleferro (RM), EST, July 1982.
  43. SNCF Region de Marseille; Line: Coni – Breil sur Roya – Vintimille. Reconstruction et équipement de la section de ligne située en territoire Français; Imprimerie St-Victor, Marseille (F), 1980.
  44. https://www.picclickimg.com/images/g/QSkAAOSw4Ihlu1Ul/s-l1600.jpg, accessed on 25th September 2025.
  45. https://www.marklinfan.net/stazione_ventimiglia.htm, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  46. https://ebay.us/m/Ne0trP, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  47. https://www.geneanet.org/cartes-postales/view/7792915#0, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  48. https://casamaini.altervista.org/ancora-treni, accessed on 25th August 2025.
  49. https://youtu.be/rLXAEz-n4mM?si=RLQC31jynGeM_lQR, accessed on 26th August 2025.
  50. Not used.
  51. Not used.
  52. Not used.
  53. Not used.
  54. F. Honore; Le Rail a Travers Les Alpes: De Nice a Coni par la Voie Ferrée; L’Illustration, No. 4470, 3rd November 1928, p499.
  55. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hbzk68KoRj8&t=4533s, accessed on 4th August 2025.

The Railway between Nice, Tende and Cuneo – Part 4 – St. Dalmas de Tende to Breil-sur-Roya

The featured image above is a poster for the Nice-Cuneo line. It shows Scarassoui Viaduct with a Northbound steam service between the wars (c) Adolphe Crossard. … Public Domain. [49]

In the first three articles about the line from Cuneo to the sea we covered the length of the line from Cuneo to St. Dalmas de Tende. These articles can be found here, [9]  here [10] and here. [11]

I also want to acknowledge the assistance given to me by David Sousa of the Rail Relaxation YouTube Channel https://www.youtube.com/@RailRelaxation/featured and https://www.railrelaxation.com and particularly his kind permission given to use still images from rail journeys that he has filmed on the Cuneo Ventimiglia railway line. [35][55]

1. The Line South from St. Dalmas de Tende as far as the French/Italian Border

St. Dalmas de Tende (San-Dalmazzo-di-Tenda in Italian) was “the last station on Italian territory, before the northern border.  This is where the French Forces would install a large-scale border station that will handle customs clearance operations in addition to the French facilities at Breil. In the first phase, a temporary passenger building and a small freight shed were built on the vast embankment created from the spoil from the tunnels upstream of the confluence of the Roya and Biogna rivers. The original layout includes four through tracks, one of which is at the platform, five sidings, three storage tracks, a temporary engine shed, a 9.50 m turntable, and a hydraulic power supply for the locomotives.” [1: p127]

It is here, at St. Dalmas de Tende, that we start this fourth part of our journey from Cuneo to the coast. Before we do set off southwards we note that the Tende to La Brigue “tranche of the work on the line was awarded to the Tuscan contractor Enrico Lévy, and the Briga to St. Dalmas de Tende tranche was executed by the Rosassa company of Alessandria. Work began in 1912 and progressed more quickly than upstream of Tende, thanks to the opening of the construction sites during public holidays and the use of new compressed air drills.” [1: p129]

The line from Tende (Tenda) to San-Dalmazzo-di-Tenda (St. Dalmas de Tende) was opened on 1st June 1915. The three of the four daily services were connected to the Southern arm of the line which by this time had reached Airole, by a coach shuttle. [1: p131]

A temporary station was provided as a terminus of the line from Cuneo. It was sited to the Northeast of the present large station building which was not built until 1928.

A postcard image overlooking the station site at St. Dalmas de Tende prior to the construction of the large station building. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Mauro Tosello on 12th June 2022. [19]
The San Dalmazzo di Tenda station before the construction of the current building. [12]
St. Dalmas de Tende Railway Station as show on OpenStreetMap. [56]
The locomotive Depot at St. Dalmas de Tende. The depot was on the Southeast side of the running lines opposite the railway Station and close to the Biogna River. The road shown on the OpenStreetMap plan of the modern station to the Southeast of the site is the road shown at the top of this plan. This drawing comes from From the December 1929 Technical Magazine of Italiane Ferrovie. It was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group on 13th February 2024 by Francesco Ciarlini Koerner. [18]
The station during construction work. There is scaffolding on the main station building, which appears to have been built in sections with a completed length nearest to the water tower. The engine shed is under construction, centre-right. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Mauro Tosello on 12th June 2022. [20]
A postcard view of the Railway Station at St. Dalmas de Tende, taken from the East. The tunnel at the Southwest end of the station site can be seen on the left of the photograph. This image was shared on the Ferrovia internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Luisa Grosso on 1st November 2021. [57]
The station forecourt, seen from Avenue Martyrs de la Resistance. [Google Streetview, August 2016]
A schematic view of the line South of St. Dalmas de Tende, as far as the French/Italian border. [13]

St. Dalmas de Tende Railway Station seen, looking Northeast, from the cab of a North-bound service. [35]

Looking Southwest from alongside the end of the platform of the modern railway station at St. Dalmas de Tende with the grand edifice of the 1928-built station building fenced off on the right. [55]
A little further to the Southwest, the line bridges the Bieugne (Biogna) River over a 15-metre arch bridge and then heads into the Biogna Tunnel. [55]
The tunnel mouth is in shadow at the bottom-left of this extract from Google’s satellite imagery. The railway bridge over the River Bieugne is centre-bottom with the road bridge (D91) to the left. [Google Maps, August 2025]
The railway tunnel mouth is on the centre- left of this view from the D91 with the rail bridge over the river bottom-left and the road bridge over the river ahead. [Google Streetview, August 2016]
Looking Northeast from the D91 through the station area. [Google Streetview, August 2016]
The view Northeast from the tunnel mouth of the Biogna Tunnel, the road bridge over the river is on the left, the rail bridge over the river is immediately in front of the camera. This photograph is a still image from a video taken from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]
The portal of Biogna Tunnel and the bridges over the Bieugne immediately after Storm Alex in October 2020. This photograph was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Mario Zauli and Olivier Woignier on 3rd October 2020. [17]
One final view of St. Dalmas de Tende railway station. This the Direct 18:83 Turin Porta Nuova – Imperia Porto Maurizio, Locomotive D445.1056 heads a train of five coaches passing through St. Dalmas de Tende on 24th April 1994. This image was shared by Andrea Richermo on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group on 11th April 2020. [21]

From San-Dalmazzo (St. Dalmas), the railway forms two horseshoe loops underground, crossing the Roya three times over a distance of just over a kilometre as the crow flies.

The Biogna Tunnel is the first of these horseshoe tunnels, it is 1154 metres long. We have already seen the approaches to the tunnel from St. Dalmas de Tende Railway Station. The tunnel’s horseshoe shape can be seen on the OpenStreetMap extract below. …

The Biogna Tunnel is horseshoe shaped. [14]

The view Northeast from the southern mouth of Biogna Tunnel. [55]

Turning through 180 degrees this is the mouth of the tunnel, seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

Two viaducts cross the valley off La Roya, San Dalmazzo II Viaduct crosses the River Bieugne (three arches each of 15 metres, then the San Dalmazzo III Viaduct, also three 15 metres arches bridging the Avenue de France (E74/D6204) and then La Roya, before disappearing into the Porcarezzo Tunnel. [15]
The two viaducts as they appear on Google Maps satellite imagery. [Google Maps, August 2025]
In the foreground is a viaduct over the Biogna Torrent; beyond are a viaduct over the River Roya, and then the entrance to the Porcarezzo Tunnel. This section of line is near San Dalmazzo di Tenda. This image was included in an article about the line in Railway Wonders of the World. All that is left of the building at rail level in the left half of the image is the widened surface of the embankment between the two viaducts. [24]

Looking East across San Dalmazzo II Viaduct which has three arched spans, each of 15-metres and crosses the Bieugne River. [55]

Looking East across San Dalmazzo III Viaduct which spans La Roya. This Viaduct has one opening for the road and a narrower archway for pedestrians and has three further 15-metre spans. The mouth of the Porcarezzo Tunnel is in shade. [55]

The bridge over Avenue de France seen from the North. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

The same bridge seen from the South. In this image both the secondary (narrow) arch and the viaduct over La Roya can be seen. [Google Streetview, August 2025]

San Dalmazzo di Tenda Viaduct III, seen from the South on 23rd October 2020. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Federico Santagati on 23rd October 2020. [22]

Reinforcement/repair works in November 2020 on San Dalmazzo di Tenda Viaducts II and III after the damage from Storm Alex on October 2 – 3, 2020. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group on 20th November 2020 by Mario Zauli, courtesy of Bernard Woignier. [23]

Looking West across the same viaduct towards the Biogne Tunnel. [35]

The Porcarezzo Tunnel mouth to the East of La Roya. [55]

Looking West from the Porcarezzo Tunnel mouth across the San Dalmazzo III Viaduct. [35]

The Porcarezzo Tunnel turns through 180°, continuing to drop at a gradient of 25mm/m. It is 1249 metres in length. [16]

Southbound trains leave Porcarezzo Tunnel and immediately cross San Dalmazzo di Tenda Viaduct IV. [55]

Turning through 180° we see the Southwest mouth of the Porcarezzo Tunnel which sits above La Roya and is seen here from the cab of a Northbound train on the San Dalmazzo IV Viaduct. [35]

San Dalmazzo di Tenda IV Viaduct as it appears on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, August 2025.

The approaches to the Porcarezzo Tunnel from the Southwest cross the San Dalmazzo di Tenda IV Viaduct (six 15-metre spans) over La Roya and the E74/D6402. [35]

San Dalmazzo di Tenda IV Viaduct seen from the North. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

San Dalmazzo San Dalmazzo di Tenda IV Viaduct seen from immediately below on the North side. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

San Dalmazzo IV Viaduct di Tenda seen from the South. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

Once Southbound trains had crossed La Roya, it was just a short distance before they entered Gorges Paganini Tunnel. This is the tunnel mouth. [55]

Turning through 180° this is the view from the cab of a Northbound train leaving Gorges Paganin Tunnel (1,702 metres in length). [35]

Gorges Paganin Tunnel runs South-southwest parallel to the valley of La Roya and only a few metres beyond the valleys western face, occasionally running close enough to the valley side for gallery openings to shed light into the tunnel.

Gorges Paganin Tunnel is marked by the dotted line to the West of the river valley. It is over 1700 metres in length with occasional gallery openings in the valley side. [25]

The Gorges Paganin Tunnel is actually considered to be a series of six different tunnels separated by sections of galleries with arched openings into the valley side. These tunnels are: Foce (167m long); Tornau I (270m long); Tornau II (475 m long); Ravallone I (392m long); Ravallone II (91m long; and Balma (337m long). [1: p129]

One of a series of gallery openings in the walls of Gorges Paganin Tunnel, seen from the cab of a Southbound service. [55]

OpenStreetMap shows a short length of line within the Paganin Valley above the Hydroelectric Power Station which is next to the E74/D6204 in the valley of La Roya. [26]

Google’s satellite imagery shows the hydroelectric scheme in the Vallon de Paganin and the power station next to the road and La Roya. The railway line can be seen just to the left of centre. [Google Maps, August 2025]

Banaudo et al tell us that at “the end of the tunnel, the line opens into the Paganin Valley, which marks the northern border between Italy and France. … In this wild and steep site, where a torrent and the penstock of the Paganin Hydroelectric Power Plant tumble, the portals of the last Italian tunnel and the first French tunnel face each other, each guarded by a roadside cottage in the typical style of the FS and PLM.” [1: p129]

Having reached the old French/Italian border we can stop and take stock. We will look at the construction of the line North from the coast once our journey reaches that portion of the line. Suffice to say that by 1915 tracklaying from the coast had reached Airole.

As far as the line heading South from Cuneo is concerned track laying had reached San Dalmazzo di Tenda and the structures and track formation was in place to the Northern French /Italian border.

2. The First World War

In 1915, Italy entered the war on the side of the allies. “Leading up to WWI, Italy had formed an alliance with the Central Powers of the German Empire and the Empire of the Austria-Hungary in the Triple Alliance. Italy should have joined on the side of the Central Powers when war broke out in August 1914 but instead declared neutrality.” [27]

The Italian government had become convinced that support of the Central Powers would not gain Italy the territories she wanted as they were Austrian possessions – Italy’s old adversary. Instead, over the course of the months that followed, Italy’s leaders considered how to gain the greatest benefit from participation in the war. In 1915, Italy signed the secret Treaty of London and came into the war on the side of the Triple Entente (Britain, France, Russia). By its terms, Italy would receive control over territory on its border with Austria-Hungary stretching from Trentino through the South Tyrol to Trieste as well as other areas.” [27]

After the war ended, at the Paris Peace Conference that led to the Versailles Treaty, the Italian government struggled against the other Allied leaders, the Big Three (Britain, France and the US), to gain all that they believed had been promised to them. Although Italy did receive control of most of the European requests, they failed to gain their colonial ambitions and felt they did not get what they had been promised. This engendered resentment towards the Allied countries, especially as Italians felt they had paid a high price, in terms of men and money, fighting for the Allies. These resentments helped drive the success of Benito Mussolini and his fascist movement – four years after the war, Mussolini and his blackshirts gained power.” [27]

Ultimately, the war stopped all progress on the line. Banaudo et el tell us that “the work begun thirty-two years earlier by the SFAI, then continued by the RM until nationalization, was thus virtually completed by the FS. The construction of the 80.3 km of line in Italian territory cost nearly 85 million lire compared to the 76 million initially planned, representing an average expenditure of 1,058,500 lire per kilometre.” [1: p135]

In France, the war caused all work to be halted. An attempt was made to continue the work in 1915, but failed because of underground conditions encountered. In 1917, an attempt to continue activity using prisoners of war was unsuccessful.

During the war, Italian authorities lifted track between Piena and Airole in the South for use on the front. Work on the new Cuneo railway station halted.

French and British troops were sent to augment Italian forces on 1917. It seems as though many of these passed through San Dalmazzo di Tenda. Between 19th October and 15th December 1917, “192 military convoys departed from San-Dalmazzo, and the Col de Tende line saw up to twenty movements of all categories on some days.” [1: p136]

After the war, resources were in short supply. In France priority was given to the devastated areas in the Northeast of the country. The PLM received very little support. Contractors found recruitment a problem because of the drastic loss of life among working age men. Banaudo et al tell us that in France “tunnels, abandoned for nearly five years, had suffered serious deformation, particularly in areas with high water infiltration. In Italy, the situation was no better, and construction of the new Cuneo station was suspended, even though an arch of the large viaduct over the Stura River, which was to provide access to it, was already being erected.” [1: p138]

Nevertheless, work did resume, supplies began to head North from Menton on the tramway to Sospel and supplies were arriving from the South via the FS on the Italian side of the border at Airole. Transport via Airole proved better than via the Menton-Sospel tramway and by 1920 the two main contractors on either side of the border (Giianotti and Mercier) ceased to use the Menton-Sosel route. [1: p138]

1920 saw a significant budget reduction for the works in French territory – 104 million Francs to 75 million Francs. Only 17 million Francs were allowed in 1920. “The Mercier company alone was spending 4 to 5 million francs per month on its construction sites.” [1: p140] Layoffs were necessary and work slowed significantly to remain within budget.

In June 1920, the Inspector General of Public Works announced to companies that only 700,000 francs of credit remained to complete the year, an insignificant sum that forced construction to be suspended immediately, putting hundreds of workers out of work. Elected officials from the Alpes-Maritimes immediately rushed to Paris to meet with representatives of the ministry and the PLM management. After heated discussions, a new budget was allocated by the State for railway construction. The PLM had a credit of 41 million, 25 of which were allocated to the Nice – Cuneo line. Work could resume, but the engineers and contractors in charge of it would have to take into account the irregular arrival of funds until the end when organizing their construction sites.” [1: p140]

2. The Northern French/Italian Border South to Breil-sur-Roya

Two tranches of construction work covered the length of the line from the French/Italian border to Breil-sur-Roya. Banaudo et al tell us that this length of the line “contained the highest density of engineering structures on the French route, and, with a few exceptions, the war had interrupted work there in its early stages.“[1: p142]

A schematic representation of the line between the historic Italian/French Border and Breil-sur-Roya. [13]

The view across the border from the North, a view from the cab of a Southbound service at the mouth of the Gorges Paganin Tunnel. [55]

Looking back North towards the southern portal of the Gorges Paganin Tunnel, a view from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

Once on the French side of the border the line immediately entered the Frontiere Tunnel. …

The North portal of the Frontiere Tunnel, seen from the cab of a Southbound train. [55]

Looking North across the border from the cab of a Northbound service leaving the mouth of the Frontiere Tunnel [35]

The view from the cab of a southbound train just to the Southwest of the Frontiere Tunnel mouth. [55]

The short open section of track appears on the left of this extract from OpenStreetMap. Tree cover means it is impossible to show the short section of line on and extract from Google’s satellite imagery. [28]

The view from the cab of a Northbound train approaching the mouth of Malaba Tunnel. Ahead is the southern portal of Frontiere Tunnel. A very short length of line runs between Frontiere Tunnel and Malaba Tunnel. [35]

Malaba Tunnel is 389 metres in length. This image shows the view from the cab of a Southbound service as it leaves the tunnel. [55]

Turning through 180 degrees we see the Southwest portal of Malaba Tunnel from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

This extract from OpenStreetmap shows the next open length of track running from centre-top to bottom-left. We are just entering the first length of another spiral and can see the lower length of track in tunnel under the line and then bridging La Roya. [29]

Google’s satellite imagery shows the same length of railway high above the Scarassoui Viaduct which can be seen bottom-right. [Google Maps, August 2025]

From the cab of the Southbound service, we see the mouth of Scarassoui Tunnel. The Tunnel is 181 metres in length. [55]

Turning through 180°, we look Northeast from the cab of the Northbound train as it leaves the Scarassoui Tunnel. [35]

The spiral in this location consists of a number of tunnels and open lengths of track. The first tunnel encountered travelling South is the Scarassoui Tunnel (top-right) which has a gallery of a series of arches at its southern end. A length of open track leads to Peug Tunnel, Vernardo Tunnel, Caussagne Tunnel and then Berghe Tunnel. [31]

A view North along the valley of La Roya. Top-left in this image, the line from St. Dalmas de Tende enters the image at high level and on a falling grade, through Scarassoui Tunnel. It passes through Peug Tunnel and, after running parallel to the river for a short distance, curves away to the left in tunnel. It appears again beneath Scarassoui Tunnel to cross La Roya before travelling down the East side of the river in a series of tunnels. Source not recorded. [30]

The high level tunnels of Scarassoui (its South portal can be seen at the top of this extract) and Peug. The metal frames over the open lengths of track are part of an avalanche warning system. [30]

Two views looking South inside the gallery at the southern end of Scarassoui Tunnel. [55]

A driver’s eye view of the South end of Scarassoui Tunnel. [35]

The gallery seen from below soon after it was constructed. This image appear in the Railway Wonders of the World article about the line, (c) Public Domain. [24]

Just a short distance further South, we can look over our shoulder to see the modern Scarassoui Viaduct crossing the River Roya some distance below. In a short while we will cross that viaduct. [35]

Turning through 180°, this is the view South towards the North portal of Peug Tunnel which is just 75 metres in length. [55]

The view North from the mouth of the Peug Tunnel. [35]

A view of the length of track between the Scarassoui and Peug tunnels can be found here. [29] It is a view from the valley floor close to the river, of the length of track between Scarassoui Tunnel on the right and Peug Tunnel on the left (its portal is just visible at the extreme left of the image. The gallery at the end of the Scarassoui Tunnel was added in the 1970s, © Eugenio Merzagora, courtesy of the Structure website. [29]

This Google Earth 3D satellite image gives good idea of how far up the valley side from the river and road the railway is positioned. [Google Earth, August 2025]

The view South from the mouth of Peug Tunnel, seen from the cab of a Southbound train. [55]

The southern portal of the Peug Tunnel seen from the cab of a Northbound service. [35]

A little further South and looking South from the cab of the Southbound service across the Peug Viaduct (50 metres long). [55]

Looking across the valley of La Roya we can see the line heading South . Our train will travel along that length of the line in a short while. [35]

Further South again, a driver’s view from a Southbound service along Capuon Viaduct (45 metres long) towards the North Portal of Verardo Tunnel (53 metres long). [55]

Looking back at the southern mouth of Verardo Tunnel. [35]

The cab of the Southbound train again, looking from the southern end of Verardo Tunnel over Berghe Viaduct (30 metres long) towards the mouth of the Caussagne Tunnel (275 metres long). [55]

Caussagne Tunnel curves West into the valley of the Torrent de la Ceva. The far tunnel mouth faces West-northwest.

The view back towards Vernardo Tunnel over the Berghe Viaduct from the mouth of Berghe Tunnel. [35]

The view from the cab of the Southbound train as it leaves Caussagne Tunnel, heading Northwest up the valley of the Ceva. [55]

Turning through 180°, this is the tunnel portal, seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

The Ceva valley is steep sided and the line sits on a narrow ledge supported above the valley floor by a retaining wall. Before entering the 1881 metre Berghe Tunnel it crosses the Ceva Viaduct (71 metres long).

The view from the cab of a Southbound train crossing Ceva Viaduct before entering the Berghe Tunnel. [55]

This extract from a photograph taken to illustrate the demands placed on cyclists riding up the Ceva Valley shows the retaining structure which holds the railway above the minor road. The tunnel mouth of the Berghe Tunnel can just be made out at the left of this image, (c) Cromagnon. [32]

The Mouth of the Berghe Tunnel, seen from the cab of a Southbound service. The Tunnel curves back to the North and then round to the Southeast. [55]

Turning through 180°, this is the View from the mouth of the Berghe Tunnel, seen from the cab of a Northbound service. [35]

Throughout the spiral the line continues on a falling grade. It opens out, well below the level it enters the spiral, onto the Scarassoui Viaduct.

The view from the mouth of the Berghe e Tunnel across the Scarassoui Viaduct. [55]

Looking back towards the mouth of Berghe Tunnel. [35]

This postcard image shows the Scarassoui Viaduct as built in 1922, (c) Public Domain. [33]
The Scarassoui Tunnel, top-left, and the Scarassoui Viaduct, bottom-right. [46]

The French engineer, Paul Séjourné decided to create a significant structure at the location of the Scarassoui Viaduct. Banaudo et al quote Séjourné: “The Scarassoui Viaduct is the first French structure that one will see when coming from Italy. It is like a gateway to France; it must be worthy of it.” [1: p142] Séjourné was of the opinion that: “Of all the structures — I mean all, even the smallest — appearance matters. It is not permissible to make ugly. It is a strange opinion to consider expensive what is beautiful, cheap what is ugly.” [1: p142] The bridge Séjourné designed was a curved viaduct (radius 300 metres) carrying the railway on a falling grade of 21 mm/m. It was 125 m long, spanning both La Roya and the E74/D6204 at a height of 42 m. Banaudo et all, tell us that “two arches of 11 m on the Nice side and a 13 m arch on the Cuneo side give access to a central arch of 48 m decorated with six vaults, according to a design that Séjourné had applied on other works. … The central arch was supported by two massive pilasters with crenellated facings, whose bases were widened to compensate for the misalignment due to the curvature of the deck.” [1: p142]

Sadly this bridge was destroyed by the retreating German forces in 1944 and it was not reconstructed in any form until the 1970s. Details of this bridge and photographs of its condition prior to reconstruction can be found here. [34] The replacement 1970s structure is shown below. …

The modern Scarassoui Viaduct seen from the E74/D6204, looking South. [August 2016]
The modern Scarassoui Viaduct seen from the E74/D6204, looking North. [August 2016]
One of the regaul=ar service trains posed on the Scarassoui Viaduct in the 21st century. [36]

Scarassoui Viaduct crosses the River Roya close to the top of this image. Trains heading South then pass through a series of short tunnels following the East bank of La Roya. [30]

The northern portal of the Camera Tunnel is in deep shade. [55]

The view back across the Scarassoui Viaduct from the northern portal of the Camara Tunnel. [35]

The view South from the southern portal of Camara Tunnel. [55]

Looking back at the South Portal of the Camara Tunnel. [35]

Just to the South of Camara Tunnel is Camara Viaduct, seen here from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

While it is not possible to see the line on the West bank of La Roya over this length of the valley from the road, it is possible to glimpse the line on the East side of the valley occasionally. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

The North Portal of Vallera Tunnel No. 1. [55]

The view North from Roches-Rouges Viaduct towards the South Portal of Vallera Tunnel No. 1. [35]

The view South from Roches-Rouges Viaduct towards Vallera Tunnel No. 2. [55]

The North Portal of Vallera Tunnel No. 2. [55]

Looking North from the tunnel mouth above. [35]

Looking South from the southern tunnel mouth of Vallera Tunnel No. 2. [55]

Looking South along Vallera Tunnel No. 2 [55]

Looking back at the South Portal of Vallera Tunnel No. 2. [35]

Looking North from Vallera Viaduct towards Vallera Tunnel No. 2. [35]

The North portal of Torette Tunnel (121 metres long). The village of Fontan can be seen to the right on the valley floor, [55]

The view from the Southern Portal of Torette Tunnel. [55]

The southern mouth of Torette Tunnel seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

The approach to Fontan-Saorge Railway station from the North, seen from high on the valley side to the West of the River Roya. [My photograph, 18th November 2014]

The the track duals to the North of Fontan-Saorge Railway Station. [55]

The D38 (Route de la Gare crosses the River Roya and turns South for quite a length of the road the railway towers over it, held above by a large retaining wall. [Google Streetview, July 2014]
Road and railway become much closer in height before the road passes under the railway. [Google Streetview, July 2014]
Another image from the cab of the Northbound train. Just before arriving at Fontan-Saorge Railway Station the line bridges Route de la Gare – the road between Fontan and Saorge. [55]
After passing under the railway the road continues to climb. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

The final approach to Fontan-Saorge Railway Station. [55]

Fontan-Saorge Railway Station seen from the South, © Georgio Stagni and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [48]

Fontan-Saorge Railway Station, seen from the cab of a Southbound train. [55]

This extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows the site of the Fontan-Saorge Railway Station which sits between the two villages. It is a large site as it was designed to be a frontier station. The historic border between France and Italy was just a short distance North along the valley of La Roya. [Google Maps, August 2025]

A view of the Fontan-Saorge Railway Station from high on the West flank of the valley of La Roya in 1927/1928. This image illustrates the significant earthworks needed to create a ‘plateau’ for the station (c) Public Domain. [50]

Fontan-Saorge Railway Station, seen from the D38 (Route de la Gare). [Google Streetview, July 2014]
Fontan-Saorge Railway Station from the hillside to the East. [37]
Fontan-Saorge Railway Station seen from the Southwest. [38]
A similar view of Fontan-Saorge Railway Station in 2014, © G CHP and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY 2.5). [39]
Fontan-Saorge Railway Station, seen from the North © G CHP and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY 2.5). [44]
A view of Fontan-Saorge Station taken with a telephoto lens, again from high on the valley side on the opposite bank of the River roya. [My photograph, 18th November 2014]

Fontan-Saorge to Breil-sur-Roya

A schematic drawing of the remaining length of line to Breil-sur-Roya. [13]
The view from the cab of a Southbound service while idling at Fontan-Saorge Railway Station. [55]
Fontan-Saorge Railway Station seen from the South, © Georgio Stagni and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [45]

As trains head south from Fontan-Saorge they cross Ambo Viaduct (a short viaduct – just 36 metres in length) before entering Saint-Roch Tunnel . The wall on the left carries the D38 (the road to Saorge). [55]

Ambo Viaduct and the North Portal of Saint-Roch Tunnel, seen from the E74/D6204. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

The road to Saorge climbs above the level of the railway. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

The tunnel carrying the road to Saorge runs just above the railway tunnel. Saint-Roch Railway Tunnel is named for the church close to the road as it enters Saorge. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

This is the view North along the railway towards Fontan-Saorge Railway Station from the mouth of the road tunnel on the D38. The Ambo Viaduct is in the bottom-left of the image, Fontan-Saorge Railway Station is in the top-right. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

Looking back along the line towards Fontan-Saorge Railway Station from the mouth of Saint-Roch Tunnel. The viaduct in the foreground is Ambo Viaduct. [35]

Looking Southwest across the bridge at Saorge from the cab of a Southbound service leaving the mouth of Saint-Roch Tunnel. Tracks cross the bridge 60 metres above the valley floor. [55]

Turning through 180 degrees this is the Southwest portal of the Saint-Roch Tunnel as seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

The bridge at Saorge in the 21st century. It was rebuilt in the 1970s after destruction in 1944. [Google Maps, August 2025]

Early during the construction of the bridge at Saorge. Here we see the formwork for the arch being constructed high above the valley floor, (c) Public Domain. [50]

Work on the bridge at Saorge started “in February 1922 from the Saint-Roch and Nosse tunnels, between which a conveyor cable was stretched for the assembly of the 40 m lowered arch. A suspended footbridge was then launched over the precipice and a 0.60 m track was placed there to supply the materials onto small 500 kg load wagons, maneuvered by gasoline-powered shunters. …  The main work of the bridge was completed in March 1923.” [1: p143]

The bridge at Saorge was completed in 1922, it spanned the valley of La Roya at a particularly tight point along the gorge. The village of Saorge can be seen beyond the bridge. This bridge was destroyed by the retreating German troops in 1944. [47]
This extract from a postcard image shows the bridge in use in the early 1930s. [51]
Looking Southeast from road level, the modern bridge seems to fly between the valley walls! [Google Streetview, August 2016]
The same structure seen from the Southeast. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

Looking Northeast over the bridge at Saorge towards the Saint-Roch Tunnel from the mouth of Nosse Tunnel. [35]

Significant savings on construction costs were made (even when the cost of construction of the bridge was included) by following the right bank of La Roya down towards Breil-sur-Roya. [1: p142]

The Northeast portal of Nosse Tunnel (89 metres in length). [55]

The view Southwest from the tunnel mouth of the Nosse Tunnel. [55]

Turning through 180°, looking Northeast into the mouth of Nosse Tunnel. [35]

The open length of the line between Nosse and Four A Platre tunnels. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The North Portal of Four A Platre Tunnel (316 metres long), seen from the cab of a Southbound train. [55]

The view South from the South Portal of Four A Platre Tunnel. [55]

Turning through 180°, this is the South Portal of Four A Platte Tunnel. The village of Saorge can be seen in the sunlight on the right of the image. [35]

The length of line between Four A Platre (Plaster Kiln) Tunnel and  Commun Tunnel. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The village of Saorge is a lovely ancient perched village sitting high above La Roya. We have stayed there three times over the years renting the same small apartment each time that we have been there. Most recently, we were there post-Covid and after Storm Alex. That short holiday was in November 2023.

The view from our apartment window – the railway can be seen on the far bank of La Roya, high up the valley side. The visible length of railway is that to the South of Four A Platre Tunnel. [My photograph 11th November 2014]
A closer view of the line on the West bank of La Roya, seen from the apartment window. [My photograph, 20th November 2014]
An even closer view, also from the apartment. [My photograph, 19th November 2014]
Another view, focussing, this time, on the vaulted retaining wall which is typical of a number of retaining walls along the line. [My photograph, 11th November 2014]
Saorge village, seen from the road below. [My photograph, 13th November 2014]

The northern mouth of Commun Tunnel (60 metres in length), seen from the cab of the Southbound service. [55]

The view South from the South portal of Commun Tunnel towards Precipus Tunnel over the Petit Malamort Viaduct. [55]

This satellite image shows Petit Malamort Viaduct which cannot easily be seen from the road network. [Google Maps, August 2025]

Turning though 180, just a short distance further along the line, this is the view back towards the South Portal of Commun Tunnel from the Petit Malamort Viaduct (56 metres long). [35]

Petit Malamort Viaduct and the North portal of  Precipus Tunnel (623 metres long). [55]

Between Saorge and Breil-sur-Roya construction works were delayed for a time by high pressure water ingress into tunnels. [1: p142]

Looking North across Precipus Viaduct (46 metres long) toward the South Portal of Precipus Tunnel. [35]

The Precipus Viaduct seen, looking West from the D6204 in the valley floor. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

Looking North from the North Portal of Combe Tunnel. [35]

The South Portal of Combe Tunnel. [35] 262

Looking South across a minor road crossing on the North side of Breil-sur-Roya. [55]

Looking back North across the same road crossing to the North of Breil-sur-Roya, seen from the cab of a Northbound train. The D6204 is off to the right of the image, the museum is off to the left of the camera. [35]

Maglia Bridge looking South from the cab of a Southbound train. [55]

Maglia Bridge looking North from the cab of a Northbound service. [35]

Maglia Bridge seen from Route de la Giandola. [Google Streetview, October 2008]

The bridge carrying the Route du Col de Brouis over the railway. [55]

Looking back North from the same bridge over the railway. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

Looking ahead towards Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station from the bridge which carries Route du Col de Brouis over the railway. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

Looking Back North through the same bridge. This is the view from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

Looking South from the D6204 adjacent to the level crossing at the North end of the station site, along the line towards Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station. Beyond the crossing is the Eco Musee, Breil-sur-Roya, Haut-Pays et Transports, an exhibition of vintage trains, trams & buses. The road on the right is Avenue de l’Authion. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

The same location looking to the North. The D6204 is on the right of the picture. [35]

The Eco Musee at Breil-sur-Roya, seen from the road to its North, Avenue de l’Authion. [Google Streetview, 2009]

The Eco Museum was founded in 1989 to showcase the history and heritage of the Roya valley, it became a museum focused mostly on industrial heritage in 1991. It now houses exhibits of hydropower and transportation. The collection comprises lots of interesting locomotives, railcars, trams, postal vans and other vintage vehicles.

Looking North from adjacent to the end of the platform at Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station. [35]

Looking North at Breil-sur-Roya as a Southbound service arrives at the Station. [35]

Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station facing North.  [35]

The approach to Breil-sur-Roya from the South, seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

The northern end of the site of Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station. [Google Maps, August 2025]
The southern end of Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station site. [Google Streetview, August 2025]
Breil-sur-Roya Railway Station, seen from the North, © Thierry Szymkowiak, 2021. [Google Maps, August 2025]

We finish this fourth length of the journey from Cuneo to the coast of the Mediterranean here at Breil-sur-Roya South of Breil, there are two routes to the coast. One heads to Ventimiglia, the other to Nice. The next article will look at the line heading South towards Ventimiglia.

In Breil, the earthworks for the international station were constructed starting in June 1920. The area was around 1 kilometre in length and 300 metres wide. To build this the, “National Road 204 had to be diverted towards the Roya for about a kilometre, as was the Goulden power plant canal. The natural ground was cleared on the northern side and raised with excavated material from the tunnels on the southern half. At this end of the station, the modest single-arch bridge over the Lavina valley, which provides access to the Nice and Ventimiglia lines, required considerable work. The foundations for the abutment on the Nice side had to be dug into a gypsum bed sloping to a depth of 16 metres (compared to 2.20 metres on the Breil side, where hard rock quickly emerges).  and a 15.12 m high reinforced concrete cantilever to the abutment anchored it in the loose fill.” [1: p141]

The next article in this series can be found here. [4]

References

  1. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 1: 1858-1928; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  2. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 2: 1929-1974; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  3. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 3: 1975-1986; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/08/25/the-railway-between-nice-tende-and-cuneo-part-5-breil-sur-roya-to-ventimiglia/
  5. T.B.A.
  6. T.B.A.
  7. T.B.A.
  8. https://youtu.be/2Xq7_b4MfmU?si=1sOymKkFjSpxMkcR, accessed on 20th July 2025.
  9. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/07/22/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-1.
  10. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/07/26/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-2.
  11. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/08/06/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-3-vievola-to-st-dalmas-de-tende
  12. https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stazione_di_San_Dalmazzo_di_Tenda, accessed on 6th August 2025.
  13. https://fr.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sch%C3%A9ma_de_la_ligne_de_Coni_%C3%A0_Vintimille, accessed on 22nd July 2025
  14. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.05269/7.58357&layers=P, accessed on 6th August 2025.
  15. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.053045/7.588590&layers=P, accessed on 6th August 2025.
  16. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.04865/7.59084&layers=P, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  17. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1BAdGi6PXQ, accessed on 7th August 2025.
  18. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/19U2VzU6gT, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  19. https://www.facebook.com/groups/FerroviaCuneoVentimiglia/permalink/5329737250380256/?rdid=6Xne0EJn2Z4xCUiE&share_url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2Fshare%2Fp%2F1C8mWmX57o%2F#, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  20. https://www.facebook.com/groups/FerroviaCuneoVentimiglia/permalink/1747294131957937/?rdid=QhA9x5D943zrICPG&share_url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2Fshare%2Fp%2F1E6w5RsWSL%2F#, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  21. https://www.facebook.com/groups/FerroviaCuneoVentimiglia/permalink/2971697712850900/?rdid=pZp8Yw6OStV8hyrR&share_url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2Fshare%2Fp%2F1BGRNJYMxk%2F#, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  22. https://www.targatocn.it/2020/10/23/leggi-notizia/argomenti/attualita/articolo/da-domani-saranno-ripristinati-i-treni-tra-limone-piemonte-e-saint-dalmas-interrotti-dopo-la-tempest.html, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  23. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=801433303751161&set=a.157399714821193&__cft__[0]=AZVgB6QBUAuJT_DsZIqZ5_2XW0bESgQUEP3m5sxA2OJLo9XgziRW311bq9dmsWjaMc5L_ePAmzHP9npOmKEubKp7ERTvP3oBmTP94pOMjZYuw_o8iiIlqIzYH2OVjBbmlDI9E2K8X6HBY-CEio542oAV074y9Ax1zJ4eTCIZRryUdlu8cF2cwBh2YnzMKY4LZAM5xt-Jx-_1z4bzNFzanPZQEsRglGr2Xs3JPNfE9V75Bw&__tn__=EH-y-R, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  24. https://www.railwaywondersoftheworld.com/link-mediterranean.html, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  25. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/44.03686/7.58127&layers=P, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  26. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.030812/7.575750&layers=P, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  27. https://www.history.co.uk/articles/italy-in-world-war-one, accessed on 9th August 2025.
  28. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.024441/7.569864&layers=P, accessed on 10th August 2025.
  29. https://structurae.net/en/media/325629-peug-tunnel-northern-portal-on-the-left-and-scarassoui-tunnel-southern-portal-with-21-m-long-artificial-section-added-in-1970-s, accessed on 19th August 2025.
  30. Sadly, I cannot find the link to the original photograph. I failed to record it when downloading the image.
  31. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/44.01911/7.55805&layers=P, accessed on 10th August 2025.
  32. https://climbfinder.com/en/climbs/berghe-inferieur-fontan, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  33. https://cartorum.fr/carte-postale/210107/fontan-fontan-pont-du-sarassoui, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  34. https://www.inventaires-ferroviaires.fr/kc06/06062.01N.pdf, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  35. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qX8v5gceVU, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  36. https://lamialiguria.it/en/2023/11/10-things-you-didnt-know-about-the-railway-of-marvels, accessd on 11th August 2025.
  37. https://www.cparama.com/forum/fontan-alpes-maritimes-t24510.html, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  38. https://www.geneanet.org/cartes-postales/view/186296#0, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  39. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Gare_de_Fontan_-_Saorge-7.JPG, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  40. Franco Collidà, Max Gallo & Aldo A. Mola; CUNEO-NIZZA History of a Railway; Cassa di Risparmio di Cuneo, Cuneo (CN), July 1982.
  41. Francohttps://www.geneanet.org/cartes-postales/view/186296#0 Collidà; 1845-1979: the Cuneo-Nice line year by year; in Rassegna – Quarterly magazine of the Cassa di Risparmio di Cuneo; No. 7, September 1979, pp. 12-18.
  42. Stefano Garzaro & Nico Molino; THE TENDA RAILWAY From Cuneo to Nice, the last great Alpine crossing; Editrice di Storia dei Trasporti, Colleferro (RM), EST, July 1982.
  43. SNCF Region de Marseille; Line: Coni – Breil sur Roya – Vintimille. Reconstruction et équipement de la section de ligne située en territoire Français; Imprimerie St-Victor, Marseille (F), 1980.
  44. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Gare_de_Fontan_-_Saorge-5.JPG, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  45. https://fr.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gare_de_Fontan_-_Saorge#/media/Fichier%3AFontan-Saorge_staz_ferr_D.445.jpg, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  46. https://www.cparama.com/forum/viewtopic.php?p=105348, accessed on 11th August 2025.
  47. https://www.cparama.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=11&t=1224, accessed on 12th August 2025.
  48. The link to this specific photograph has been lost (12th August 2025).
  49. https://www.amazon.com/-/es/Adolphe-Cossard-ferroviario-c-1929-8-pulgadas/dp/B09M64HCCX?th=1, accessed on 12th August 2025.
  50. https://www.vermenagna-roya.eu/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Ferroviaire-à-Fontan-et-Saorge.pdf, accessed on 12th August 2025.
  51. https://www.cparama.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=26208&p=110561, accessed on 12th August 2025.
  52. T.B.A.
  53. T.B.A.
  54. T.B.A.
  55. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hbzk68KoRj8&t=4533s, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  56. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.055854/7.584440, accessed on 5th August 2025.
  57. https://www.facebook.com/groups/194416750579024/search/?q=st.%20dalmas%20de%20tende, accessed on 5th August 2025.

The Railway between Nice, Tende and Cuneo – Part 3 – Vievola to St. Dalmas de Tende

The first decade of the 20th century saw the existing roster of locomotives on the line South of Cuneo supplemented by two additional series : 130s (UK, 2-6-0) tender locos of the FS 630 series; and 040T (UK, 0-8-0T) tank locos of the FS 895 series. The featured image for this article is one of the tank locomotives of the FS 895 series. [65]

In the first two articles about the line from Cuneo to the sea we covered the length of the line from Cuneo to Vievola. These articles can be found here [9] and here. [10]

I also want to acknowledge the assistance given to me by David Sousa of the Rail Relaxation YouTube Channel https://www.youtube.com/@RailRelaxation/featured and https://www.railrelaxation.com and particularly his kind permission given to use still images from rail journeys that he has filmed on the Cuneo Ventimiglia railway line. [35][55]

The Line South from Vievola

Our journey South down the line continues from Vievola. …

The station building, seen from the Southwest. [Google Streetview, October 2008]
Vievola Railway Station looking North, © Diego Fernández, November 2024. [Google Maps, July 2025]
The station at Vievola, seen from the Southeast. Excavated material from the tunnel was used to create a platform for the new station. This photograph is taken looking South and shows a water column and water tower a red roofed building and a toilet block as well as the main station building and the goods shed. The three buildings nearest to the camera have gone, as has the water column. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Mario Zauli on 16th June 2014, © Public Domain. [12]
Vievola Railway Station looking South, © Baptiste, July 2023 and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 3.0). [Google Maps, July 2025][11]

Vievola Railway Station, seen from a north-bound train in the 21st century. [35]

Vievola Railway Station, seen from slightly further South from the cab of a train heading North through the station back in the 1990s. [8]

A postcard view from 1910 of Vievola Railway Station. The image faces South. [66]

Before we can head South from Vievola on the railway, it needs to have been built! This, it turns out, was dependent on international agreements and their ratification by national parliaments. This process was fraught with difficulty! It would take until 21st March 1906 for agreements to be ratified!

Banaudo et al tell us that over the final decades of the 19th century, the various interests on the French side of the border sought to persuade the French government that the line from Nice to Cuneo was an important investment which should be made. As a result, the French government “invited the PLM company to undertake a route study from Nice to Sospel in circular dated 30th September 1890, renewed on 28th January 1892, given the lack of response from the railway administration. On 12th May, a prefectural decree authorized the company’s engineers to enter properties to conduct the first surveys.” [1: p57]

Banaudo et al continue: “To meet the requirements of the Ministry of War, the route had to include Lucéram. This resulted in a 15 km extension of the direct route between Nice and Sospel. In 1895, the General Staff showed an initial sign of goodwill by agreeing to the study being extended beyond Sospel towards Italy, subject to certain conditions.  On 19th April 1898, Gustave Noblemaire (1832-1924), director of the PLM company, submitted a preliminary proposal for a line from Nice to the border via the Paillon de Contes valley, the Nice pass, L’Escarène, the Braus pass, Sospel, Mount Grazian, Breil and the Roya valley. The Lucéram service was included as a branch line from L’Escarène, other solutions were not technically feasible.” [1: p57-59]

The military response arrived on 27th September 1899, when the principle of the branch line was accepted. It was a few months, 10th January 1900, before the military confirmed their requirements, specifically: “commissioning of the Lucéram branch line at the same time as the L’Escarène – Sospel section; construction of the extension beyond Sospel after reinforcing the installations at Fort du Barbonnet and orientation of the tunnel under Mont Grazian so that it could be held under fire from the fort in the event of war; development of mine devices and defensive casemates at the heads of the main tunnels between L’Escarène and the border; and authorization for Italy to begin laying the track from San-Dalmazzo-di-Tenda to Fontan only after the completion of the Nice-Fontan section by France.” [1: p59]

Cross-border discussions took place between the French departmental Bridges and Roads Department and “its counterpart in the civil engineering department of the province of Cuneo to determine the main technical characteristics of the railway line built by the RM between Cuneo and Vievola, in order to adopt equivalent standards for the French section in terms of grades, curves, and gauge.” [1: p59]

Banaudo et al continue: “At the dawn of the 20th century, while the choice of a route from Nice to the Italian border at San-Dalmazzo via the Paillon, Bévéra, and Roya rivers was no longer in doubt in France, the same was not true in Italy. Indeed, although this solution was preferred by Piedmontese business circles, it was opposed by multiple pressure groups weary of twenty years of French policy of opposition and uncertainty. For many localities on the Riviera or in the Ligurian hinterland, as well as for a persistently Francophobic segment of the general staff, the construction of a line entirely within Italian territory appeared to be the best way to avoid diplomatic and strategic complications.” [1: p59]

In Italy, Piedmont and Liguria had differing views about the appropriate railway routes. Piedmont secured a promise, in the Italian parliament, to extend the railway to Tende and a decision to connect it to the coast soon. In Liguria, the desire was to secure a connection to Ventimiglia via either the Roya Valley or the Nervia Valley. Serious consideration was given to a tramway in the Roya Valley, the central section of which would run through French territory but this was rejected by the French military. [14]

A number of alternative schemes were put forward by Italian interests and by the city of Marseille. The city of Turin appointed a commission to look at all the options and after its report “concluded that it preferred the most direct route via the Col de Tende and the Roya, towards Ventimiglia and Nice. Similarly, the French Chamber of Commerce in Milan supported this choice in March 1900, also proposing the construction of a new 47 km line between Mondovi and Santo Stefano Belbo, designed by the engineer Ferdinando Rossi to shorten the journey between Cuneo, Alessandria and Milan.” [1: p60-61]

In 1901, French and Italian diplomats and then the Turin authorities agreed the main principles for an international agreement. On 24th January 1902 the PLM was granted the concession for the railway from Nice to the Italian border via Sospel, Breil-sur-Roya, and Fontan, as well as the beginning of the line from Breil-sur-Roya to Ventimiglia. This was ratified by law on 18th July 1902.

After this a further military inspection led to the strategic Lucéram branch being temporarily left aside with the possibility of a replacement by an electric tramway from Pont-de-Peille to L’Escarène, to be operated by the Compagnie des Tramways de Nice et du Littoral (TNL).

Banaudo et al continue: “On Monday 6th June 1904, delegations from both countries met in Rome to sign the bipartite convention regulating the terms and conditions of operation of the future line and its implementation into international service. …  In its broad outline, the agreement provided for the completion of the works within eight years (i.e. by 1912) and the possibility for the Italian railway administration to have its Ventimiglia-Cuneo trains transit French territory, with reciprocal authorization for the French operator to run its own vehicles in Italy on direct Nice-Cuneo trains and to establish a local service between Breil, Fontan and San-Dalmazzo-di-Tenda. … Initially, passenger services on the line would be provided by three direct daily connections Nice-Cuneo and Ventimiglia-Cuneo, and vice versa, offering carriages of all three classes.”

Banaudo et el describe the main points of the convention in respect of the transport of people and goods, particularly for transit between the two borders. “Police and customs controls would be simplified as much as possible for nationals of both countries. Nevertheless travelling between two Italian stations via the international section would require a passenger to have a valid passport. Italian postal vehicles would be permitted to travel duty-free on this section, as would goods and baggage in transit, provided they were placed in sealed vehicles and, for livestock, had undergone a prior health inspection at an Italian station. A special clause authorized the passage of Italian military transports of men, equipment, and animals through French territory, while conversely, the French army would be permitted to transit its consignments from Nice to Breil via Ventimiglia.  Article 20 of the convention regulated a legal situation that was probably unique in Europe, that of the Mont Grazian tunnel, whose straight route would pass over a distance of 2,305 metres in Italian subsoil, although its two portals would be in France: ‘It is understood that for the part of the Mont Grazian tunnel located under Italian territory, the Italian government delegates to the French government its rights of control over the railway and its police and judicial rights’. This unusual situation resulted from a modification of the route decided at the request of the General Council of the Alpes-Maritimes. … This more direct route passing under Italian soil was finally preferred to the entirely French route under the Brouis pass, which would have been longer and would have moved the Breil station further from the village.” [1: p62-63]

In Italy, the ratification of the agreements made at the convention took three weeks – it was all done by 28th June 1904. In France thins would be quite different. “On 27th March 1905, as the convention was about to be submitted to a parliamentary vote, the Ministry of War decided to abandon the branch line to Lucéram, which was too costly and difficult to implement. Instead, the nearest stations, L’Escarène and Sospel, would need to be equipped with facilities for the rapid disembarkation of troops and equipment. At L’Escarène in particular, the station would need to be able to accommodate ten twenty-car trains per day and would have to include a military platform opening onto a large open area, an engine shed, and several water columns/supplies.  In addition, the road from L’Escarène to Lucéram would need to be improved to facilitate access to the defensive sector of L’Authion.” [1: p63]

Banaudo et al comment: “The French Chamber of Deputies finally ratified the agreement on 3rd July 1905, more than a year after its Italian counterpart, but the Senate would continue to procrastinate until 8th March 1906. The senators demanded financial participation from the Alpes-Maritimes department in the land acquisition costs, and the French Consul in Italy, Henri Bryois, made numerous appearances in Paris to convince them. The day after the Senate’s vote, on 9th March 9, a parade, speeches, and demonstrations of sympathy for France enlivened the streets of Cuneo. … On 20th March, a final law officially ratified the agreement. … The municipality of Nice organized a grand celebration to celebrate the culmination of fifty years of effort.  On 21st March 1906, Prime Minister Giolitti and Ambassador Barrère exchanged the documents ratified by the parliaments of both countries. Work could finally begin!” [1: p63]

In Italy, the ratification of the international convention led to the money for the completion of the works being set aside (24 million lire for the length South from Vievola to the then border, and 16 million lire for the length North from Ventimiglia to the southern border). In addition, the decision was taken to build the new station in Cuneo to accommodate the increased traffic that would arise from the new line.

A year later, on 1st July 1905, the Italian state brought all nationally significant rail routes/networks under the direct authority of the Ministry of Public Works (the Ferrovie dello Stato (FS)).  This had only a limited impact on the Cuneo-Vievola line. “The 3200, 3800, and 4200 series locomotives of the Rete Mediterranea now formed series 215, 310, and 420 of the [FS}. … At that time, the Torino depot had a complement of 128 locomotives, including 20 from the 215 series and 18 from the 310 series deployed in the line, to which were added ten locos from the 320 series. These were also 030s [in UK annotation, 0-6-0s] with three-axle tenders, initially ordered by the RM as series 3601 to 3700 and gradually delivered by five manufacturers between 1904 and 1908.” [1: p64]

The first decade of the 20th century saw the existing roster of locomotives supplemented by two other series:

  • 130s (UK, 2-6-0) tender locos of the FS 630 series; and
  • 040T (UK, 0-8-0T) tank locos of the FS 895 series.
Locomotive No. 6301was a 2-6-0 (130) locomotive in the FS 630 series. [64]
Locomotive No. 8955 was an 0-8-0T (040T) locomotiv3 in the FS 895 series, [65]

In 1906, a subsidised bus service was introduced to complement and replace the various horse-drawn and motor services already in existence on the roads between Vievola, Ventimiglia and Nice. [1: p64][c.f. 14] The connection to Nice was later (in 1912) taken over by the Truchi company of Nice. [1: p64]


Vievola to Tende

Banaudo et al, again: In August 1907, the first of eleven work packages between Vievola and the [then] border were awarded: package 1 from Vievola to the Gaggeoetlen tunnel, and package 4 of the Cagnolina tunnel to Tenda. In June 1911, it was the turn of package 2, between the Gaggeo and Alimonda tunnels, and the following month, package 3 from Alimonda to Cagnolina. These contracts were signed with the Tuscan companies Sard and Faccanoni and the Ghirardi company, originally from the region of Lake Maggiore. Over 8.2 kilometres, the line crosses Triassic and Permian terrain cut by Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Carboniferous veins. There are ten tunnels covering a distance of 5.90 kilometres, or 72% of the route, as well as seven bridges and viaducts totaling seventeen masonry arches. The section has no level crossings, but seven “caselli” (houses) were built to house the road workers and their families. Some are isolated in the mountains, sometimes between two tunnels, and accessible only by railway.” [1: p64-67]

A schematic representation of the line from Vievola to Tende. [18]
A short video embedded from YouTube, taken at Vievola Railway Station in 2010. [23]
Vievola Railway Station is at the centre of this extract from Google’s satellite imagery. The hamlet is Northeast of the Station just beyond the top of the image. Trains for Tende and beyond set off to the Southwest. The railway bridge can be seen at the bottom left of this image. [Google Maps, July 2025]

From Vievola, the line begins its journey down the valley of La Roya by crossing a single-arch bridge over the Dente valley which suffered some disruption resulting from Storm Alex in October 2020.

A closer focus on the bridge spanning the River Dente. This image appears to be taken after the inundation which occurred with Storm Alex in 2020. [Google Maps, July 2025]
This pair of images are taken from a report into the majority damage caused by Storm Alex. The image on the left is the condition of the area prior to the storm, that on the right shows the situation after the storm. [15]
The bridge that spanned the Dente, in the immediate aftermath of Storm Alex in October 2020. In the view of the engineers checking the line, the bridge was unstable because of erosion. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Osservatorio Ferrovia del Tenda on 3rd Aprilb2924 and credited to Damien Board. [16]
The same bridge after further flooding at Easter 2024. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Gianluca Morelli on 4th May 2024. [17]

A short distance South of the bridge over the river, looking North towards Vievola from the cab of a north-bound train. [35]

Taken from a point a little further to the South, this photograph shows the parapets of a bridge over a small stream to the South of the Dente river. This image is also taken from the cab of a north-bound train in the 2020s. [35]

After crossing the 12 metre span bridge the line enters the 1273 metre long Branego horseshoe tunnel.

This photograph looks North from the mouth of the Branego Tunnel towards Vievola Railway Station. It is taken from the cab of the same North-bound train. [35]

The 1273 metre long Branego Tunnel. The bridge in the Dente valley is top-left  and the Vievola (Chapel) Viaduct is middle-right in this image. [19]

The tunnel opens onto the right bank of La Roya about 25 metres above the river. The Vievola Viaduct spanned the river on five 15 metre masonry arches. Banaudo et al tell us that, “this structure would later be called the ‘Chapel viaduct’ due to its proximity to the Sanctuary of the Visitation or Madonna of Vievola.” [1: p67]

The East Portal of Branego Tunnel taken from the cab of a train approaching Vievola Railway Station from the South. [35]

The Vievola (Chapel) Viaduct seen from the cab of a train approaching it from Tende. [35]

I believe that the viaduct was fatally damaged by the German forces retreating at the end of WW2. It has been rebuilt in concrete as a 5-span concrete viaduct.

Looking South along the E74/D6204 under the railway viaduct. [Google Streetview, April 2008]
Looking North along the E74/D6204 torads the railway viaduct. [Google Streetview, April 2008]
The same location on Google satellite imagery shows a denuded valley floor after Storm Alex. [Google Earth 3D, July 2025]

Now on the left bank of La Roya, the line passes through a series of tunnels with very brief open lengths spanning narrow valleys or slight depressions. The first tunnel on the Left bank is shown below. …

After crossing the Chapel Viaduct trains heading for Tende ran straight into Gaggio Tunnel (373 metres long) which curves towards the Southeast. [20]

The Southeast Portal of Gaggio Tunnel seen from the cab of a Northbound train at the mouth of Devenzo Tunnel. The parapets of the 12-metre span arched bridge over the San Pancrazio valley can be seen between the two tunnels. [35]

The Bridge over the Vallon Pancrasio (the San Pancrazio valley) is a 12 metre span arch bridge. [21]
The San Pancrazio valley as it appears on Google’s satellite imagery after the damage from Storm Alex. [Google Earth 3D, July 2025]
A closer look at the railway bridge spanning the San Pancrazio valley. [Google Earth 3D, July 2025]

The tunnel portals are generally made of local stone as are the arched bridges. The next tunnel is the Devenzo tunnel, shown below. …

The Devenzo Tunnel (732 metres long) extends Southeast from the San Pancrazio valley to the Mezzora Valley which seems little more than an ‘indentation’ in the valley side. A shorter tunnel is beyond the opening (the Mezzora Tunnel – 351 metres long) which opens out onto the Alimonda Valley at the bottom-right of this map extract. [22]

This photograph is another still from a video taken from the cab of a train travelling North from Tende. It shows the short length of open line mentioned above. The parapets are those of the viaduct of two 6 metre arches. [35]

This Google Earth satellite image shows the railway line breaking cover to cross the Alimonda valley near the top of the image. The E74/D6204 is at the bottom-left of the image. [Google Earth, July 2025]
The same location as it appears on OpenStreetMap. The bridge over the Alimonda valley is at the top-right of the image and the E74/D6204 is in the bottom-left. [24]

The Southeast portal of the Mezzora Tunnel can be seen in this image taken from the tunnel mouth of the Alimonda Tunnel. It is possible to see along the full length of this tunnel to the short opening mentioned above. In the course of travelling this short length of open line the railway crosses the Alimonda Valley. [35]

The next tunnel, the Alimonda Tunnel begins immediately the Alimonda valley has been crossed. The tunnel is 380 m long.

The Alimonda Tunnel: the bridge over the Alimonda Valley is top-left in this map extract, the bridge over the Scara Valley is bottom-right. [25]
The bridge over the Scara Valley is on the right of this map extract. There is very little of the railway open to the elements at this location. [26]

The short length of track and bridge in the Scara Valley between the Alimonda Tunnel and the Frera Tunnel, seen from the cab of a service which has just left the Frera Tunnel heading for Vievola and on to Cuneo. [35]

Before entering the Frera Tunnel, it is worth pulling back a little to see the route of the line ahead. This is the first ‘spiral’ on the line down towards Ventimiglia and Nice. A large section of the spiral is within one tunnel but the engineers made use of the Valley of the Refrei to avoid having to put the entire spiral in tunnel. [36]

The Frera Tunnel (498 m long) runs North-northwest to South-southeast passing over the line ahead which is at a lower level – both are tunneled out of the rock. There is an open length of the line and a bridge at the bottom-right. [27]

The short length of track and the bridge between the Frera and the Rio Freddo tunnels. [35]

After crossing the bridge noted above the line soon disappears into the Rio Freddo Tunnel (376 m long). The bridge is top-left. The tunnel opens out for a short length at the right of this map extract. [28]
A short length of line is open to the elements to the North of the valley of the Refrei and between the Rio Freddo and Morga Tunnels. [29]

The short length of line between the Rio Freddo and the Morga Tunnels, seen from the cab of a train just leaving Morga Tunnel. The Rio Freddo tunnel mouth is ahead. Between the two tunnel mouths is the Morga Bridge (two 8-metre arches). [35]

Banaudo et al tell us that “from the exit of the Rio-Freddo tunnel [on the North flank of the Refrei valley], the village of Tenda (Tende) appears below and the railway describes a helical loop which ends at [the lower end of] the Cagnolina tunnel. … This loop loses about sixty metres of altitude in less than 3 km of travel.” [1: p70]

After the very short open length of line to the East of the Rio Freddo  Tunnel, another short tunnel ensues – the Morga Tunnel (160 m long). [30]
Another short open length of line sits between the Morga and Gerbo Tunnels. [31]

The short open length of track between Morga and Gerbo tunnels, seen from the cab of a Cuneo-bound service and framed by the Southwest mouth of Gerbo Tunnel. [35]

Pulling back a little enables the full length of Gerbo Tunnel (279 m long) to be seen, together with the open length of line and viaduct to the East – Gerbo Viaduct. [32]

The Northeast Portal of Gerbo Tunnel seen from the cab of a Cuneo-bound train in the 2020s. [35]

A short distance further along the line, the Bazara Viaduct (of five 8 m arches) is seen here, with the Gerbo Tunnel beyond – these are seen from the cab of a Cuneo-bound service in the 21st century. [35]

After a short length of line to the Northeast or Gerbo Viaduct the line enter Cagnolina Tunnel and under many tons of rock swings round to travel West while on a downward grade. [33]

Here the Cuneo-bound train is just leaving the South Portal of Cagnolina Tunnel (at the right of the above map extract) and crossing a small bridge close to the tunnel mouth. [35]

Still in tunnel, the line passes under the line we have just travelled before breaking out into the valley of La Roya. It then bridges the river and heads down the the valley side on the left bank of La Roya to Tende Railway Station. [34]

The lower (West) portal of the Cagnolina Tunnel and the bridge over La Roya. Taken from the cab of a train heading North from Tende. The bridge over La Roya has a 12 metre span. [35]

A significant retaining wall to the West of the line, above which runs the E74/D6204. [35]

A short tunnel (Tende Galleria) part way along the length that the E74/D6402 run parallel and in close proximity to each other. The view looks North-northwest along the line. [35]

A train from Cuneo arrives at Tende Railway Station in February 2023. [37]

The Tende Railway Station today has a passenger building and two platform faces. In the past, it had three platform faces and a goods shed of classic Italian design, “the station had a number of goods tracks, two reinforced concrete water tanks supplying two hydraulic cranes, as well as an 8.50 metre turntable which was probably transferred from Vievola when the line was extended.” [1: p70]

Tende Railway Station looking Northwest, © George Ringler and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [38]

Wikipedia tells us that Tende Railway Station “opened on 7th September 1913. [40: p146] … Tende remained the temporary terminus for almost two years, until the opening of the Tende – Briga Marittima – San Dalmazzo di Tende section, which took place on 1st June 1915.” [39][40: p149]

The station and yard were electrified along with the line in 1931. [40: p171-172]

Tende “became isolated from the railway network after the destruction of bridges and tunnels by the retreating Germans between 15th and 26th April 1945.” [39][41: p15] .

It remained under the jurisdiction of the Italian State Railways (FS) until 15th September 1947 and was passed into the hands of the Société Nationale des Chemins de fer Français (SNCF) the following day, when the upper Roja valley was separated from the province of Cuneo and became French territory by virtue of the peace treaty with France.” [39]

After thirty-four years of inactivity, it was reopened on 6th October 1979 , the day of the inauguration of the rebuilt Cuneo-Ventimiglia line.” [39][40: p243]

The station yard was originally of a significant size. [42: p81] For the reopening of the Limone-Ventimiglia line to traffic … it was initially planned that the Tende station would be transformed into a stop equipped with only a single track, but it was subsequently decided to build a loop [43: p34] with a useful length of 560 metres and a single track serving the loading platform and the goods warehouse. [43: p29]

The Goods Shed and Passenger building at Tende seen from Avenue du 16 Septembre 1947 and looking Southeast. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

A French and an Italian train pass at Tende in 2022. The train on the right is, I believe, an ALe501 trainset commissioned by Trenitalia in the early 2000s and produced by Alstom Ferroviaria, (c) Tomas Votava. [Google Maps, August 2025]

TER No. 76671 on the Train des Merveilles service from Nice stands at Tende Station, (c) Kenta Yumoto. [Google Maps, August 2025]

We have travelled as far as Tende Railway Station and noted that the line reached the village in 1913 and remained the terminus of the line from Cuneo until 2015. While the line as far as Tende was still under construction, Banaudo et al tells us that there were continued contacts “between the Italian and French authorities to resolve the remaining issues concerning the connection between the two networks in the Roya Valley. On 3rd January 1910, the Ministers of Public Works of both countries … met to discuss the problems of Franco-Italian communications. On 15th May 1910, the Cuneo Chamber of Commerce approached the government to request the acceleration of work between Vievola and Tenda. … During the same period, … efforts were being made to produce [hydroelectric power]. … The first plants were installed in Airole and Bevera in 1906, and later in San-Dalmazzo between 1909 and 1914.” [1: p70-74]

The Roya hydroelectric power plants were intended to supply the Vallauria Mining Company and its ore processing facilities, public lighting, industries and the tramways of the Ligurian Riviera as far as Savona and Genoa.” [1: p74]

In France, two small power plants were built at the beginning of the century at Pont d’Ambo, downstream from Fontan, and in Breil. Between 1912 and 1914, a larger power plant was built opposite the village of Fontan.

Banaudo et al tell us that “In both France and Italy, the simultaneous construction of the railway and power plants turned the Roya Valley into a huge construction site for a dozen years. The companies had to house, feed, and entertain several hundred workers, most of them from other regions of Italy.” [1: p74]

After the opening of Tende Railway Station in September 1913, “the FS improved the service which had remained unchanged for a quarter of a century. Four Cuneo – Tenda return trips would now run every day, including a mixed goods-passenger one. From July to September, a fifth return trip was added. The 50 km journey took an average of 1 hour 50 minutes.” [1: p75]

Meanwhile, the project to divert the railway line and build a new station on the Altipiano in Cuneo which we noted in the first of these articles, [9] was being developed. Work began in September 1913 [1: p80] but it was to be 7th November 1937 before the new station opened! [44]

While the line was creeping southwards from Cuneo to Tenda, work had begun in Ventimiglia on the northbound line up the Roya Valley. However, by the outbreak of World War I it had only covered 20 kilometres to Airole. Meanwhile, and again interrupted by the war, another line was being built northeast from Nice to join the Cuneo-Ventimiglia line at Breil sur Roya.” [39] Progress on these two lines is covered in other posts in this series of articles. [45][46][47][48]

From Tende to St. Dalmas de Tende (San Dalmazzo di Tenda)

In the first half of 1912, calls for tenders were issued for six lots of the section between Tenda, Briga, San-Dalmazzo, and the northern border of the Paganin Valley, followed in April 1913 by the award of the seventh and final lot. Here again, the tunnels, fifteen in number, account for more than two-thirds of the route, or 8,576 metres out of 12,335 metres. There are also seven bridges and viaducts, comprising a total of thirty-five masonry arches, about ten short-span structures, and there were ten roadside houses.” [1: p127]

The length of the line from Tende to San Dalmazzo di Tenda (San Dalmas de Tende). [51]
Schematic plan of the line from Tende South to the former Italian border via La Brigue and Saint Dalmas de Tende. [18]
Tende Railway Station in the 21st century, seen from the Southeast, from the cab of a northbound train. [35]

Tende Railway Station seen from the cab of a South-bound service. [55]

Leaving Tende Railway Station, the line soon passes onto the curved viaduct spanning the Roya River opposite the village. The viaduct has one 20-metre arch and eleven 15-metre arches. 

The southern end of the station site and the viaduct which crosses the valley of La Roya. [53]

A South-bound service crosses Tende Viaduct. This is the view from the cab. [55]

An old Italian postcard view of the village of Tende, seen from the South. The viaduct features to the right of the centre of the image. [52]
The curve of the viaduct at Tender shows up well in this photograph, © Public Domain. [68]
Tende Viaduct seen from the access road to the village cemetery. [Google Streetview, October 2008]
The first of two views of Tende Viaduct from Rue General Doyen showing the northern half of the viaduct. [Google Streetview, July 2014]
The second of two views of Tende Viaduct from Rue General Doyen showing the more southerly portion of the viaduct. [Google Streetview, July 2014]
The viaduct, seen from Avenue Maurice Barucchi. [Google Streetview, July 2014]

We were in Tende in November 2023 so saw something of the major work being undertaken after Storm Alex hit the area in October 2020 and took these photographs of the viaduct

The northern half of the viaduct. [My photograph, Wednesday 22nd November 2023}
The larger viaduct arch span over La Roya. [My photograph, Wednesday 22nd November 2023]
The southern length of the viaduct. [My photograph, Wednesday 22nd November 2023]
Tende Viaduct seen from the South from the cab of a train heading for Tende Railway Station. [35]

Once across the viaduct, trains heading South ran on through three tunnels on the left bank of La Roya on a falling grade of 25mm/m. These were:

Borgonuovo Tunnel (200 metres long) …

The approach to Borgonuovo Tunnel, seen from the cab of a South-bound train. [55]

Looking North from the mouth of Borgonuovo Tunnel, from the cab of a North-bound train. [35]

The view South from the mouth of Borgonuevo Tunnel., [55]

The southern portal of Borgonuovo Tunnel, seen from the cab of an approaching train. [35]

The view from above the South portal of Borgonuovo Tunnel, (c) Tito Casquinha, June 2019. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The same length of line seen from across the valley. [Google Streetview, October 2008]

Bijorin Tunnel (248 metres long) …

The North portal of the Bijorin Tunnel. [55]

The view from the northern portal of Bijorin Tunnel. [35]

The view South from the mouth of Bijorin Tunnel. Colombera tunnel is just visible ahead. [55]

The length of line between Bijorin and Colombera tunnels, seen from the far side of the valley of La Roya. [Google Streetview, October 2008]

The South portal of Bijorin Tunnel is ahead in this still from a video taken from the cab of a North-bound train. This image also shows avalanche warning wires above the line. [35]

Colombera Tunnel (212 metres long) …

The North portal of Colombera Tunnel. [55]

The view North towards Bijorin Tunnel from the mouth of Colombera Tunnel. [35]

An over exposed view South from the South Portal of Colombera Tunnel. [55]

The South Portal of Colombera Tunnel seen from the cab of a Northbound train. [35]

This OpenStreetMap extract shows the three tunnels named above, and the lengths of open railway line between. [54]

A short distance further South the railway bridges a minor road. These are the bridge parapets seen from the cab of a South-bound train. The minor road is just visible to the left of the image. [55]

The next tunnel is Bosseglia Tunnel. The railway and the main road separate as the line heads into the tunnel which is S-shaped and 1585 metres in length. The southern portal of the tunnel opens out into the Levenza valley, a short distance to the East of La Brigue Railway Station. Banaudo et all refer to the station as Briga-Marittima station, which appears to be the name of the station in Italian. [1: p127]

The Bosselgia Tunnel (which is over 1.5 km long) and the railway station at La Brigue as they appear on OpenStreetMap. [56]

Looking South, this is the northern portal of the Bosseglia Tunnel. [55]

Looking North from the mouth of Bosseglia Tunnel. [35]

Looking West from the southern portal of Bosseglia Tunnel towards La Brigue Railway Station. [55]

Turning through 180 degrees, this is the southern portal of the Bosseglia Tunnel seen from a North-bound train. [35]

La Brigue Railway Station once comprised a passenger building, two platform faces (a third would be built during electrification), three freight tracks with a good shed and a raised platform. The modern station is situated to the East of the old station. [1: p127]

Looking West along La Brigue Railway Station platform, © Remontees, and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [57]

A similar view with an ALn501+502 train set in the station, © Georgio Stagni, June 2014 and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [57]

Looking East along the station platform, © JpChevreau and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [57]

Looking West from the modern La Brigue Station through the site of the original station. [55]

Further through the site of the old railway station and continuing to face West down the Levenza valley. The old goods shed is on the left. [55]

The site of the two La Brigue Railway Stations. The modern station is on the right of this map extract, the old station and goods shed are left of centre. [58]
The station at La Brigue is a short distance to the West of the village. [Google Maps, August 2025]

The original station building at La Brigue, seen from the cab of a train heading for Ventimiglia. [55]

The bridge over the D43 and the River Levenza. [59]

The bridge over the D43 and the River Levenza. [55]

The bridge which carries the railway over the D43 and the River Levenza, seen from the East. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

The bridge which carries the railway over the D43 and the River Levenza, seen from the West. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

The view back across the bridge over the River Levenza towards La Brigue Railway Station. The D43 can just be made out to the right of the bridge. [35]

Leaving La Brigue Railway Station the line resumes following a falling grade of 25 mm/m. This continues through the Levenza viaduct, which, as we have seen consists of three 8-metre arches abutting a single span road bridge. Beyond this is the Levenza tunnel (418 m long). …

The Northeastern portal of the Levenza tunnel. [55]

The view back along the line from the Northeast portal of the Levenza tunnel. [35]

This overexposed view looks Southwest from the Southwest tunnel mouth of the Levenza tunnel. [55]

The Southwest portal of the Levenza tunnel seen from the cab of a North-bound service. [35]

Beyond the Levenza Tunnels is and an unnamed viaduct of three 8-metre arches) and the line then enters the Rioro Spiral Tunnel.

The Rioro Tunnel forms a loop which describes a circle of 300-metre radius and accommodates a 30-metre drop.

Banaudo et al tell us that the tunnel “is officially divided into two sections: Rioro I (282 m) and Rioro II (1527 m), connected by an artificial tunnel with a lateral opening closed by a gate. At this opening, a ‘casello’ (a ‘hut’) was built into the mountainside to house a road worker and his family.” [1: p127]

Looking Northeast from the mouth of the Rioro spiral tunnel. [35]

The Northeastern portal of the Rioro sprial tunnel. [55]

The Rioro Spiral Tunnel between La Brigue and St. Dalmas de Tende is 1828 metres in length. [60]

Trains are within the tunnel for some minutes as they cover nearly two kilometres of turning track within the tunnel. This view comes from the cab of a South-bound train. [55]

Facing Southwest along the line at the mouth of the Rioro Spiral Tunnel. The picture is overexposed as the camera is reacting to daylight after running through the tunnel. [55]

The Southwest Portal of the Rioro Spiral Tunnel, seen from the cab of a North-bound train. [35]

The Rioro Spiral Tunnel opens onto the left bank of the Levenza River, just before its confluence with the Roya River.

To the Southwest of the tunnel, the line is carried alongside the River Levenza on a retaining wall. The parapet of this wall, protected by railings, can be seen on the right of this image. [55]

The River Roya is crossed by the San-Dalmazzo I viaduct. Banaudo et al tell us that “the seven 15-metre masonry arches of this structure were widened to carry three tracks to accommodate the approach to the station, built on a vast embankment. An underpass beneath it provides a route for the [E74/D6204].” [1: p127]

The line is retained above the Levenza River and then crosses La Roya on a viaduct of seven 15-metre masonry arches. A short tunnel under the wide embankment to the Southwest of the river allows the  D6204 to pass under the railway. [61]

A postcard view of the viaduct and station at the centre of St. Dalmas de Tende. The station building is to the right of this image, the viaduct in the centre. The photograph was taken on the hillside to the North of the village. This image was shared on the Ferrovia internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Luisa Grosso on 1st November 2021. [63]

The bridge over La Roya on the approach to St. Dalmas de Tende. [55]

The bridge over the Avenue de France (the D6204/E74) seen from the North. The road is in tunnel as a large area was dedicated to the station complex at St. Dalmas de Tende as it was originally a border station in Italy. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

The same bridge/tunnel seen from the South on the Avenue de France. [Google Streetview, August 2016]

A long double-track section of the line runs through the station at St. Dalmas de Tende. A small yard remains on the North side of the line entered vis the point seen in this image. [55]

The final approach to St. Dalmas Railway Station from the Northeast. [55]

St. Dalmas de Tende Railway Station seen, looking Southwest, from the cab of a South-bound train. [55]

St. Dalmas de Tende Railway Station as show on OpenStreetMap. [62]
A postcard image overlooking the station site at St. Dalmas de Tende prior to the construction of the large station building. [5]
The station during construction work. There is scaffolding on the main station building, which appears to have been built in sections with a completed length nearest to the water tower. The engine shed is under construction, centre-right. This image was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Mauro Tosello on 12th June 2022. [6]
A postcard view of the Railway Station at St. Dalmas de Tende, taken from the East. The tunnel at the Southwest end of the station site can be seen on the left of the photograph. This image was shared on the Ferrovia internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group by Luisa Grosso on 1st November 2021. [63]
The locomotive Depot at St. Dalmas de Tende. The depot was on the Southeast side of the running lines opposite the railway Station and close to the Biogna River. The road shown on the OpenStreetMap plan of the modern station to the Southeast of the site is the road shown at the top of this plan. This drawing comes from From the December 1929 Technical Magazine of Italiane Ferrovie. It was shared on the Ferrovia Internazionale Cuneo-Ventimiglia-Nizza Facebook Group on 13th February 2024 by Francesco Ciarlini Koerner. [4]

St. Dalmas de Tende Railway Station seen, looking Northeast, from the cab of a North-bound service. [35]

St. Dalmas de Tende (San-Dalmazzo-di-Tenda in Italian) was “the last station on Italian territory, before the northern border.  This is where the French Forces would install a large-scale border station that will handle customs clearance operations in addition to the French facilities at Breil. In the first phase, a temporary passenger building and a small freight shed were built on the vast embankment created from the spoil from the tunnels upstream of the confluence of the Roya and Biogna rivers. The original layout includes four through tracks, one of which is at the platform, five sidings, three storage tracks, a temporary engine shed, a 9.50 m turntable, and a hydraulic power supply for the locomotives.” [1: p127]

It is here, at St. Dalmas de Tende, that we finish this third part of our journey from Cuneo to the coast.

Located at the confluence of the Roya River with the side valleys of the Levenza and Biogna, San-Dalmazzo-di-Tende “was built around a former Augustinian convent that became offices of the Vallauria mining company and then a spa. Since the border was established in 1860 a few kilometers downstream in the Paganin Gorges, first a few dozen, then hundreds of workers, employees, and civil servants gradually settled in San-Dalmazzo with their families. Jobs were plentiful, with the development of mining in the neighboring Val d’Inferno, the creation of a sawmill, the construction of dams and hydroelectric power plants, the emergence of tourism, and the permanent presence of a large number of police, customs, and tax guards.  This influx … was reinforced during the railway works, which attracted many workers: earthmovers, masons, stonemasons, miners, carpenters, etc. These newcomers, who mostly came from other regions, sometimes far away, slowly integrated into the local population.” [1: p130]

The line to San-Dalmazzo-di-Tende was opened on 1st June 1915. The three of the four daily services were connected to the Southern arm of the line which by this time had reached Airole, by a coach shuttle. [1: p131]

A temporary station was provided as a terminus of the line from Cuneo. It was sited to the Northeast of the present large station building which was not built until 1928.

The next length of the line can be found here. [67]

References

  1. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 1: 1858-1928; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  2. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 2: 1929-1974; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  3. Jose Banaudo, Michel Braun and Gerard de Santos; Les Trains du Col de Tende Volume 3: 1975-1986; FACS Patrimoine Ferroviaire, Les Editions du Cabri, 2018.
  4. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/19U2VzU6gT, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  5. https://www.facebook.com/groups/FerroviaCuneoVentimiglia/permalink/5329737250380256/?rdid=6Xne0EJn2Z4xCUiE&share_url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2Fshare%2Fp%2F1C8mWmX57o%2F#, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  6. https://www.facebook.com/groups/FerroviaCuneoVentimiglia/permalink/1747294131957937/?rdid=QhA9x5D943zrICPG&share_url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.facebook.com%2Fshare%2Fp%2F1E6w5RsWSL%2F#, accessed on 8th August 2025.
  7. TBA
  8. https://youtu.be/2Xq7_b4MfmU?si=1sOymKkFjSpxMkcR, accessed on 20th July 2025.
  9. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/07/22/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-1.
  10. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/07/26/the-railway-from-nice-to-tende-and-cuneo-part-2.
  11. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Vievola_staz_ferr_ALn_663.jpg, accessed on 26th July 2025.
  12. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1430625447210493&set=gm.755686417785385, accessed on 25th July 2025.
  13. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stazione_Vievola_1910.jpg, accessed on 27th July 2025.
  14. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/07/27/a-tramway-in-the-valley-of-the-river-roya-early-20th-century
  15. http://www.lmm.jussieu.fr/~lagree/TEXTES/PDF/RK_Landslides_Vie%CC%81vola_Revised.pdf, accessed on 29th July 2025.
  16. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/16iQbYtjAB, accessed on 29th July 2025.
  17. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1YwoXQBLiR, accessed on 29th July 2025.
  18. https://fr.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sch%C3%A9ma_de_la_ligne_de_Coni_%C3%A0_Vintimille, accessed on 22nd July 2025.
  19. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.10895/7.56098&layers=P, accessed on 29th July 2025.
  20. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.108596/7.571928&layers=P, accessed on 30th July 2025.
  21. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=19/44.106950/7.573406&layers=P, accessed on 30th July 2025.
  22. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/44.10372/7.58022&layers=P, accessed on 30th July 2025.
  23. https://youtu.be/cHWVUYznw6g?si=lGZhcr09_Lx2RIpd, accessed on 30th July 2025.
  24. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=19/44.102247/7.586114&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  25. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.101422/7.588175&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  26. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.100292/7.590059&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  27. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.098049/7.591515&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  28. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.094337/7.595475&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  29. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=18/44.092624/7.597449&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  30. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=18/44.093422/7.599427&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  31. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=18/44.093468/7.600340&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  32. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.095803/7.602404&layers=P, a cessed on 31st July 2025.
  33. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.09671/7.60013&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  34. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.09483/7.59382&layers=P, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  35. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qX8v5gceVU, accessed on 31st July 2025.
  36. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/44.09608/7.59520, accessed on 2nd August 2025.
  37. https://youtu.be/K6aAQ_zTWds, accessed on 2nd August 2025.
  38. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Gr_gare_de_tende_en_2004.jpg, accessed on 2nd August 2025
  39. https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stazione_di_Tenda, accessed on 2nd August 2025
  40. Franco Collidà, Max Gallo & Aldo A. Mola; CUNEO-NIZZA History of a Railway; Cassa di Risparmio di Cuneo, Cuneo (CN), July 1982.
  41. Franco Collidà; 1845-1979: the Cuneo-Nice line year by year; in Rassegna – Quarterly magazine of the Cassa di Risparmio di Cuneo; No. 7, September 1979, pp. 12-18.
  42. Stefano Garzaro & Nico Molino; THE TENDA RAILWAY From Cuneo to Nice, the last great Alpine crossing; Editrice di Storia dei Trasporti, Colleferro (RM), EST, July 1982.
  43. SNCF Region de Marseille; Line: Coni – Breil sur Roya – Vintimille. Reconstruction et équipement de la section de ligne située en territoire Français; Imprimerie St-Victor, Marseille (F), 1980.
  44. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cuneo_railway_station, accessed on 3rd August 2025.
  45. T.B.A.
  46. T.B.A.
  47. T.B.A.
  48. T.B.A.
  49. https://ventimigliaaltawords.com/2013/10/14/all-steamed-up-about-the-ventimiglia-cuneo-rail-link, accessed on 25th July 2025.
  50. https://trainconsultant.com/2020/10/09/nice-coni-incroyable-derniere-nee-des-grandes-lignes-internationales, accessed on 17th July 2025.
  51. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/44.07112/7.59577&layers=P, accessed on 3rd August 2025.
  52. https://ebay.us/m/aao3zt, accessed on 3rd August 2025.
  53. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=18/44.087616/7.595785&layers=P, accessed on 3rd August 2025.
  54. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.08095/7.59714&layers=P, accessed on 3rd August 2025.
  55. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hbzk68KoRj8&t=4533s, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  56. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/44.06722/7.59971, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  57. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/Category:Gare_de_La_Brigue, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  58. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=18/44.062224/7.604105, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  59. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.061282/7.597185, accessed on 4th August 2025.
  60. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.05701/7.59374, accessed on 5th August 2025.
  61. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/44.05690/7.58934, accessed on 5th August 2025.
  62. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=17/44.055854/7.584440, accessed on 5th August 2025.
  63. https://www.facebook.com/groups/194416750579024/search/?q=st.%20dalmas%20de%20tende, accessed on 5th August 2025.
  64. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Locomotiva_N._6301.jpg, accessed on 6th August 2025
  65. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:FS_895.jpg, accessed on 6th August 2025.
  66. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Stazione_Vievola_1910.jpg, accessed on 6th August 2025.
  67. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/08/16/the-railway-between-nice-tende-and-cuneo-part-4-st-dalmas-de-tende-to-breil-sur-roya/
  68. This image appeared on an Italian Facebook Group but I did not record which one and cannot now find the image or the group, accessed on 1st October 2025.

The Railways of Namibia (the former South West Africa) – Part 1 – Windhoek and the Northern Lines

The Railway Magazine of February 1952 carried an article by Charles E. Lee about railways in what was German South West Africa. This encouraged me to have a look at the history of Namibia’s railways and their condition and extent in the 21st century. The 1952 article also caught my attention because Manchester Diocese (I was a priest in Manchester Diocese before retirement) is linked with the Diocese of Namibia.

The territory was formally colonized by Germany between 1884-1890. It covered an area of 835,100 sq. km. It was a settler colony and had attracted around 3,000 German settlers by 1903, who primarily settled in the central high grounds. [2]

German South West Africa, now known as Namibia, was a German colony from 1884 to 1915. It was not a province within the German Empire but a separate colonial territory. From 1891, the capital was Windhoek, which also serves as the capital of modern-day Namibia. [2]

The arrival of German settlers disrupted the existing socioeconomic balance and led to conflicts, particularly with the Herero and Nama people.

In 1883 Franz Adolf Lüderitz, a merchant from Bremen, Germany, established a trading post in southwest Africa at Angra Pequena, which he renamed Lüderitzbucht. He also acquired the adjacent coastal area, which he named Lüderitzland. These areas were constituted the first German colony under German protection on April 24, 1884. The German occupation subsequently extended inland. By the latter 1880s the German Colonial Company for the South realized that it was incapable of administering the territory, and the German government immediately took over the colony’s administration. As a result of the Zanzibar Treaty (1890) between Germany and Great Britain, German South West Africa acquired the Caprivi Strip (named after the German chancellor Graf Leo von Caprivi), a tract of land 280 miles (450 km) long in the extreme northeast of the territory; the colony thus gained access to the Zambezi River.” [3]

German colonial rule was harsh, leading to insurrections and resistance. “Major Theodor Leutwein, governor of the colony in 1894–1904, suppressed insurrections of the Khoekhoe (1894) and of the Hereros (1896). In 1904, however, the Hereros fomented a far more dangerous rebellion. The German force, at first only 750 strong and supported only by one artillery battery, had to face an army of some 8,000 men equipped with modern weapons. Reinforcements increased the German force, ultimately under the command of General Lothar von Trotha, and resulted in a decisive German victory on the Waterberg River. Further Khoekhoe rebellions were put down in 1904–07.” [3]

German South West Africa was occupied by the South African Union Defence Force in 1915 during World War I, and Germany formally ceded the territory under the Treaty of Versailles in 1919. Its administration was taken over by the Union of South Africa (part of the British Empire) and the territory was administered as South West Africa under a League of Nations mandate. It became independent as Namibia on 21st March 1990. [2]

The Railways

The railways in German South West Africa played a crucial role in the colonial administration and the First World War campaign. The German colonial authorities built a railway network between 1897 and 1914 to enable colonial territorialization and facilitate the extraction of resources. [4]

Charles E. Lee tells that “under the German regime, the first railway in South West Africa was the Northern State Railway (NSR), as it was then called, built to a gauge of 60 cm. (1 ft. 11 in.) between Swakopmund and Windhoek, via Jackalswater and Karibib, a distance of 238 miles. This line was begun in 1897 and was built by a German Military Brigade from Europe. It was first intended to be worked by animal power – Argentine mules or Cape donkeys – but steam traction was soon adopted. The first section (15 miles) was opened to traffic from Swakopmund in January 1898. By the end of that year 68 miles were ballasted and 54 open. In July 1900, the line was opened to Karibib, 121 miles, and the whole railway completed to Windhoek, a further 117 miles, in June, 1902. The curves and gradients were very severe, the gradient out of the Khan River gorge, for instance, being 1 in 19 with curves of 180 ft. radius. The rails weighed about 19 lb. a yard and were laid on iron sleepers. There were iron girder bridges at Khan River, Dorst River, and Kubas. The only good and plentiful water supplies were at Swakopmund and Karibib.” [1: p121]

Wikipedia tells us that there was actually an earlier line than the one Lee talks about. It was a small mining rail line at Cape Cross in 1895. [5] “Soon afterwards, the ox-cart transport system totally collapsed, in the wake of a rinderpest epidemic in 1897. As it was necessary to react quickly to the now extremely precarious transport situation, decisions were made: to build a railway line from the German port of Swakopmund to Windhoek (the Staatsbahn); to use existing, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge military Feldbahn material; and to entrust a railway brigade with the construction work, which began in September 1897.” [5]

Wikipedia continues: “Construction of the railways connecting with the Staatsbahn was aimed partly at military strategic objectives following the uprising of the Herero and Nama, and partly at economic requirements. … By World War I, the following lines had been developed (listed by the first year of full operation):” [5]

  • 1902: Swakopmund–Windhoek line, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge, Karibib–Windhoek section re-gauged in 1911 to 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) gauge. [5]
  • 1906: Otavibahn, 600 mm gauge. [5]
  • 1905: Onguati–Karibib branch. [5]
  • 1908: Otavi–Grootfontein branch. [5]
  • 1907: Lüderitzbahn, 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1909: Seeheim–Kalkfontein branch. [5]
  • ca 1911: Kolmannskuppe–Elisabethbucht–Bogenfels, industrial railway of the diamond fields. This 600mm gauge railway was electrified from 1911 (the only electric railway in Namibia’s history).  Diamond mining in the region gradually moved south. The northern part of the line as far as Pomona was abandoned in 1931, and some of its materials were used for the extension of the railway towards Oranjemund. The southern section was operated with diesel traction. This line no longer exists. [5]
  • 1912: Windhoek–Keetmanshoop railway, 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) gauge. [5]
  • 1912: Rehoboth shuttle, 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge (questionable). [6][7][2][5]
  • 1914: Otjiwarongo–Outjo–Okahakana, 600 mm gauge (project started, but not completed due to the war). [5]
The Windhoek–Keetmanshoop railway, circa 1916, © Franz Baltzer, Public Domain. [5]

Lee talks of the formation, by the Otavi Mining & Railway Company, an Anglo-German syndicate owning the copper mines at Otavi and Tsumeb, of a railway: “This company was formed in Berlin in 1900, in accordance with an arrangement between the South-West Afrika Company, the Disconto-Gesellschaft of Berlin, and the Exploration Company. The first intention was to build a 3 ft. 6 in. gauge railway from Port Alexander in Portuguese West Africa to run in a south-easterly direction up the Muende River Valley and via Etosha Pan to the Tsumeb Copper Mines, and later to extend this line to Rhodesia to form a trans-African railway. Eventually it was decided to form a 60 cm. gauge line entirely in German territory connecting Swakopmund with Tsumeb, a distance of 351 miles. Construction was undertaken by Arthur Koppel & Co. and was begun in November 1903, but was delayed by the Herero War, and the work completed on 25th August 1906. This undertaking, called the Otavi Railway, had the distinction of being the longest narrow-gauge railway in the world. Branches were laid subsequently from Otavi to Grootfontein (56 miles) and from Onguati to Karibib on the State Railway (9 miles). The cost is stated to have been about £2,400 a mile, or roundly £1,000,000 in total. The railway was bought by the German Imperial Government in 1910 for £1,250,000, but the management was left in the hands of the company under a 30-year lease, terminable after 10 years.” [1: p121]

This line was well constructed, and well ballasted. It had a ruling gradient of 1 in 66 and minimum curvature of 150 metres. The permanent way consisted of steel rails in 30-ft. lengths, 30 lb. a yard, laid on steel sleepers weighing about 26 lb. each. “From Swakopmund, for a distance of 68 miles, the line rises steadily on a grade of 1 in 66 to Ebony Station, where it reaches an altitude of 3,500 ft. (On the down journey, the last 40 miles into Swakop-mund can be run by gravity.) From Ebony there is a regular fall to Usakos, which is 2,640 ft. above sea level. From Usakos it climbs 690 ft. in 13 miles to Onguati, and continues to rise until it attains its greatest elevation near Kalk-feld, where the summit is 5,200 ft.” [1: p121]

The Otavi Railway, like the State Railway, was built to the 2 ft-gauge, though a difference of 1 centimetre in the wheel gauges is stated to have prevented the free interchange of rolling-stock. The widening to 3 ft. 6 in. of the gauge between Swakopmund and Omaruru had been voted by the German Railway Board, but the work had not been put in hand by the outbreak of the 1914 war. A new branch projected at the same period was the Ovamboland Line, the first aim of which was to provide Ovambo labour for the South. The Landesrat in November 1913, approved a line of 2 ft-gauge, but on earthworks and bridges wide enough for a 3ft. 6in. gauge track, to run from Otjiwarongo (on the Otavi Railways) to Outjo and Okahakana.” [1: p121]

Railways in South West Africa from Swakopmund, mainly German- built, included the 361 miles to Tsumeb, opened in 1906, and the longest narrow-gauge railway in the world. The gauge at the Southern end was widened in 1915. [1: p122]

A sum of £450,000 was allowed for the line from Otjiwarongo to Outjo and Okahakana “in the German Loan Estimates for 1914-15. The first section, including the 55 miles from Otjiwarongo to Amiab Poort, was to cost £250,000. Construction was begun, and the line was laid for 22 miles before the outbreak of hostilities in the first world war.” [1: p123]

Railway developments south of Windhoek, on the 3 ft. 6 in. gauge, made it desirable to convert the earlier 2ft. lines. During 1911, the section from Karibib to Windhoek was converted to 3 ft. 6 in. gauge at a cost of £550,000, with the Bechstein-Koppel Gesellschaft as contractor. The ruling gradient [was] 1 in 66 with a minimum curvature of 656 ft. This work was completed during 1913. The Swakop River at Okahandja [was] spanned by a bridge 350 ft. long, and there [was] a smaller bridge at Otjihavera. About the same time, the coastward section from Karibib to Swakopmund was practically abandoned in favour of the alternative route provided by the Otavi Railway. In fact, the settlers in the Swakop Valley, who asked for a short railway to link them with Swakopmund, were promised in November 1913, that the material from the disused 92 miles of the State line between Swakopmund and Kubas would be used for this purpose, but it was not done.” [1: p123]

An image showing an armoured train in South West Africa during World War I, 1914-1918, can be found here [29] The South African army invaded the German colony of South West Africa in March 1915 overrunning the much smaller German forces.

Wikipedia tells us that, “With the outbreak of World War I, the German Schutztruppe military unit retreated from the coast, and withdrew into the inland. In the process, the Schutztruppe destroyed the Otavibahn, and the old Staatsbahn towards Karibib, as far as Rössing.” [5]

The Staatsbahn was abandoned but this was not the case with the Otavibahn. In 1914, “British troops … moved forward from the British enclave of Walvis Bay, and by the end of 1914 they had built a 37 km (23 mi) long 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) railway to Swakopmund. The Otavibahn was also reconstructed in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm) as far as Usakos, and the section between Usakos and Karibib was realigned. The network north of Usakos remained in 600 mm (1 ft 11 5⁄8 in) gauge; the workshop for both gauges was consolidated in Usakos, and the one in Karibib was closed.” [5]

Lee tells us that by 1917 the Staatsbahn line from Karibib to the coast had ceased to exist. “the line between Karibib and Rossing (95 miles), the 10-mile branch from Jakalswater (built to carry water from the Swakop River at Riet), and the Kubas military line (4.5 miles), were lifted and removed to provide material for Tanganyika and the Union of South Africa.” [1: p123]

Lee goes on to confirm that the Union forces, in the course of their invasion of German South West Africa, “laid a 3 ft. 6 in. line for 100 miles inland from Swakopmund to Kranzberg along the original track of the Otavi line, which the Germans had wrecked in their retreat. This was completed in August, 1915. The construction of a new 12.5-mile section, of the same gauge, from Kranzberg to Karibib, was completed in July 1915, and again connected the Otavi Railway with the [NSR]. Thus, in August 1915, there was continuous communication of uniform gauge for the first time from Swakopmund to points south of Windhoek. As strategic railways had meanwhile linked the Union Railways with those of South-West Africa on 25th June 1915, a through railway of 1,635 miles was provided between Walvis Bay and Cape Town.” [1: p123]

Also during the first world war, a new railway from South Africa was constructed – “as an extension of the De Aar-Prieska Railway – to achieve a secure supply route for … South African troops. In 1916, the line was connected to the German network at Kalkfontein (now Karasburg).” [5]

With the linking of the Kranzberg-Tsumeb 2ft-gauge line to the workshops at Usakos by means of a third rail between Usakos and Kranzberg on the 3-ft. 6-in. gauge track of improved location, the 9-mile section from Karibib to Onguati was no longer of value, and it was uplifted in 1924.” [1: p123]

The former Otavi Railway system [was] therefore represented [in 1952] by about 100 miles of 3 ft. 6 in. line on the coastward section, part of the main railway system of South-West Africa, and 307 miles of 2ft-gauge farther inland. [In 1952, there were] also various private branch lines (some disused) connected with the 2ft section. [In 1952], the present main line of this gauge [was] from Kranzberg to Tsumeb, some 251 miles, on which one train in each direction [was] run two days a week.” [1: p123]

Wikipedia continues: Under South African/British occupation, the following lines were established (listed by first year of full operation): [5][10]

  • 1914: Walvis Bay–Swakopmund in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1915: Swakopmund–Karibib: Reconstruction in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1915/1916: (De Aar)–Nakop (border)–Kalkfontein in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • 1921: Otjiwaronge–Outjo 600mm gauge (based on German preparations). [5]
  • 1929: Windhoek–Gobabis railway in 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm). [5]
  • From 1958: the Otavibahn north of Usakos was gradually regauged to 3 ft 6 in (1,067 mm), with the new line being laid parallel to the existing line, but largely on new foundations; the new line was in operation from 1961. [5]

From August 1915 the Namibian railway network was operated de facto by South African Railways, and this arrangement became official in 1922. … From 1959, steam locomotives were gradually replaced by diesel locomotives, for which an engine-house was built in Windhoek. This made operations very much easier, because water is in short supply in Namibia, and the coal needed to heat the water in the steam locomotives also had to be procured from the Transvaal.” [5]

The Namibian Network in the 21st century

In the 21st century, the rail network of Namibia is operated by TransNamib. As of 2017, the Namibian rail network consisted of 2,687 km of tracks. [11]

The Namibian Rail Network, © Htonl and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [11]
A schematic representation of the Nambian network. [11]

Windhoek-Kranzberg

The railway line from Windhoek to Kranzberg is 210 kilometres (130 miles) long and was completed in 1902. [10]

  • Windhoek (capital – junction)
  • Okahandja
  • Karibib (proposed cement works)
  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)

After the aerial image immediately below, the next three images form a kind of ‘tryptic’ which shows the TransNamib train yard and station at Windhoek. Taken together they show the full site. …

An aerial image showing Windhoek train yard, © Hp Baumeler and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [28]
These three images taken together cover the full Windhoek train yard and station. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The main station building and the TransNamib Museum are located at the Southeast corner of the whole site.

Windhoek Railway Station building with a static locomotive display sitting outside its front entrance. The locomotive was known as ‘Poor Ole Joe’. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Windhoek Railway Station building seen from the South, © Bernhard Dunst and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [40]

Wikipedia tells us that “the station was built in a Cape Dutch-style and is located on Bahnhof Street. An additional northern wing was constructed by South African Railways in 1929 to match the existing style of the building. … The station also houses the small Trans-Namib Railroad Museum which outlines Namibian transport history, particularly that of the railway. Opened on 1st July 1993, the exhibition consists of a wide range of railway equipment, maps and related items which date back to German colonial times. Another part of the exhibition is dedicated to Namibian Airways history and Namibian Maritime history. …  Across from the entrance [to the station] stands the German locomotive ‘Poor Ole Joe’, one half of a South West African Zwillinge, No 154A, the sole surviving specimen of this type of steam locomotive. It was originally shipped to Swakopmund in 1899 and reassembled for the run to Windhoek” [23][24]

0-6-0T locomotive ‘Poor Ole Joe’ sits outside Windhoek Railway Station, © Catatine and made available for reuse under a GNU Free Documentation Licence (GNU FDL). [26]

Namibia Scientific Society posted the following on Facebook on 9th June 2020: Poor Ole Joe is a 600mm-gauge steam locomotive “and was manufactured in 1900 by Henschel & Sohn GmbH, Kassel, Germany, under the serial number 5376. It was put into operation in 1904 and operated on the Swakopmund – Windhoek route. The steam locomotive was taken out of service in 1939 after traveling approximately 371,000 miles.” [25]

There is some uncertainty over the date of fabrication of the locomotive. Perhaps the two years mentioned relate to a date when the locomotive was shipped from the factory and the date of completion of the reassembly in Swakopmund?

Looking North from Robert Mugabe Avenue which crosses the line at the North end of the train yard, the main running line is that on the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line continues North through the northern industrial corridor. In this image the line crosses an unwanted crossing with Bavaria Road to the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Continuing northwards, the line runs parallel to the access road to the TransNamib Container terminal. On the right of this picture the siding accessing the terminal can be seen leaving the main running line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The entrance to the TransNamib Holdings Ltd. Windhoek Container Terminal sits adjacent to the line to Okahandja and beyond. [Google Streetview, 2024]
As the line runs out of Windhoek to the North it runs alongside the A1, from where this picture is taken. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Much of the route North is through scrubland with low growing vegetation. Google Streetview, 2024]
Some miles still from Okahandja the line is seen passing under the B1.  [Google Streetview, 2022]
It then crosses the Swakopmund River.. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And crosses the Swakopmund River channel again! [Google Maps, June 2025]
It crosses another, unnamed, road by means of an ungated crossing adjacent to a large abattoir. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Then under the B1 which is carried by this concrete bridge. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Across Willhem Sanders Street [Google Streetview, 2024]
And across a side street of Kahimemua Avenue before arriving at Okahandja Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Okahandja Railway Station and turning triangle. Google Maps, June 2025]
Okahandja Railway Station building in 1903, © Public Domain. [27]
Okahandja Railway Station building in the 21st century, © Louise Kapp and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [27]
Okahandja Railway Station, showing goods wagons opposite the station building in the 21st century, © Louise Kapp and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [27]
Okahandja Goods Shed seen looking West from Voortrekker Road. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking towards Karibib from the B1 bridge over the line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A typical view along the line heading West. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A view Southwest from a dirt road which crosses the line just to the Northeast of a passing loop at Wilheimstal. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
A bridge over a dry riverbed close to Wilheimstal, seen from the North. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking West along the line towards Karibib from the C36. [Google Streetview, October 2024]
Looking ahead along the railway towards Karibib from a minor road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking ahead towards Karibib from the C33. [Google Streetview, October 2924]
Looking back from Kapapu Road, Karibib, along the railway towards Okahandja and Windhoek. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking Southwest into the site of Karibib Railway Station from Kapapu Road. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
An aerial view of Karibib  in 2017, showing the railway and station on the left © Hp Baumeler and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [31]
Karibib Railway Station in the 1920s, © Unknown , Public Domain. [5]
Karibib Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking back towards Karibib from Kalk Street in its Southwest suburbs. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest towards Kransberg from  Kalk Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Karibib from an unnamed street further to the Southwest. [Google Streetview, 2024
Looking ahead along the line towards Kransberg and Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line heading on towards Kransberg. A significant length of the B2 runs on the South side of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2004]
Kranzberg Railway Station and turning loop. This is a junction station, the two lines can be seen diverging on the top-right of the image. The more northerly of the two is the line to Tsumeb. The more southerly heads towards Windhoek. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Kranzburg Railway Station, © Pgallert and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [32]

Kranzberg-Walvis Bay

The railway line from Kranzberg to Walvis Bay is 201 kilometres (125 miles) long. The section between Kranzberg and Swakopmund was completed in 1902. In 1914, an extension to Walvis Bay was commissioned; the rails were laid close to the shore of the Atlantic Ocean. In 1980, this extension was replaced by an alternative route behind the dunes that allowed for higher axle load. [10]

  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)
  • Usakos
  • Arandis (crossing loop)
  • Swakopmund
  • Walvis Bay (port)
Looking back Northeast towards Kranzberg Railway Station from the B2. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Southwest along the railway towards Usakos’, Arandis and Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Key locations along the line to Swakopmund are illustrated below: …

Close to Usakos and looking back East along the line towards Kranzberg. The line turns through 90° with Usakos’ station off the right side of this photograph. A short distance to the East of this location a locomotive turning triangle has been maintained. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Usakos railway station and associated infrastructure. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Usakos in the early 20th century. The line was originally 2ft-gauge. This image was shared on the 2ft Gauge Railways in Colonial Namibia Facebook Group by Pierre de Wet on 22nd January 2024, © Public Domain. [33]
Usakos in the early 20th century. The 2ft-gauge is more clearly evident in this image which was shared on the 2ft Gauge Railways in Colonial Namibia Facebook Group by Pierre de Wet on 22nd January 2024, © Public Domain. [34]
A plinthed steam engine with Usakos’ railway station beyond [Google Streetview, 2024]
Locomotive No. SW40 at Usakos Railway Station. This is a 2’0” gauge Class Hd/NG5 2-8-2 (Henschel works number 10720) built in 1912. The building behind, is the old railway station building which has, since the picture was taken, been demolished. Loco. No.. SW40 had 2 sisters numbered 41 & 42 – together they made up class Hd. These locos retained their numbers under SAR administration, and were withdrawn in 1960 when the narrow gauge was converted to standard Cape gauge. Sister locomotive #41 is plinthed at Otjiwarongo station further to the north. Like many other SWA locos they had dust covers to protect the motion. The carrying wheels were arranged as radial axles. As there were no separate bogie truck, the axle boxes were guided in such a way that the wheels could move radially with respect to the frame. [21][22]
Usakos’ historic railway sheds. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Usakos’ historic water towers. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northwest a short distance to the South of Usakos’ railway station. The line heading for Swakopmund sits on embankment and turns to the West after leaving the station.A modern concrete bridge carries the railway over the D1914 road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Arandis: the marshalling yard is the darker of the two rail routes in this image and shows a number of wagons at rest in the yard. The main line is the lighter strip running from bottom-left to top-right. The line from Usakos and Kranzberg enters top-right, that from Swakopmund enters bottom-left. The line with the darker ballast is a branch line which serves Rossing Uranium Mine, one of the world’s largest open cast Uranium mines. [20][Google Maps, June 2025]

Before having a look at the Rossing Uranium Mine, it is worth a quick diversion Northwest of the station and marshalling yard shown above. The Namibia Institute of Mining & Technology is host to a plinthed display of a locomotive and carriages from the old 2ft-gauge railways of Namibia.

This image shows a complete (but short) 2ft-gauge train at the Namibia Institute of Mining and Technology. [Google Streetview, 2024],

This train was once on display in Windhoek. It was moved to the Namibia Institute of Mining Technology (NIMT) outside Arandis. and restored with the help of Wesbank Transport and AWH Engineering, Rigging and Rentals. The locomotive, is a Henschel Hb 56. The locomotive and its wagons were in use between Usakos and Tsumeb between 1906 and 1959. The South African Railways then donated it to the National Museum in Windhoek and in 1964 it was placed in front of the Alte Feste, but it was too close to the Reiterdenkmal and was moved in 1974 to the southern side. The train consists of the locomotive, a coal wagon, a closed goods wagon, a passenger coach for first and second class and a wagon in which the conductor travelled with the mailbags, milk and cream cans that were picked up along the route. The passenger coach could transport 16 passengers. The first-class passengers could sit on upholstered seats while the second-class passengers sat on plain wooden benches. The two classes were divided by a small washroom. The conductor’s wagon was destroyed in 2007 when it was set alight by a homeless person who slept in the train and made a fire. The boilermaker and carpentry students at NIMT renovated the train. [35]

The locomotive is from the class Hb 0-6-2T. Of the 15 locomotives built by Henschel for the Otavi line between 1905 and 1908, six were absorbed into the SAR. The engines had Allan valve gear and often ran with an auxiliary tender attached which contained both coal and water.” [36]

Rossing Opencast Uranium Mine. [20]
Rossing Opencast Uranium Mine. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The view Northeast towards the passing loop and marshalling yards at Arandis. The Uranium Mine is a few miles off to the right of the picture. Swakopmund is still me miles away behaving Nd the camera. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking ahead towards Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The Swakopmund Railway Station as it appeared in the early 20th century. [37]
The original Swakopmund Railway Station is now a hotel and casino with the modern railway station a short distance to the East. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Swakopmund Railway Station in the 21st century as flagged on Google Maps. It is difficult to make out any railway tracks at this location. The Desert Express was the only passenger service serving Swakopmund and that service was suspended indefinitely in 2020. Freight trains still run into Swakopmund. [Google Streetview, 2024][19]
A train on the Swakopmund-Walvis Bay route, © Diego Delso and approved for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [11]
Track from Swakopmund to Walvis Bay covered by sand
(22°47′17″S 014°35′20″E), © Olga Ernst & Hp.Baumeler and Iicenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [11]
Looking Southeast towards the railway station from Railway Street, Walvis Bay. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Walvis Bay Port and Railway Station: rail lines extend out onto the container port area to the left of this satellite image; run along the quay in the centre of the image (flagged ‘Walvis Bay Port); through the area where ships are berthed. A large marshalling yard sits on the Northwest side of the station which is flagged on the right side of this image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
A closer view of Walvis Bay Passenger Station and the nearby freight marshalling area. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Walvis Bay Railway Station: track side. This image was shared on LinkedIn by Johan Stewart Laubscher in 2022. [38]
Walvis Bay Railway Station: station approach. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The static enclosed display of an old steam locomotive on the forecourt of Walvis Bay Railway Station. This locomotive is ‘Hope’, a Kerr Stuart locomotive which was built at their works in Stoke on Trent and entered service in what is now Namibia in 1899. [Google Streetview, 2024]

Walvis Bay was a British enclave in German South West Africa. The first narrow gauge railway in the British ruled Cape Colony was in Walvis Bay. Initially projected merely to connect the jetty with the town, the Walvis Bay Railway was opened in 1899 and ran for twelve miles up north to the German border at Plum. [17]

On 6th March 1899 the Agent General for the Cape of Good Hope ordered a “Sirdar” class locomotive named ‘Hope’ which was almost as long in transit to Walvis Bay – where it arrived on 22nd August 1899 on board the British barque Primera – as it had been in the building. Because of the extremely light nature of the track (12 lb. rail with sleepers spaced three feet apart) HOPE was provided with an additional pair of carrying wheels at both ends. Thus the standard 0-4-0T type was converted to a 2-4-2T type. Even so the maximum axle load of ‘Hope’ in working order would be about 1¾ tons, which is considerably more than today’s suggested figure for this category of track of 1 ton 4 cwt. Within six years the railway was virtually moribund and by 1915, ‘Hope’ had been laid aside and forgotten. That was because the Germans preferred to use their own harbour in Swakopmund.” [17][18]

Two works photographs of ‘Hope’: in the one with the valance (wheel cover) raised, one of the smaller carrying wheels can just be made out on the left of the picture. [17][18]

Kranzberg-Otavi

The railway line from Kranzberg to Otavi is 328 kilometres (204 miles) long and was completed in 1906. [10]

  • Kranzberg (junction Tsumeb v Windhoek)
  • Omaruru
  • Kalkfeld (short siding)
  • Otjiwarongo (junction for Outjo)
  • Otavi

Kranzberg Railway Station has already been featured above. The next images show the line from there to Otavi. …

Kranzberg Railway Station. [Google Streetview, June 2025]

The loop allows trains from Windhoek to access the route to Otavi without reversing. That line running towards Otavi sets off from Kranzberg in a Northeasterly direction crossing a series of dry watercourses and gradually taking a more northerly course before encountering the D2315 (a dirt road).

Looking North from the ungated crossing on the D2315. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Less than 100 metres North of the D2315, this is a typical drainage culvert on the line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Just a little further North is an example of a culvert provided at a dry river/stream bed [Google Streetview, 2024]
And another culverted dry watercourse. Google Streetview, 2024]
A typical length of the permanent way seen looking North from an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line crosses the dry river bed of the Omaruru River by means of a multi-span truss girder bridge. [Google Maps, June 2025]
On the approach to Omaruru, a dirt road is bridged by the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
At Aloe Street ungated crossing, two lines are now visible heading Northeast towards Omaruru Railway Station. The line on the left is a headshunt or storage siding. [Google Streetview, 2024]
This satellite image is centred on the building at Omaruro Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Omaruru Railway Station in its earliest incarnation in 1906. At this time the line to Otavi was 2ft-gauge. The site appears to be littered with railway construction materials, © Public Domain. [30]
The station building has seen better days! This view looks East from Etjo Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Leaving Omaruru, the line passes under the C36. [Google Streetview, 2024]
It runs alongside the C33 all the way to Kalkfeld. This view is taken looking North-northwest from the road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Crossing dry river beds on the journey North. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line passes under the C33 once on the way to Kalkfeld. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Closing in on Kalkfeld there is a passing loop. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Another view of the line from the C33. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Kalkfeld: the C33 and the railway pass North-northeast through the town. There is no passenger station here. [Google Maps, June 2025]
In Kalkfeld two roads cross the line. Here we look North along the line from the first of these ungated crossings, a minor dirt road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The second ungated crossing takes the D2414 across the line, again we are looking North. [Google Streetview, 2024]

From Kalkfeld the line heads in a generally Northeasterly direction towards Otjiwarongo.

As on the earlier length of the line, we see it crossing a number of dry river beds. [Google Maps , June 2025]

The next five images are a sequence which shows a long passing loop, perhaps halfway towards Otjiwarongo.

A sequence of five images shows a passing loop. The sequence has the Northeast end of the loop in the first of the five images and the Southwest end of the loop in the fifth image, immediately above. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next five images show a sequence of structures over dry river beds

Five bridges spanning dry watercourses. [Google Maps, June 2025]
This photograph is taken from the C33 which has followed the railway Northeast towards Otjiwarongo. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Approaching Otjiwarongo, this photograph faces East-northeast from alongside an ungated crossing around 50 metres Southeast of the C33. [Google Streetview, 2024]
This photograph faces East-northeast along the approach to Otjiwarongo Railway Station. The road from which it is taken is the C38. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otjiwarongo Railway Station is a junction station with line onward to Otavi and Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Otjiwarongo Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otjiwarongo Goods Shed. [Google Streetview, 2024]
In 1912, Henschel built three 2-8-2 tender engines No. 40, No. 41 and No. 42 for the Otavi line for use on the Swakopmund-Karabib section. No. 41 is plinthed outside Otjiwarongo Railway Station. Like many other SWA locos they had dust covers to protect the motion. The carrying wheels were arranged as radial axles. As there were no separate bogie truck, the axle boxes were guided in such a way that the wheels could move radially with respect to the frame. At that time the railway was a 2ft-gauge line [Google Streetview, 2024] More information can be found here. [39]

The line to Otavi continues heading Northeast. …

The line to the Northeast of Otjiwarongo Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
At the bottom-left of the image above the line crosses the C33 at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A closer satellite view of the length of the line to the Northeast of the C33. A few sidings serve industries to the South of the line. The road at the centre of the image running North-South is Industria Street. [Google Maps, June 2024]
Looking West from Industria Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northeast from Industria Street. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The B1 to the Northeast of Otjiwarongo bridges the line. This view looks Southwest towards the railway station. [Google Str
Looking Northeast towards Otavi from the B1. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line runs parallel to the B1 heading Northeast. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking Northeast along the line from an ungated crossing at the D2430. The B1 can just be seen on the left of this image. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
A little further Northeast this photograph, taken from the B1, shows a minor road crossing the railway at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
As we travel Northeast, the landscape becomes greener. This another view looking East from the B1 and shows another ungated crossing of a minor road. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
The line passing under the B1. The landscape has changed. The line is running through dense shrubs and small trees. [Google Streetview, 2024]
In Otavi, this is Phyllis Street. It crosses the line at the Southwest end of the station site. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Otavi Railway Station and turning triangle. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Otavi Railway Station building. [Google Streetview, 2024]

It is worth noting here that the original gauge of the line from the coast to Otavi and Tsumeb was originally built to 2ft-gauge. Later it was converted to 3ft 6in gauge. The line was built for the Otavi Mining and Railway Company (Otavi Minen- und Eisenbahn-Gesellschaft or OMEG). The company was founded was a railway and mining company in German Son 6th April 1900 in Berlin with the Disconto-Gesellschaft and the South West Africa Company as major shareholders. [41]

The first locomotives designed for regular service were fifteen 22-tonne 0-6-2T locos built by Arn. Jung. [41][42: p45] Henschel & Sohn built twelve locomotives similar to the Jung design and three 0-6-0T locos. [41][42: p45] Twenty 8-wheel auxiliary tenders carrying 8 cubic metres of water and 3.5 tonnes of coal were built to enable these tank locomotives to complete longer runs. [41][42: p45][43: p65] Henschel & Sohn built three HD class 2-8-2 in 1912 with separate 8-wheel tenders for long-distance running. [42: p47] These locomotives weighed 59 tonnes (including the 26-tonne tender) and remained in service for 50 years as the 2-8-2 type became standard for the railway. [41]

By 1913, train service included 4 express trains, 14 mixed trains, and 29 freight trains each week. [42: p39] Express and mixed trains included a baggage car, a car for African passengers, and a coach for first and second class passengers. [42: p39] The passenger coaches carried concrete ballast in a depressed center section to minimize the possibility of wind tipping a lightly loaded car off the rails. [43] Express trains stopped only at designated stations, but other trains would stop at intermediate points when transport was required. [42: p39] Equipment included: 96 low-side ore gondolas; 55 high-side gondolas; 20 limestone gondolas; 20 boxcars; 12 tank cars; 4 stock cars; 3 passenger coaches; and an executive business car with a kitchen, a bathroom, and an office convertible to a bedroom at night. [41][42: p42][43: p65]

There were also some self-powered steam rail cars with a coal bunker, a mail compartment, 2 compartments for Europeans, and 4 for Africans. [41][42: p36]

Otavi-Grootfontein

The railway line from Otavi to Grootfontein is 91 kilometres (57 miles) long and was completed in 1908. [10]

  • Otavi (junction for Grootfontein)
  • Grootfontein (branch terminus)
Otavi Railway Station, seen from the C39 at the Northeast end of the station site. [Google Streetview, 2024]
From the same location on the C39 a wider view shows the sidings at Otavi Railway Station [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through approximately 180° and looking Northeast, the line to Tsumeb runs towards the hills at the left of the image. The line to Grootfontein curves away to the right. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Otavi Railway Station from the ungated crossing on Josef Buchholz Avenue. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through 180°, this is the view Sputheast from Josef Buchholz Avenue towards Grootfontein. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Heading Southeast out of Otavi the line to Grootfontein passes under the B1. This is the view along the line from the road and bridge. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Out of Otavi, the line soon starts to accompany the B8 in its journey East. This photograph is taken from the B8 and shows an ungated crossing on a minor road. [Google Streetview, 2024]
An ungated crossing provides access from the B8 into Kombat. The road is the D2863. This is the view East at the crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line turns away from the B8, to the North. As it does so it crosses the D2860 at an ungated crossing.

The line to Grootfontein crosses the D2860 at an ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The line follows the D2860 and then the D2905 before passing under the B8, as it heads for Grootfontein.

An ungated crossing to the South of the D2905. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view ahead along the line towards Grootfontein from the B8. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view towards Grootfontein from a minor road ungated crossing. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Much closer to Grootfontein, another view East along the railway. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The fuel depot at Grootfontein. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Grootfontein Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Grootfontein Railway Station in 2007. This image was shared on the African Railway Station Stopping Places Facebook Page In 2012. [46]
Grootfontein Railway Station goods depot in 2007. This image was shared on the African Railway Station Stopping Places Facebook Page In 2012. [47]

Grootfontein railway station is being converted into a logistics hub for business with the DRC and Zambia.

At the moment, trucks from the DRC, Zambia or Namibia travel about 2,500 kilometres from Walvis Bay harbour to Lubumbashi. With the introduction of the Grootfontein hub, these trucks will travel a distance of about 1,400 kilometres. TransNamib is prepared to dedicate four trains a week for this business idea. [44] 

Immediately to the East of the railway station the line turns to the South and is clearly not well used and significantly overgrown in places. [Google Maps, June 2025]
After a few hundred metres the line turns to the East. It can clearly be made out towards the bottom of this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line continues East and passes under the D2830. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking West from the D2830, a short length of the line can be seen just to the right of the centre of this image. [Google Streetview, 2024]
To the East of the D2380 a series of sidings still exist. [Google Maps, June 2025]
It is harder to make out the sidings in this view. The photograph looks East from the D2380. [Google Streetview, 2024]
These last two satellite images show the extent of the tracks in the industrial area to the East of the D2380. [Google Maps, June 2025]

Otjiwarongo-Outjo

  • Otjiwarongo (junction for Outjo)
  • Outjo (railhead)

Otjiwarongo Railway Station is illustrated above. The railway line from Otjiwarongo to Outjo is 69 kilometres (43 mi) long. The first 26 kilometres (16 mi) were completed under the German colonial administration in 1914/1915; the railway line was named Amboland Railway in reference to the territory of the Ovambo people. The link to Outjo was completed in 1921 under South African rule. [10]

The branch line to Outjo can be seen turning away North from the line to Otavi. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The branch line crossed the C33 at an ungated crossing. This photograph looks South from the C33 towards Otjiwarongo Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Turning through 120°, or perhaps more, standing on the C33, the rails of the line to Outjo disappear into the vegetation. The line has clearly not been used for some time. However, we will see that much of the line to Outjo remains in place and perhaps could be renovated should the need arise. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The line curves round towards the West. On the way it appears often out of the undergrowth. Here, this minor road crosses the old railway and the signs still stand proudly either side of the line, either side of the railway. [Google Streetview, 2924]
The road shown above appears bottom-right of this image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line then heads Southwest for a while before gradually turning through the West to the Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line appears out of the brush quite often and sometimes for significant distances, as these two. [Google Maps, June 2025]
These two images are typical of what can be seen on satellite imagery. The line appears out of the brush quite often and sometimes for significant distances. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line turns through West to Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
It continues, Northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
One passing loop appears out of the undergrowth. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Here it can be seen crossing another minor road. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And then a tarmac road. All crossings are ungated. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next series of six photographs show sidings parallel to the running line. This location is more than just a passing loop but I have not been able to establish whether a specific local industry was the reason for the sidings. The photographs run in sequence Southeast to Northwest. …

The last of six photographs of sidings adjacent to the line to Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]

The next sequence of four photographs shows a passing loop on the line. In sequence, these photographs run from the Southeast to the Northwest. …

The last of a series of four satellite images showing a passing loop on the Otjiwarongo to Outjo Railway. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Further to the Northwest the line crosses the Ugab River. [Google Maps, June 2025]
And then the C39 road, after which the line turns to the West and runs into Outjo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking North from the C39 entering Outjo. A series of rail sidings sit to the North of the running line. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The last photograph looks North from the C39 at the left side of this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Outjo Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Outjo Railway Station in 1961, © SAR Publicity & Travel Department. [45]
Outjo Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The turning triangle at the end of the line performed the

Otavi-Oshikango

In 2005, a new 89 km section of Northern Railway from Tsumeb to Oshivelo was opened by President Sam Nujoma, as part of the “Northern Extension” of the railway link from Kranzberg to Otavi. Construction on the project’s second phase, a 59 km stretch from Ondangwa to Oshikango on the Angolan border at a cost of about N$329m, was scheduled to be completed by December 2007. Ondangwa Station opened in 2006 for freight.

In phase 3, a 58 km branch from Ondangwa to Oshakati was constructed at an estimated cost of N$220m, for completion in December 2008. For the future a connection from Oshikango to a point near Cassinga is planned on Angola’s southern railway system. [11][13][14]

The Ondangwa-Oshikango line was officially opened by President Hifikepunye Pohamba in July 2012. In order to keep the system operational and safe, provincial governor Usko Nghaamwa implored local residents to stop stealing railroad ties and sections of the wire fence. [11][15]

  • Otavi (junction for Grootfontein)
  • Tsumeb
  • Ondangwa (junction)
  • Oniipa (road bridge)
  • Onjdiva [11][14]
  • Namacunde [11][16]
  • Oshakati
  • Oshikango (Angolan border)
The C39 crossed the railway immediately to the North of Otavi Railway Station. as we have already noted, this view from the ungated crossing shows the branch to Grootfontein heading away to the right and the line North-northeast to Tsumeb heading for the distant hills. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The journey towards Tsumeb runs uneventfully over flat ground surrounded by shrub and small trees, heading North-northeast, until it reaches Ohorongo Cement Works.

An aerial view of the works can be found here. [48] That view looks North across the Works and shows the railway and a dedicated branch to the Works in the background.

Ohorongo Cement Works. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The passing loop and access to the cement works’ private sidings. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The dedicated siding can be seen leaving the main line at the Southwest end of the passing loop. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The siding curves round along the Northeast side of the Works. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The siding ends towards the Northeast corner of thecsite

The railway continues Northeast over largely unremarkable flat terrain, before turning East, encountering one arm of the B1 and then a triangular junction.

Looking back West from the B1 towards Otavi. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
The view East from the B1 towards Tsumeb. [Google Streetview, May 2024]
An early photograph of a 2ft-gauge train close to Tsumeb, © Not supplied, but made available under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [49]
The triangular junction to the West of Tsumeb. The northern arm heads for Oshivelo, Omuthiya, Ondangwa, Oniipa, Onjdiva, Namacunde, Oshakati and Oshikango. The eastern arm to Tsumeb and beyond. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Tsumeb Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Tsumeb freight depot, with the line serving Tsumeb’s large mine passing under the B1. [Google Maps, June 2024]
The turning triangle at Tsumeb sits immediately alongside the B1 to the South of the fright depot. [Google Maps, June 2025]
A diagrammatic representation of the rail network around Tsumeb, © Tabletop and licenced for reuse under a GNU Free Documentation Licence. [52]
Tsumeb Railway Station in 1908 in 2ft-gauge days! © Public Domain. [55]

Encyclopedia Britannica tells us that “In 1851 Sir Francis Galton, a British explorer, made note of copper ore deposits in the vicinity of what later became the town of Tsumeb. An Anglo-German company acquired mining rights for the Tsumeb area in 1903. Southwest of Tsumeb is the site of the final German troop surrender to South African forces in World War I. The town remained a small copper-mining centre until the Tsumeb mine was purchased in 1947 by a largely U.S.-based corporation. It has since been developed as a planned company town (although ownership of the mine has changed hands several times), exploiting mineral deposits that include significant amounts of lead and copper as well as zinc, cadmium, silver, and germanium (a metalloid element used as a semiconductor). An integrated copper and lead smelter treats concentrates from Tsumeb and other mines. Owambo labourers are the chief contract workers.” [50]

The mine, owned by Dundee Precious Metals sits to the East of the B1.

Tsumeb’s Mine is owned (in 2025) by Dundee Precious Metals, [51], a Canadian-based international gold mining company with operations and projects located in Bulgaria, Ecuador, Namibiaand Serbia. . [Google Maps, June 2025]
Rails and building under construction at Tsumeb Mine, © Not supplied, but made available under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [53]
The old smelter at Tsumeb in 1910, © Public Domain and shared by jbdodane on Flickr on 9th April 2014. [54]

The line to the North of Tsumeb left the triangular junction to the West of the town heading first to the West and then to the Northwest and then directly North alongside the D3007, before turning West-northwest again.

Looking Southeast from the B1 towards Tsumeb. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northwest from the B1 along the line towards Omuthiya. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The ungated crossing at the D3007. [Google Maps, June 2025]

After a few kilometres on a West-northwest heading, the line then turns to the North-northwest and runs parallel to the B1 for some considerable distance.

The B1 and the railway converge and head North-northwest. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line seen from the B1. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The ungated crossing on the D3004. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The view North-northwest along the line from the ungated crossing on the D3001. [Google Streetview, 2022]
The line diverges from the B1 just to the South of the River Owambo. Both the railway and the road cross the river in this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Triangle on the South side of the D3610 at Oshivelo. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Oshivelo Railway Station on the North side of the D3610. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking South East from an ungated crossing just to the Southeast of Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Looking Northwest from the same ungated crossing into the site of Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2022]
Omuthiya Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2025]
The line to the Northwest of the station, seen from the South. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A short distance further up the line looking back towards Omuthiya. [Google Streetview, 2024]
A little further Northwest again, this time looking North towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking back towards Omuthiya from the ungated crossing on the D3603. [Google Streetview, 2024]
At the same ungated crossing, this photograph is taken looking forward towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Two culverts then take the line over the dry channel of the River Gwashigam. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking back Southeast from the bridge carrying the D3622 over the line on the approach to 0ndangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking Northwest from the same bridge towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, June 2025]
Looking South-southeast from an ungated minor dirt road crossing closer to Ondangwa Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Looking West-northwest towards Ondangwa. [Google Streetview, 2024]
Ondangwa Railway Station and turning triangle. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking South East from the B1 overbridge into the site of Ondangwa Railway Station. [Google Streetview, 2024]
The view West from the same bridge across the turning triangle, the arm on the right leads to the line heading North towards the Angolan border. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Fuel depots sit alongside the line as it heads North. [Google Maps, June 2025]
Looking North from the bridge carrying the C45 over the railway which is now closing in on the railhead on the Angolan border. [Google Streetview, 2024]

The next three images are a sequence of North-facing photogra

The last photograph on the northern line is a satellite image showing the railhead

The railhead in Oshikango at the Namibia/Angola border. [Google Maps, June 2025]

References

  1. Charles E. Lee; The Longest Narrow-Gauge Railway; in The Railway Magazine, February 1952, Tothill Press, Westminster, London, p121-123.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_South_West_Africa, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  3. https://www.britannica.com/place/German-South-West-Africa, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  4. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_West_African_Jung, accessed on 7th June 2025.
  5. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Namibia, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  6. Helmut Schroeter; Die Eisenbahnen der ehemaligen deutschen Schutzgebiete Afrikas und ihre Fahrzeuge = Die Fahrzeuge der deutschen Eisenbahnen 7 [The Railways of the former German Protectorates in Africa and their Rolling Stock = the Rolling Stock of the German Railways 7]. (in German); Verkehrswissenschaftliche Lehrmittelgesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main, 1961.
  7. Helmut Schroeter and Roel Ramaer; Die Eisenbahnen in den einst deutschen Schutzgebieten: Ostafrika, Südwestafrika, Kamerun, Togo und die Schantung-Eisenbahn: damals und heute [German colonial railways: East Africa, Southwest Africa, Cameroon, Togo and the Shantung Railway: then and now] (in German and in English); Röhr-Verlag, Krefeld, 1993.
  8. Brenda Bravenboer and Walter Rusch; The First 100 Years of State Railways in Namibia; TransNamib Museum, Windhoek, 1997.
  9. According to Schroeter; Bravenboer does not mention this line.
  10. Klaus Dierks; The South African Period 1915–1989: The Development of the Namibia Railway Network!; via http://www.klausdierks.com/Namibia_Rail/2.htm, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  11. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_transport_in_Namibia, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  12. Not used.
  13. Ministry of Trade & Industry; Northern Railway Extension; via http://www.mti.gov.na/subpage.php?linkNo=72, this link is broken.
  14. Angola- Namibia Link; railwaysafrica.com; via https://web.archive.org/web/20141023100300/http://www.railwaysafrica.com/blog/2014/10/21/angola-namibia-link-3, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  15. Namibia: Community Vandalizes New Railway Line (9th July 2012); New Era; via http://allafrica.com/stories/201207090857.html, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  16. RailwaysAfrica No. 5, 2014, p11, via https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Railways_Africa, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  17. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2008/07/walvis-bay-hope-steam-locomotive.html?m=1, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  18. The Industrial Railway Record Issue No. 37, June 1971, p78-85.
  19. https://www.expertafrica.com/namibia/windhoek/desert-express, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  20. https://www.rossing.com, accessed on 8th June 2025.
  21. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usakos_railway_station, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  22. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/11/plinthed-class-hd-at-usakos-in-namibia.html?m=1, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  23. Leith Paxton & David Bourne; Locomotives of the South African Railways (1st ed.); Struik, Cape Town, 1985, p117 & 121.
  24. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windhoek_railway_station, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  25. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1De1p8q5Mj/l, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  26. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:LocomZwillinge_Windhoek1.JPG, accessed on 9th June 2025.
  27. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Okahandja_railway_station, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  28. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Train_station_Windhoek_(2018).jpg, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  29. https://www.gettyimages.co.uk/detail/news-photo/trainload-of-armoured-cars-south-west-africa-world-war-i-news-photo/463970465, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  30. https://m.wikidata.org/wiki/Q7089896#/media/File%3AEisenbahnstation_Omaruru_1906.jpg, a cessed on 10th June 2025.
  31. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Karibib_aerial_view.jpg, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  32. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Kranzberg_Station.jpg, accessed on 20th June 2025.
  33. https://www.facebook.com/groups/namib2footers/permalink/6730769210360985, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  34. https://www.facebook.com/groups/namib2footers/permalink/6730826530355253, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  35. https://www.namibian.com.na/historic-train-preserved-for-posterity, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  36. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/?m=1, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  37. https://www.news24.com/life/travel/go/then-now-swakopmund-railway-station-20240927, accessed on 10th June 2025.
  38. https://www.linkedin.com/posts/johan-stewart-laubscher-53342658_namibia-railinfrastructure-makinghistory-activity-6815601290438037504-swBC?utm_source=share&utm_medium=member_android&rcm=ACoAAFKPlCQBKyM6SVcRIYzuUN4W9XocTSJS0sY, accessed
  39. https://steam-locomotives-south-africa.blogspot.com/2007/11/narrow-gauge-locomotive-plinthed-at.html?m=1, accessed on 11th June 2025.
  40. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windhoek_railway_station, accessed on 11th June 2025.
  41. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otavi_Mining_and_Railway_Company, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  42. Frederic J. Shaw; Little Railways of the World; Howell-North, Berkeley, California, 1958.
  43. Dick Andrews; Extra Narrow Gauge Junction: Otavi Ry., State Northern Ry. in South Africa [sic]; in Narrow Gauge and Short Line Gazette, Volume 16 No. 1, 1991, p63–66.
  44. https://www.namport.com.na/news/428/grootfontein-train-station-new-logistics-hub-for-drc-zambia, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  45. http://atom.drisa.co.za/collections/N_Collection_lo-res/N70462.jpg, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  46. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1CBLYcCydW, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  47. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15abDSmZ7m, accessed on 12th June 2025.
  48. https://maps.app.goo.gl/Ta8Pcutiq8dYKQ1c8?g_st=ac, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  49. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Tsumeb_Railway.JPG, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  50. https://www.britannica.com/place/Tsumeb, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  51. https://dundeeprecious.com/about-us/overview, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  52. https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/e6/Diagram_Tsumeb_railway_station_2007.jpg, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  53. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Tsumeb_2.JPG, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  54. https://www.flickr.com/photos/jbdodane/13848969294, accessed on 13th June 2025.
  55. https://picryl.com/media/1908-bahnhof-tsumeb-b561a6, accessed on 13th June 2025.

The Highland Railway – Part 5 – The Fortrose (or Black Isle) Branch

Stanley Jenkins tells us that “The opening of the Inverness & Rossshire Railway between Inverness and Dingwall on 11th June 1862 brought the benefits of rail transport to a prosperous farming area in Ross & Cromarty. The line was completed throughout to Invergordon on 25th March 1863, while a series of subsequent extensions eventually resulted in the creation of the Highland Railway’s ‘Far North’ line between Inverness and Wick. Inevitably the 161½ mile ‘Far North’ line omitted large numbers of places that would have benefited from direct rail links, and for this reason several branch-line schemes were put into effect during the latter part of the 19th century.” [1: p48]

The Black Isle peninsula, between the Beauly and Cromarty Firths, became the focal point for two such schemes, only one of which was successful.” [1: p48]

Wikipedia tells us that “The Highland Railway was surprised when in 1889 the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNoSR) proposed the construction of a railway to Fortrose, … The GNoSR operated a network from Aberdeen and the nearest place to Inverness served by it was at Elgin, some distance away. The branch would have been detached from the owning railway, but running through the Black Isle it would have made a junction with the Highland Railway at Muir of Ord. A ferry operation from Fortrose to Ardersier, on the south side of the Moray, was included in the plans. Ardersier was then known as Campbelltown, and a railway branch to it was included. Two other schemes striking into Highland territory were proposed at the same time, elevating Highland Railway discomfort about its competitive position.” [2][3]

The two companies had been adversaries for some time, and in 1883 and the following years there had been a state of continual warfare over junctions, frontiers and running powers. … The Highland saw at once that if this branch were built, it would be easy for the GNoSR to demand running powers into Inverness to reach its branch, and in that way the rival company would have gained access to the Highland’s stronghold.” [2]

After considerable ‘argument’ between the two companies, the GNoSR and the Highland Railway each submitted Bills to the UK Parliament for a line to Fortrose.

It was the Highland Railway’s scheme which received Parliamentary consent on 4th July 1890. Jenkins tells us that it was for a “16 mile branch line between Muir of Ord, on the ‘Far North’ line, and the fishing port of Rosemarkie. The gentle topography of the Black Isle ensured that the proposed line could be built with relative ease, and on 1st February 1894 a single line was opened as far as Fortrose a distance of 13 miles 45 chains. The final section between Fortrose and Rosemarkie was never built, the terminal station at Fortrose being deemed a suitable railhead for the surrounding district.” [1: p48]

The Fortrose Branch is shown as a red line on the image running from Muir of Ord to Fortrose, © Afterbrunel and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0) [4]

The Fortrose branch provided useful transport facilities … on the South side of the Black Isle, but it was felt that better facilities were needed on the North side of the peninsula. The 1896 Light Railways Act offered a solution to this local transport problem, and on 1st August 1902 a Light Railway Order was obtained for construction of a 19 mile line between Conon, on the ‘Far North’ line, and Cromarty. Work began at the Cromarty end, but subsequent progress was painfully slow, and extensions of Time Orders were obtained in 1907, and again in 1910. … About six miles of track was actually laid between Cromarty and Newhall, but all work was suspended in 1914 on the outbreak of World War I. At that time, construction work was in hand on a further two miles of line, but little had been done on the remaining eleven miles of line to Conon. The track was lifted around 1915 for use in the war effort, leaving the earthworks and other engineering features of the unfinished light railway in a derelict condition.” [1: p49]

If the Cromarty & Dingwall Light Railway had been completed it would have had stations at Alcaig Ferry, Culbokie, Drumcudden, and Newhall. Other halts may have been opened once the line was in operation, while there were also suggestions that the route might be extended south-westwards from Cromarty to Rosemarkie and Fortrose, thereby creating a scenic ‘coastal’ route around the Black Isle that would have had considerable potential as a tourist attraction. Unfortunately the changed economic conditions after World War I meant that schemes of this kind were no longer viable, and the Fortrose branch was therefore left in splendid isolation as the only completed railway in the Black Isle area.” [1: p49]

The Fortrose route was worked as a feeder branch for the ‘Far North’ line, and as such it was moderately-successful. Like other Highland Railway branch lines it was normally worked by small tank locomotives such as the Dübs 4-4-0Ts. Other engines seen on the line were Drummond’s well-known 0-4-4 branch-line tanks.” [1: p49]

The Route from Muir of Ord to Fortrose

The extracts below from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904, published in 1906 cover the site of Muir of Ord Railway Station. [6] Jenkins tells us that “Muir of Ord – the junction station for branch services to Fortrose – was opened on 11th June 1862 when the initial section of the Highland ‘Far North’ line was brought into use between Inverness and Dingwall.” [1: p49]

The station was orientated from North to South, with its main station building on the down, or northbound side. The track layout was relatively complex, with sidings on both sides of the running line and a lengthy crossing loop. The main goods yard, with accommodation for coal, livestock, furniture, machinery, and general-merchandise traffic, was situated to the south of the platforms on the down side. One of the yard sidings passed through a goods shed, while others were used mainly for coal or other forms of wagon-load traffic. Further sidings were available on the up side, and one of these gave access to a 50ft diameter locomotive turntable.” [1: p49]

Wikipedia tells us that “The station is 13 miles 4 chains (13.05 mi; 21.0 km) from Inverness, between Beauly and Conon Bridge, and is the location of the sole remaining passing loop on the single line between Dingwall and Inverness.” [5]

The station building and platform canopy were erected in 1894, [5][7] 32 years after the station itself opened. [8] Passenger services on the branch ceased on 1 October 1951, but the branch remained open for freight until 13 June 1960. Muir of Ord station was closed on 13 June 1960 but reopened in 1976, on 4 October.” [5][8]

After the railway bridge across the River Ness washed away in February 1989, isolating the entire network north of Inverness, Muir of Ord was chosen as the location for a temporary depot, from which the stranded rolling stock could operate the service to the highland communities which depended on the line.” [5][9]

In November 2015, work commenced on a new A862 road bridge at the northern end of the station.” [5][10]

The project cost £3.7 million and was completed in the Summer of 2017. [11]

This ESRI satellite image supplied by the NLS shows the station site after the reconstruction of the raod bridge. [6]

Wikipedia tells us that “in the 21st century, both station platforms have modern waiting shelters and benches, with step-free access. There is a car park and bike racks adjacent to platform 1, along with a help point near to the entrance from the car park.” [5]

As there are no facilities to purchase tickets, passengers must buy one in advance, or from the guard on the train.” [5]

The station has a passing loop 32 chains (700 yd; 640 m) long, flanked by two platforms which can each accommodate a ten-coach train.” [5][12]

On 11th June 1862 the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway opened their line between Inverness and Dingwall. It included a station at the village of Tarradale but the company decided to name it after the nearby cattle tryst (market), Muir of Ord. Eventually the name Muir of Ord was applied to the surrounding area.” [14]

Looking North at platform level, Highland Railway No. 21can be seen in 1913 in charge of a southbound passenger service. The locomotive was one of Highland Railway’s 12-strong ‘Barney’ class of 0-6-0 locomotive. They were designed by Peter Drummond to pull goods traffic but they frequently found themselves on passenger service duty, as seen here. HR 21 was built by Dübs & Co of Glasgow and was delivered in August 1902, © Public Domain. [13] This image appears to have been sourced from the http://www.ambaile.org.uk/Highland Railway Society website. [14]
Looking South from the footbridge at the North end of the station site sometime in the 1920s. The ‘Strath’ class of 4-4-0 passenger locomotives were built for the Highland Railway by Neilson Reid & Co. of Glasgow in 1892. They were built to the design of David Jones, the company’s locomotive superintendent, and were similar in design to his other locomotives, with the exception of having larger boilers. The twelve locomotives were numbered 89 to 100 and six of them passed into LMS ownership in 1923. This photograph shows LMS 14272 ‘Strathdearn’ heading North at Muir of Ord. On completion for the Highland Railway it carried the number 92 and was renumbered on five occasions: to 92A in June 1918; to 92 in August 1918; to 92A again in April 1919; to 92 in September 1919 and 92A in July 1921. It was one of the class to pass into LMS ownership and was numbered 14272 by the new company. It was withdrawn from service in February 1930, © Public Domain. These two images were found on a youTube video but the source will be Am Baile and they probably come from the Highland Railway Society Collection, © Public Domain. [13]
Looking South at platform level in 1978, a train from Inverness to Wick and Thurso pauses to collect passengers at Muir of Ord station. © The Carlisle Kid and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [15]

As can be seen in the image below, all of the station buildings have been removed and replaced with waiting shelters with little or no character.

The modern facilities at Muir of Ord Railway Station are quite primitive. The phot was taken from the West in 2023. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Southeast across the original bridge at the North end of Muir of Ord Station site. [10]
The replacement structure at the North end of the Station site as it appeared from the air in 2017. [11]
Looking South from the road bridge in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Southeast across the road bridge in 2023. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northwest across the road bridge. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking North from the road bridge towards the location of the Fortrose branch line junction. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking North from a trackside location just to the North side of the road bridge at Muir of Ord, a train from Kyle of Lochalsh heads South into the station, © The Carlisle Kid and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [16]

On leaving Muir of Ord, branch trains diverged eastwards, and having, executed a full 90 degree turn the route maintained its easterly heading for about two miles.” [1: p49]

A further extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904, published in 1906. This extract shows the brach leaving the main line just North of the Station and heading East. [17]
The same area as shown on ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS, in the 21st century. [17]
As the line curved to the East it was crossed at level by a track. [17]

Additional sidings on the north side of the station provided locomotive facilities for the branch engine. The main engine siding gave access to a 50ft turntable, while a ‘kick-back’ spur ran into a single-road engine shed; another siding served as a coaling road. The station building was a typical Highland Railway timber-framed structure which was similar to its counterparts at Hopeman and Burghead, albeit with a second cross-wing at the left-hand end (when viewed from the platform). The resulting building was thus an ‘H-plan’ structure with a central block flanked by two cross-wings.” [1: p51]

In the 21st century, the track has been replaced by a modern estate road – Highfield Circle. The road entering bottom-centre is Fairmuir Road, that leaving top-right is part of Highfiels Curcle. These two roads approximately follow the line of the old railway. [17]
A short distance to the East the line was in cutting and bridged by a minor road. [17]
ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS shows the realigned road in the 21st century. The approximate line of the old road (blue) and railway (red) have been superimposed on the image. The modern road is named ‘Balvaird Road’. [17]
A short distance further East the line was crossed by a farm access raod at a level-crossing. [18]
The same location in the 21st century as shown on Google Maps satellite imagery. The lane is now named ‘Hawthorne Road’. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Looking North along Hawthorne Road, across the line of the old railway (marked approximately by the red line). Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking West from Hawthorne Road along the line of the old railway towards Muir of Ord. The line of the railway is gated by the single-bar gate and it ran from there towars the distant trees. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
A footpath follows the line of the old railway to the East of Hawthorne Road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

From Hawthorne Road eastwards a public footpath follows the line of the old railway. There is a leaflet of walks for the area around Muir of Ord. One of the four walks included in the leaflet includes a length of the old railway. [19]

The walk follows the Balvaird Road from Muir of Ord crossing the railway at the location we noted above. It crosses open fields to get to Spital Wood before dropping down to the line of the olfd railway, following that West to Hawthorne Road and from there back to Muir of Ord. The return leg of the walk runs East-West and almost entirely follows the line of the railway. [19]
The footpath along the old railway, to the East of Hawthorne Road. This view faces East, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [39]
A summertime view looking East at the same location, © Stephen Craven and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [40]

Our journey runs West to East along a straight section of the old line as far as the B9169.

The road running from the top to the bottom of this map extract was to become the B9169. The coming of the railway meant that the original road location at this point had to be altered to accommodate a railway bridge over the road. After closure of the railway the bridge was removed and the road reverted to its original course. [20]
The ESRI satellite imagery shows the same location in the 21st century. [20]
Looking East from the B9169 in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, March 2022]
Looking West from the B9169, the railway embankment is more visible. [Google Streetview, March 2022]
Looking East along a minor road which now follows the remaining rail embankment. The embankment can be seen on the left. [September 2021]
An old railway bridge to the East of the B9169. It appears on the left of the map extract below. It carried the Fortrose Branch presumably over a farm track under the railway, now rather overgrown, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [43]
With the line continuing East on embankment it first crossed a cattle creep and then a lane, as shown here in this extract from the 1904 25″ OS survey. [21]
The same length of the line in the 21st century on the NLS provided ESRI satellite imagery. [21]
Looking Northwest from the minor road at the point on the right side of the satellite image where the road turns to the Southeast. This photo shows the rail embankment running above and beyond the road across the image. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

For a short length the old railway formation has been ploughed back into farmland. The next image looks back along the line of the old railway from a point further to the East.

This image looks East from the point where the modern farm track comes back to run parallel to the old railway route. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Just a short distance further to the East the track turns up onto the old railway formation. This is the view back East from that point. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Further East again, a track crossed the old line by means of a stone bridge. [23]
The same location in the 21st century – the track entering from the left of this extract from the NLS ESRI satellite imagery occupies the old railway formation before slipping off to the North side of the line as the old line runs in cutting to pass under the accommodation bridge which sits just to the right of the centre of the image. To the West of the track, the line disappears in cutting into Spital Wood. [23]
The view East along the old railway alignment from a point close to the Eastern edge of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Here, looking East, the modern farm track leaves the railway alignment which runs ahead into a. Cutting and then under an accommodation bridge. [Google Streetview, 2012]
A little further East along the old railway formation. The dead tree which is prominent in this image can be seen in the image immediately above. The parapets of the bridge seem here appear on the next two photographs, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [37]
The accommodation bridge parapets, seen from the South. [Google Streetview, 2012]
The same bridge parapets seen from the North. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Looking West towards Muir of Ord from the bridge in the images above, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [71]

After passing under the accommodation bridge, the old line ran east in cutting through what is now Spital Wood. Then, ” curving east-north-eastwards,” Jenkins tells us, “the railway continued to Redcastle (3 miles 58 chains), where the single-platform station was equipped with a full range of accommodation for goods, passengers, and livestock traffic.” [1: p49]

After a few hundred metres in cutting, the line had a short length close to the surrounding ground levels where a siding was provided. I have not been able to establish what function this short siding and its adjacent buildings performed. [24]
A closer view of the same facility, trains heading towards Fortrose would need to lay bay into the siding to release wagons. [24]
The same location as seen on modern satellite imagery, now surrounded by Spiral Wood. [24]
Old railway bridge, in Spittal Wood – a small bridge under the old railway line close to the siding above, now fenced off, and a bit overgrown with bushes, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [41]
A second underbridge, just a short distance to the East of the bridge above, it is a small bridge under the old railway line, this was probably a cattle creep. The bridge is now fenced off with a ditch running underneath, and partly blocked by trees, ©  Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [42]

A typical old fence post alongside the line of the old railway in Spittal Wood, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [36]
At the East end of Spiral Woods looking East along the old railway, © Valenta and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [35]
A little to the East of Spittal Wood, this view North across the fields by Blairdhu shows a cattle creep which passed under the line at this point, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [45]
The next significant structure was a bridge carrying the line over an access track. [25]
The same location in the 21st century. [25]
An access over bridge provided when the line was built. [26]
The same location in the 21st century. [26]
Just to the Southwest of Redcastle Station a minor road bridged the line. [27]

Pictures of the station soon after closure can be seen on the Canmore website, here [46] and here. [47]

The same location. In the 21st century. [27]
Redcastle Railway Station seen from across the adjacent field. This is the only remaining station building on the Fortrose Branch (Black Isle Railway). When this photograph was taken in 2014 it was the offices of Nansen Highland, a charity providing training for young people. It continues to serve in this way, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [38]
Redcastle Station building seen from the approach road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
This extract shows the full length of the Redcastle Station site. [27]
And this image shows the site in the 21st century. [27]
The route of the old railway line, heading from Redcastle Station towards Linnie. This was the site of a goods yard, with several sidings just to the left here. Some parts of the platforms remain, now hidden amongst the trees, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [44]

Beyond [Redcastle], trains climbed towards the 250ft contour, the line’s modest summit of around 260ft above mean sea level being sited near the next station at Allangrange. Situated some 5 miles 39 chains from the junction, Allangrange was another fully-equipped station with provision for a range of goods traffic.” [1: p49]

The line continued in an East-northeast direction towards Allangrange Railway Station. [28]
The same area as shown on the 21st century NLS ESRI satellite imagery. [28]
Looking Southwest along the old railway towards Redcastle Station from the minor road towards the left of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, April 2011]
Looking Northeast along the old railway towards Fort from the minor road towards the left of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, April 2011]
Looking Southwest along the line of the old railway from the A832. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway from the A832. [Google Streetview, July 2008]
Again, still heading East-northeast, trains drew closer to Allangrange Railway Station. [29]
The same area in the 21st century. [29]

The line curved round from an East-northeast direction to and easterly alignment before entering Allangrange Railway Station.

From the point at which the old line crossed another lane, this is the view back towards Redcastle Station. The tree at the centre of the image on the horizon stand immediately adjacent to the line of the railway. [
Little can be seen looking towards Allangrange Railway Station from the minor road as the rail alignment close to the road is overwhelmed by vegetation. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
The line curved round to run in an easterly direction through Allangrange Railway Station which had a reasonable sized goods yard to the West of the passenger facilities. [30]

The same location in the 21st century. The major road at the West end of the old station site is the modern A9 dual carriageway. [30]
This is the view East along the line of the old railway from the A9 dual carriageway. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Noe looking East from the A9 through the trees and through the site of Allangrange Railway Station. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking West from the old A9 into Allangrange Station site. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking East from the old A9 towards Fortrose. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

Beyond Allangrange Station, and heading east-north-eastwards again, “the single-line railway descended towards Munlochy (8 miles 2 chains) which, like the other intermediate stations on the Fortrose branch, was fully-equipped for all forms of goods traffic.” [1: p49]

Another overbridge to the East-northeast of Allangrange Railway Station. [31]
The same location in the 21st century. [31]
A little further East-northeast, an accommodation overbridge was provided over the old railway. [32]
The same location in the 21st century. [32]
A farm track runs parallel to the dismantled railway line which ran to the left of this image, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under this Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [52]
The line ran through the village of Munlochy and onto  Munlochy Railway Station. [33]
Munlochy in the 21st century. [33]
Bridge over the long-disused railway line approaching Munlochy, © Juliian Paren and licensed for reuse under s Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [50]
Close to Munlochy, this view looks Southwest from Littleburn along the line of the old railway. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking Northwest on Littleburn. The old railway ran across this image behind the building featured. [Google Streetview,July 2011]
Looking Southwest approximately along the line of the old railway from Station Brae towards what was a bridge over Littleburn. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along Station Road, Munlochy. The railway ran on the Northwest side of the road. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Munlochy Railway Station on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904. [34]
The same area in the 21st century, housing now occupies the site of the old railway station. [34]
Further Northeast, another view along Station Road. The passenger station building was on the left here and the station site ran through the location of the houses which are prominent in this image. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

Three images of Munlochy Railway Station can be seen online at http://www.ambaile.co.uk here, [53] here [54] and here. [55] Kind permission has been given to reproduce two of these images in this article.

Munlochy Railway Station looking Northeast. [53]
Munlochy Railway Station, looking Southwest along the platform. [54]
Looking Northeast through the station site from Cameron Crescent. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Again, looking NorthEast through the station site along Station Court. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking back Southwest from Millbank Road (B9161) through the station site. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway from Millbank Road (B9161) towards Fortrose. The A842 is just to the left. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

From Munlochy the route passed over a small underline bridge, and with the A833 (later A832) road maintaining a parallel course to the left, Fortrose trains reached Avoch Station (11 miles 25 chains).” [1: p49]

To the East of Munlochy the line sat on an embankment above the surrounding fields, it crossed two cattle creeps before the structure shown a few images below. That structure appears on the left of this OS map extract. The track shown on the right of this extract crossed over the line to serve Easter Gateside. The track remains but the buildings are long go ne. The cutting shown here has been infilled. [56]
The same length of the old railway as it appears in the 21st century. [56]
This embankment was built to carry the old railway. The A832 runs immediately alongside the old railway formation. The tree-topped Ord Hill is prominent on the right, © Richard Dorrell and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [48]
The line of the railway between Munlochy and Avoch.in the summer months, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [49]
The railway underbridge just to the West of Ord Hill, © Dave Thompson and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [51]
In this view from the A832, the slight mound visible close tot the telegraph pole and against the backdrop of Ord Hill is the location of the bridge which carried the track to Easter Gateside over the old railway. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Further Northeast the line ran through Corrachie Crossing – 25″ Ordance Survey of 1904 (published 1906). [57]
Corrachie Crossing as it appears on the NLS ESRI satellite imagery. [57]
A mile further Northeast the road which would become the A832 crossed above the old railway as shown at the left of this exctract from the 1904 (published 1906) 25″ Ordnance Survey. Immediately beyond the road over rail bridge trains entered Avoch Railway Station. [58]
The same area in the 21st century, the station site has been devloped as a small housing estate. [58]
Looking East through the site of the old railway station at Avoch from the turning head on the estate Road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
The view East towards the East end of the station site in 2015, © Nigel Thompson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [59]
Immediatel;y to the East of Avoch Railway Station, the old line crossed Avoch Burn, passed under a road bridge and then over another minor road. [60]
The same area in the 21st century. Another housing estate occupies the route of the old railway. [60]
The old railway bridge over Avoch Burn, Valenta and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [61]

From Avoch, the line continued north-eastwards for a further … three miles to its terminus at Fortrose where, some 13 miles 45 chains from Muir of Ord, journeys came to an end in a surprisingly large station.” [1: p49-51]

To the East of the railway station the line curved first Southeast and then round to the Northeast. [62]
The same area on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [62]
The line ran Northeast through Craig Wood towards Fortrose Railway Station. [63]
The same location alongside the Moray Firth. [63]
A short distance beyond Avoch, looking back to the Southwest, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [67]
Lol oking Southwest along the old railway line in Craig Wood, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [66]
Looking Northeast along the path along the old railway in Craig Wood between Avoch and Fortrose, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [65]
Getting closer to Fortrose, this view looks along the old railway to the Northeast towards Fortrose, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [69]
Close to Fortrose looking back Southwest along the old railway through Craig Wood, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [68]
This extract from the 1904 25′ Ordnance Survey shows Fortrose Railway Station. [64]
The same location in the 21st century. [64]
Fortrose Railway Station site: the view north across the old station forecourt towards the end of the platform and the buffers, with the station building having been to the extreme left. The former weighbridge in the foreground appears to be the only visible evidence of what was here before, © Copyright Nigel Thompson and licensed for reuse under this Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [70]

Fortrose had just one platform on the up side, with a run-round loop to the north and a four-siding goods yard to the south. One of the goods sidings passed through a goods shed, while another served a loading bank; a spur at the west end of the goods yard formed a short headshunt.” [1: p51]

Fortrose Railway passenger station building had “the booking hall and general waiting-room … in the centre part of the building, while the booking office and toilets were housed in the ends. The timber structure was clad in American-style vertical matchboarding, with thin cover strips affixed at each join to produce a ‘ribbed’ effect.” [1: p52] The centre block was recessed between the cross-wings to create a roofed waiting area at the front of the station.

Fortrose Railway Station building and platform on the last day of steam, © Unknown. [72]
Looking Northeast along the platform at Fortrose Railway Station. The local pickup goods has yet to pick up any wagons, © Unknown. [72]
Engine No 14399 ‘Ben Wyvis’ sits at Fortrose Station waiting to depart with its train for Muir of Ord on 4th August 1948, © Unknown. [72]

Additional photographs of the Station can be found on the www.ambaile.co.uk website here, [73] here [74] and here. [75] Kind permission has been given to reproduce these photographs here.

Fortrose Railway Station from the end of the platform in 1912, showing the station building. A branch train is in the platform and a locomotive is on the turntable in the background. [73]
Fortrose Railway Station seen from the Northeast (adjacent to the buffers). Llocomotive No. 57594 is described in the notes for the next image. Here it is about to be turned to take its train back to Muir of Ord. [74]
Locomotive No. 57594 has just been turned and is being readied to haul the last train from Fortrose.
The locomotive is an ex-Caledonian ‘812’ Class 0-6-0, built in August 1900 as CR No. 856, becoming LMS No. 17594 and finally BR No. 57594. It was withdrawn in December 1962. [75]

Decline and Closure

The Fortrose branch was relatively successful. Its passenger services were maintained throughout the LMS era. But the line “became increasingly vulnerable to road competition after World War II, and for this reason its passenger services were withdrawn with effect from 1st October 1951. Goods traffic lingered on for a few more years, but the end came in 1960, with the line being closed to all traffic from 13th June of that year.” [1: p52]

References

  1. Stanley Jenkins; Highland Railway Minor Lines: 2; in Rex Kennedy (ed.); Steam Days; Red Gauntlet Publications, Bournemouth, Dorset, January 2002; p48-57.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fortrose_Branch, accessed on 7th March 2025.
  3. H.A. Vallance, C.R. Clinker and Anthony J. Lambert; The Highland Railway; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1985.
  4. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Fortrose_rly.png, accessed on 7th March 2025.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muir_of_Ord_railway_station, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  6. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.51748&lon=-4.46140&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  7. John Gifford; The Buildings of Scotland, Highland and Islands; Yale University Press, 1992.
  8. Michael Quick; Railway Passenger Stations in Great Britain: A Chronology (PDF) (5th ed.); Railway and Canal Historical Society, London, 2022.
  9. Peter Caton; Remote Stations; Matador, Leicestershire, 2018, p242.
  10. Richard Rooney; Work to start next month on vital Highland bridge replacement; Press and Journal, 14th October 2015; via https://www.pressandjournal.co.uk/fp/news/inverness/722267/work-to-start-next-month-on-vital-bridge-replacement, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  11. https://www.georgeleslie.co.uk/projects/muir-ord-railway-bridge-replacement, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  12. Martyn Brailsford; Railway Track Diagrams 1: Scotland & Isle of Man (6th ed.); Trackmaps, Frome, December 2017 (1st edition was 1987), Map 18C.
  13. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9to-7k8BYsw, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  14. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27761, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  15. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2485366, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  16. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2485360, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  17. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.52018&lon=-4.45449&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52138&lon=-4.44706&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=83, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  19. https://themuirhub.org/walks-around-the-muir, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52118&lon=-4.43217&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52121&lon=-4.42751&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=57.52093&lon=-4.41841&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=91, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=57.52082&lon=-4.41692&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52054&lon=-4.40763&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52308&lon=-4.39050&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52588&lon=-4.37867&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.52846&lon=-4.36778&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53157&lon=-4.35467&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53479&lon=-4.34343&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53615&lon=-4.32768&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54145&lon=-4.30038&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  32. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54524&lon=-4.28371&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54982&lon=-4.26387&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  34. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.55170&lon=-4.26085&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  35. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5872795, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  36. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3847775, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  37. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3552936, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  38. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840210, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  39. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3420066, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  40. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6777852, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  41. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840181, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  42. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3843627, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  43. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2660345, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  44. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840241, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  45. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840264, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  46. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/435134, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  47. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/435135, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  48. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3796578, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  49. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6893634, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  50. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3389352, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  51. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7755584, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  52. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6833474, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  53. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/93/de6b4a84015a3dc994419527853a0730/5/17b67afcae996d41df5ce9c0c0f85799/27778.jpg, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  54. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/93/8714e03bf00f9f3da55ddabcc2a96a2b/5/37a6facb1be1e10521780c5190e0b68a/27775.jpg, accessed the on 29th March 2025.
  55. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15KnbQPdre, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  56. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.5&lat=57.55560&lon=-4.23886&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=91, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  57. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56245&lon=-4.21449&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  58. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56910&lon=-4.18718&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  59. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4413772, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  60. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56931&lon=-4.17724&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  61. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5570187, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  62. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.56924&lon=-4.16934&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  63. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.57417&lon=-4.15474&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  64. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.58180&lon=-4.13470&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  65. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7596643, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  66. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7166928, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  67. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7169674, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  68. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7166914, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  69. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7169691, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  70. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4413804, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  71. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3883075, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  72. http://www.fortroseandrosemarkiearchive.org/groups.asp?id=, accessed on 1st April 2025
  73. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27308, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  74. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27303/1/EN27303-fortrose-station-from-the-east-end.htm, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  75. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27302, accessed on 1st April 2025.

The Mother of All Inventions. …

Why were railways created?

What were the circumstances which brought about their existence?

History does not make it easy to take out one example from a steady continuum of change. …

David Wilson writes: “There have been track or plateways since Roman times. You might say that these could be brought within the term railway and therefore the Romans invented the railway.” [1: p61]

Except there were railways of a sort, at least as far back at 600 BCE, possibly going back even further, maybe as far back as 1000 BCE. The clearest example being the Diolkos Trackway. [2] This was a paved trackway near Corinth in Ancient Greece which enabled boats to be moved overland across the Isthmus of Corinth.

David Wilson continues: “For most people, however, the railways began with the Stockton and Darlington (S&D), though I’m sure many people already appreciate that history is not always what it seems.” [1: p61]

David Wilson tells us that if one wished to take the view that the first ever railway was the first to have been authorised by Parliament, then the first railway was built in Leeds – The Middleton Railway. “The Middleton Railway was given Parliamentary Assent in 1758 and began using steam traction in 1812, two years before the advent of Mr Stephenson’s first locomotive, ‘Blucher’, and 13 years before the opening of the S&D.” [1: p61]

But there is more to consider. … The Lake Lock Rail Road opened in 1798 (arguably the world’s first public railway). It carried coal from the Outwood area to the Aire and Calder navigation canal at Lake Lock near Wakefield. [3][4] The Surrey Iron Railway was the first railway to be authorised by the UK Parliament (21st May 1801).  It was a horse-drawn railway which ran between Wandsworth and Croydon. [5][6][7][8][9] It was followed by The Carmarthenshire Railway or Tramroad (authorised by Act pf Parliament on 3rd June 1802). It was a horse-drawn goods line, located in Southwest Wales, the first public railway first authorised by Act of Parliament in Wales.[3][10][11][12]

The Low Moor Furnace Waggonway was constructed in 1802. It connected Barnby Furnace Colliery to Barnby Basin on the Barnsley Canal. It was replaced in 1809 by The Silkstone Waggonway which operated until 1870. [19][20] The Merthyr Tramroad, between Merthyr Tydfil and Abercynon, also opened in 1802. [5][13][14][15][16][17][18] The Lancaster Canal Tramroad (also known as the Walton Summit Tramway or the Old Tram Road), was completed in 1803. It linked the north and south ends of the Lancaster Canal across the Ribble valley. [21][22]

The first steam locomotive to pull a commercial load on rails was Penydarren (or Pen-y-Darren) was built by Richard Trevithick. It was used to haul iron from Merthyr Tydfil to Abercynon, Wales. The first train carried a load of 10 tons of iron. On one occasion it successfully hauled 25 tons. However, as the weight of the locomotive was about 5 tons the locomotive’s weight broke many of the cast iron plate rails. [5][13][14][15][16][17]

We could go on to mention:

  • The Croydon, Merstham & Godstone Goods Railway opened in 1805; [23]
  • The Sirhowy Tramroad opened in 1805; [24]
  • The Ruabon Brook Tramway (also known as Jessop’s Tramway or the Shropshire Union Tramway) also opened in 1805; [25][26][27][28]
  • The Middlebere Plateway (or Middlebere Tramway) opened on the Isle of Purbeck in 1806; [29][30][31][32]
  • The Monmouthshire Canal Tramway, open by 1806; [33][34]
  • The Oystermouth Railway, opened in 1806; [35][36] and
  • The Doctor’s Tramroad, Treforest which opened in 1809. [37][38][39]
  • The Monmouth Railway authorised by the UK Parliament in 1811. [5][72][73]
  • The Kilmarnock & Troon Railway which opened in 1812. [5][74][75][76][77]
  • The Killingworth Waggonway of which a first stretch opened in 1762 and which was extended in 1802, 1808 and 1820. [78][79][80][81][82][83]
  • The Haytor Granite Railway of 1820 which not only transported granite from Dartmoor as freight but ran on granite rails. [84]

The drawing of the locomotive Blücher (below) was done by Clement E. Stretton, © Public Domain. Blücher was built by George Stephenson for the Killingworth Waggonway. It was the first of a series of locomotives which established his reputation as an engine designer and eventually “Father of the Railways”.

We could list other railways opening before the S&D in 1825. The use of steam power at The Merthyr Tramroad and The Middleton Railway preceded its use on the S&D. A very strong claim to be the most significant development in the early 1800s could be made on behalf of The Middleton Railway. But it is the Stockton & Darlington (S&D) Railway which has caught the imagination and it is the 200th anniversary of the S&D which is being celebrated in 2025 as the beginning of the railway age.

Why is this?

It is clear that the claim to fame of the Stockton and Darlington (S&D) is lessened, at least, by the prior claim of the Middleton Railway both as first to be sanctioned by Parliament and first to make commercial use of steam power. The claims associated with other railways which preceded the S&D also must be significant. However, there is one important and fundamental difference between it and them. David Wilson says that, unlike the Middleton Railway, “the S&D was constructed with a view to carrying other companies’ goods and, to a lesser extent, to carry people.” [1: p61]

In addition, he says, “Bear in mind the distinction between the carriage of goods and people, and between carrying one’s own goods and those of others. In many ways this type of division is what distinguishes the modern concept of the railway as a system for the transport of goods and passengers on a hire and reward basis from the early plateways and railways such as the Middleton, which were not essentially built to carry anything other than goods, typically coal, for their owners.” [1: p61]

Perhaps, though, there are more grounds for the place taken in history by the S&D. Rather than just running between a pithead and a coal wharf on a canal, river or road and serving specific industrial concerns, the S&D also was built by public subscription and linked one town to another.

David Wilson continues: “To arrive at a description of what constitutes a railway we have to enlarge our definition to include not only Parliamentary Sanction, the use of rails or tracks, and the carriage of goods, but also the carriage of the public, the carriage of public goods and that one settlement be joined to another by the laying of a line paid for through the issue of shares. Thus … a railway is a set of tracks laid between two centres of habitation, which carries goods or people for commercial reward and has been authorised by Act of Parliament. It will have been built through the raising of public funds, either through the sale of shares in it or via government spending from the public purse.” [1: p61]

Let’s return to the era before the existence of the steam locomotive, the era of that list of lines highlighted above (and many more).

David Wilson comments: “The growth of the coal mining industry in the later part of the 17th and early 18th century had led to a growth in the plateway systems used to move the coal from the pit head to [a road], canal or river for shipment to the growing cities and the newly built mills. By as early as 1645 there were wagonways taking coal from the Durham coalfields down to the Tyne. By 1800 there were more than 100 miles of these plateways in the Tyneside area alone.” [1: p61]

Similar developments were taking place elsewhere in the UK:

  • The first overground railway line in England may have been a wooden-railed, horse-drawn tramroad which was built at Prescot, near Liverpool, around 1600 and possibly as early as 1594. Owned by Philip Layton, the line carried coal from a pit near Prescot Hall to a terminus about half a mile away. [40]
  • The Wollaton Waggonway in Nottinghamshire was in use by 1604. [5]
  • In East Shropshire and around the Severn Gorge; [41][42] A railway was made at Broseley in Shropshire some time before 1605 to carry coal for James Clifford from his mines down to the River Severn to be loaded onto barges and carried to riverside towns. It is possible that Clifford’s ‘railway’ was in use as early as 1570 and a similar line may well have been constructed by William Brooke near Madeley, again down to the River Severn. [43: p21] By 1775, there were a number of both short and long tramroads in the area around the Severn Gorge.
  • The Tranent to Cockenzie Waggonway was built by the York Buildings Company of London, to transport coal from the Tranent pits to the salt pans at Cockenzie and the Harbour at Port Seton, in Haddingtonshire, now East Lothian. [5][44]
  • The Alloa Wagon Way was constructed in 1768 by the Erskines of Mar in Alloa, to carry coal from the Clackmannanshire coalfields of central Scotland to the Port of Alloa. [45]
  • The Halbeath Railway opened in 1783, from the colliery at Halbeath to the harbour at Inverkeithing. [46][47]
  • The Charnwood Forest Canal, sometimes known as the ‘Forest Line of the Leicester Navigation’ was, under the guidance of William Jessop, using railways to supplement the canal between Nanpantan and Loughborough wharf, Leicestershire by 1789. [5][48]
  • The Butterley Gangroad (or Crich Rail-way) was built by Benjamin Outram in 1793. [49][50][51][52][53][54][55][56][57]
  • The Earl of Carlisle’s Waggonway opened in 1799 from coal pits owned by George Howard, 6th Earl of Carlisle around Lambley to Brampton, Cumbria. [51][58] There is some confusion over dates. The earliest opening date quoted is 1774, the latest 1799. [59] Dendy Marshall says that it was built in 1775. [60] C.E. Lee says it was constructed in 1798. [59][61]

It is perhaps easy to loose sight of the scale of these industrial undertakings. The rapid expansion of mining, plateways and railways “led to an increase in the numbers of horses in use … and a growth in the amount of horse feed needed. By 1727 The Tanfield Waggonway, in Co. Durham, carried 830 wagon loads of coal daily that’s a lot of horses.” [1: p61][5][62][63] “In 1804, the Middleton Colliery line was carrying 194 loads per day. Each wagon held about 2.5 tons and required the use of one horse and driver.” [1: p61]

A crisis in the use of horses and wagons occurred early in the 19th century with the advent of the Napoleonic Wars. The conflict became a significant drain on both horse and horse feed availability. The resulting inflation in the price of horses and feed lowered the profitability of each wagon load of coal. David Wilson says that, “The more visionary (or greedy, depending on your point of view) pit owners started to search for alternatives to the horse to move their goods to market. They provided their pit engineers with money and materials to experiment with steam power to replace horse power.” [1: p61]

Of course, steam power wasn’t new. Knowledge of the power of steam had been around since before the Common Era in Greek society [64][65][66] and the pits themselves had steam engines for pumping out the water and for lifting coal to the surface, or as winding engines on rope-worked inclines. [66][67] Newcomen’s first engine was installed for pumping in a mine in 1712 at Dudley Castle in Staffordshire. [66][68] What was new was first, the expiry of Boulton & Watt’s patent for a high-pressure steam engine, [5][69] and second, the idea of making the steam engine mobile, thus creating the steam locomotive. What eventually became even more revolutionary was the idea of creating a network of railways to serve the whole country. [1: p61]

We sometimes talk of a ‘perfect storm’ (a particularly violent storm arising from a rare combination of adverse meteorological factors), when we are talking about a series of adverse conditions occurring at the same time – a situation caused by a combination of unfavourable circumstances. The opposite of a ‘perfect storm’ is usually assumed to be a period of calm. However, the true opposite of a perfect storm is the occurrence (co-occurence) of a series of positive factors which combine to produce something significantly valuable. Wilson says that “as with almost anything man-made, there must be certain ingredients present. To bake a cake you need eggs, flour, milk etc. and in creating a railway you need, metalworking skills, engineering expertise, labour, capital and an incentive.” [1: 61]

The early years of the 19th century saw a timely co-incidence of these and other factors:

  • growing shortages of horse and feed coupled to the rising prices of both;
  • poor road conditions;
  • a rapidly developing understanding of engineering – Wilson suggests that this was “as a consequence of the more theoretical works of philosophers such as Newton, Descartes and Leibniz. … Such men have a reputation as creators or exponents of the mechanistic world view. Prior to the works of these men many had thought, and indeed some still do think, that the earth was a living entity. However, the views espoused by Newton, Descartes and Leibniz came to be accepted, the world was made up of dead, lifeless and inert matter, here to benefit mankind;” [1: p62]
  • the availability of skilled and unskilled labour – particularly the ‘navigators’ who were skilled in the techniques of earthworks, tunneling and bridge building – the men who had earlier built the canals. (“These men were to become the skilled labour of the railway construction industry and in turn they passed on their skills to the former farm labourers who were recruited to railway works as the lines progressed along their routes“); [1: p62]
  • developing metalworking skills – “the Darby family, who set up the … Coalbrookdale foundry. had acquired new skills in metalworking from tinkers, in what is now the Netherlands;” [1: p62] After constructing Ironbridge, “the Coalbrookdale ironmasters began to widen their horizons. One of their number, John “Iron Mad” Wilkinson, constructed what was reputedly the first iron barge and, more importantly, … the smiths of Coalbrookdale collaborated with Richard Trevithick in the construction of his locomotive – they cast the cylinder block and the plates for the construction of the boiler;” [1: p62]
  • the increasing availability of financial capital;
  • the increasing birth rate and the better health of the work-force which provided the necessary labour while engineering work was still labour-intensive.

The Availability of Capital

Among the physical factors listed above is an interesting financial factor which will bear some scrutiny. Wilson tells us that “the capital to build the world’s first public railway came, not from the Government, but from the Society of Friends, the Quakers.” [1: p62] He notes too that the Darby family whose Coalbrookdale plant had such a formative influence in the early days of the industrial revolution, were also Quakers. Wilson explains that Quakers were isolated from much of society and public life because of a refusal to sign up to the articles of faith of the established church. However, the same religious views made them sympathetic to works performed for the public good. Various Quaker families began to take an interest in the developing railway sphere. The website quakersintheword.org [70] tells the story of the significant role played in financing railways played by the Quakers.

In 1818 a small group of Quaker businessmen, including Edward Pease and his son Joseph from Darlington, Benjamin Flounders and the banker Jonathan Backhouse, met to discuss the possibility of building a railway from Darlington, passing several collieries, to the port of Stockton.” [70] 

The Act of Parliament required for the work to take place faced significant delays in the parliamentary process. “The delay proved very significant, as in April 1821 Edward met George Stephenson and recruited him as an engineer for the railway. The original intention had been that the coaches would be horse drawn, just like all the others now in existence. However, George convinced Edward that steam engines were the future for railways, and that he could build them. The Pease family then put up much of the capital that enabled Stephenson to establish a company in Newcastle, where he built the locomotives.” [70]

After the opening of the Stockton & Darlington Railway, “the railway network grew under the guidance of Edward’s son Joseph, who opened the Stockton & Middlesbrough branch in 1828. … In 1833 Joseph became the first Quaker to enter Parliament and the railway interests passed to his brother Henry. In 1838, Henry opened the Bishop Auckland & Weardale line, followed by the Middlesbrough and Redcar line in 1846. Henry wanted to traverse the Pennines and in 1854 he started the Darlington & Barnard Castle line, which opened in 1856.” [70]

Quakers were often involved in railway developments in the 19th century, for instance, “in 1824, a group of merchants, including Quaker philanthropist and anti-slavery campaigner James Cropper, went to see the Stockton and Darlington railway.  They soon began building the Liverpool and Manchester railway, which opened in 1830.” [70]

Incidentally, Quakers “were also responsible for two innovations that improved the way these new passenger railways worked – timetables and tickets. James Cropper produced a 12-page timetable for the Liverpool and Manchester railway, probably the first railway timetable ever.  It was the forerunner of Quaker George Bradshaw’s Railway Companion, published in 1839. Bradshaw’s became a household name for anyone using the railways. … The second innovation was the railway ticket. In 1839 Thomas Edmundson, another Quaker, was appointed station master at Milton, on the Newcastle and Carlisle line.  He was unhappy that customers paid their fares directly to him without receiving a receipt.  Consequently he introduced the railway ticket, which came into general use with the creation of the Railway Clearing House in 1842.” [70]

The Birth Rate and Increasing Health of the UK Population

Wilson points us to one more significant factor in the development of railways in the early 19th century. “Seemingly disconnected and irrelevant factors were playing their part. During the period from the end of the civil war (1649) onwards there was a growing awareness of the value of the human being as resource, and a concerted effort was made to increase the birth rate and to cut the death rate. … This did not stem from any rise in humanitarianism but from a recognition that people were worth money. After all, in the 1640s and on into the 19th century, slavery was still common throughout the so-called civilised world, including Britain. Improvements in diet and sanitation increased life exресtancy. It is no coincidence that the first workhouses began to appear around the middle of the 17th century – a reasonably fit and healthy population produced more than a sickly and unfit one.” [1: p62]

By the beginning of the 19th century, the conditions were in place for a major economic expansion. A growing empire and military strength ensured the supply of raw materials and provided a growing market place for the products made from them. An expanding population provided the physical means by which the empire might be held together. Technology provided the ability to carry out the grand design. The workhouses and other reforms had created a disciplined workforce.” [1: p62-63]

By 1850, a quarter of a million workers – a force bigger than the Army and Navy combined – had laid down 3,000 miles of railway line across Britain, connecting people like never before. [71]

And Finally …

Wilson suggests one other, less definable, reason for the dramatic welcome given to steam technology in particular. He suggests that there was a more visceral connection to steam power which predisposed humanity to embrace the technology.

No doubt, the S&D was at the forefront of engineering developments it was “the white heat of technology, the frontier of science.” [1: p63] Wilson asks us to consider that there was (and still is) a connection between “a piece of primitive industrial technology, the steam locomotive and its enduring popularity, and an ancient, and some might say mystical, view of the world.” [1: p63]

Wilson says: “Prior to the advent of the mechanistic world view in which cause and effect, hard science and hard facts are the order of the day, people held to a more animistic philosophy. Miners would pray to the earth before digging it up. … In this more mystic view of the world things were not made of chemicals and atoms, molecules and the force of gravity. They were composed of the four elements – earth, air, fire and water.” [1: p63] He asks us to consider whether “the reason so many people took to the steam engine and the railway when it began was that the steam locomotive has a unique blend of the four elements not only in its construction but in the very forces and requirements necessary for its movement. … [It] is made from the ores of the earth, heated by fire which needs air to burn. The metals from the forge are then tempered by water whilst being shaped on the anvil. In order to make the steam locomotive work, coal, or part of the earth, is consumed along with air in a fire which turns water into steam which in turn brings the locomotive to life.” [1: p63]

We all know that all men, are just little boys at heart. Increasingly women are involved in the preservation movement. There seems to be a deep emotional connection for many of us between the steam beasts of earth, wind, fire and water that reigned over the railway networks for the world for more than a century and a half and our own psyche, something deeply ‘elemental’!

Whatever the cause, the early 19th century saw humanity embrace steam-power and the benefits it brought with open arms and wallets.

References

  1. David Wilson; Mother of Inventions; in the Evening Mail Supplement, 1st June 1993, p61-63.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diolkos, accessed on 2nd March 2025.
  3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1790s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  4. https://web.archive.org/web/20100604080339/http://www.stanleyhistoryonline.com/Lake-Lock-Rail-Road.html, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timeline_of_railway_history, accessed on 7th January 2025.
  6. https://web.archive.org/web/20070523122428/http://www.stephensonloco.fsbusiness.co.uk/surreyiron.htm, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  7.  Dorian Gerhold; The Rise and Fall of the Surrey Iron Railway, 1802–46 (PDF); in Surrey Archaeological Collections, Vol. 95, 2010, p193–210; via https://archaeologydataservice.ac.uk/archiveDS/archiveDownload?t=arch-379-1/dissemination/pdf/vol_95/surreyac095_193-210_gerhold.pdf, accessed on 6th February 2025.
  8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1801_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surrey_Iron_Railway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  10. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/275707, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  11.  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1802_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  12.  M.R. Connop Price; The Llanelly & Mynydd Mawr Railway; Oakwood Press, Oxford, 1992.
  13. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/02/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-1
  14. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/02/06/the-penydarren-tramroad-south-wales-part-2
  15. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/91513, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  16. https://www.irsociety.co.uk/Archives/59/Penydarren.htm, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  17. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/91513, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  18. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merthyr_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  19. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Low_Moor_Ironworks, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  20. Silkstone Waggonway, South Yorkshire: Survey Report (PDF). Vol. 1; Yorkshire Archaeological Trust,  August 2012; via https://web.archive.org/web/20160311113301/http://iadb.co.uk/epip/Silkstone%20Waggonway%20Vol%201%20text%20plates%20figures.pdf, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  21. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lancaster_Canal_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  22. S. Barritt; The Old Tramroad – Walton Summit to Preston Basin; Carnegie Publishing, Lancaster, 2000.
  23. Paul W. Sowan; The Croyden, Mertsham & Godstone Iron Railway: A Short Chapter in a Long Story; The Bourne Society (LHR45), Croydon, London, 2006, LHR45, p53-69; via https://bournesoc.org.uk/bslivewp/wp-content/uploads/CMG-Iron-Railway-SECURE.pdf, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  24. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirhowy_Railway#Sirhowy_Tramroad, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  25. Alan Jowett; Jowett’s Railway Atlas; Patrick Stephens Limited, 1989, p57, 59.
  26. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruabon_Brook_Tramway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  27. Trefynant – Opening of Branch Railway at Trefynant Works; in Wrexham Advertiser, 6th January 1866, p8.
  28. Meeting of the Wrexham District Highways’ Board; in Wrexham Advertiser. 26th January 1867, p5.
  29. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middlebere_Plateway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  30. R.W. Kidner; The Railways of Purbeck (Third ed.); Oakwood Press, 2000.
  31. Purbeck’s clay railways; in Dorset Life Magazine, January 2007; via https://web.archive.org/web/20070927150728/http://www.dorsetlife.co.uk/articles/ArticlesDetail.asp?ID=599, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  32. Middlebere Plateway; The Purbeck Mineral & Mining Museum; via https://web.archive.org/web/20070928063415/http://www.pmmmg.org/Middlebere.htm, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  33. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monmouthshire_and_Brecon_Canal#Monmouthshire_Canal_Tramway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  34. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/308291, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  35. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1807_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  36. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swansea_and_Mumbles_Railway, accessed on 9th January 2025.
  37. https://cof, lein.gov.uk/en/site/407018/?ref=goodoil.news, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  38. https://coflein.gov.uk/en/site/96185, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  39. https://britishlistedbuildings.co.uk/300024912-machine-bridge-also-known-as-pont-y-doctor-pontypridd/photos/147433, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  40. Mark Jones; Lancashire Railways – The History of Steam; Countryside Books, Newbury, 2012 p. 5.
  41. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2022/04/25/ancient-tramroads-near-telford-part-1-tramroads
  42. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2022/04/26/ancient-tramroads-near-telford-part-2-the-coalbrookdale-company-tramroads-shown-on-the-1882-83-6-os-maps-published-in-1887-and-later-surveys
  43. Peter King, The First Shropshire Railways in G. Boyes (ed.), in Early Railways 4: Papers from the 4th International Early Railways Conference 2008, Six Martlets, Sudbury, 2010, p70–84.
  44. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tranent_to_Cockenzie_Waggonway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  45. An oblique aerial photograph taken facing north shows a general view in 1928 of Alloa, its Town Hall, Marshill and Church Street. The wagon road which was used to transport coal from the Holton area of Sauchie to Alloa harbour. Although the tracks are gone the road still exists from Station Hotel down to South School. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/SPW020247, accessed on 7th January 2025.
  46. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1780s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  47. Mark Poustie; Halbeath Railway; via https://www.railscot.co.uk/articles/Halbeath_Railway/#google_vignette, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  48. https://waterways.org.uk/waterways/discover-the-waterways/charnwood-forest-canal, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  49. Early Years; https://web.archive.org/web/20180120205818/http://www.butterleygangroad.co.uk/bgearlyyears.html, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  50. https://heritagecalling.com/2015/03/17/heritage-highlights-where-is-one-of-the-worlds-oldest-surviving-railway-tunnels, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  51. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1790s_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  52. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Butterley_Gangroad, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  53.  https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1422984?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  54.  https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-england-derbyshire-31951751, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  55.  P. Riden; Outram, Benjamin (bap. 1764, d. 1805); in the Oxford Dictionary of National Biography; Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2004; via, https://www.oxforddnb.com/display/10.1093/ref:odnb/9780198614128.001.0001/odnb-9780198614128-e-20959, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  56. https://historicengland.org.uk/listing/the-list/list-entry/1109195?section=official-list-entry, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  57. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steam_Horse_locomotive, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  58. Brian Webb & David A. Gordon; Lord Carlisle’s Railways; Railway Correspondence & Travel Society, 1978.
  59. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brampton_Railway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  60. C.F. Dendy Marshall; A History of British Railways Down to the Year 1830; Oxford University Press, London. 1938, 1971.
  61. C.E. Lee; The Brampton Railway; in The Railway Magazine, May and June 1942.
  62. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanfield_Railway, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  63. Tanfield Railway; Wear – BBC Home; via https://www.bbc.co.uk/wear/content/articles/2008/05/20/tanfield_main_feature.shtml, accessed on 25th February 2025.
  64. Hero (Heron) of Alexandria, described in detail what is thought to be the first working steam engine. He called it an aeolipile (“wind ball”). His design was a sealed caldron of water was placed over a heat source. As the water boiled, steam rose into the pipes and into the hollow sphere. The steam escaped from two bent outlet tubes on the ball, resulting in rotation of the ball. The principle he used in his design is similar to that of today’s jet propulsion. Hero (Heron) did not consider this invention being useful for everyday applications: he considered his aeolipile invention as a novelty, a remarkable toy. https://www.smith.edu/hsc/museum/ancient_inventions/steamengine2.html, accessed on 3rd March 2025. The same device was also mentioned by Vitruvius in De Architectura about 100 years earlier. [66]
  65. https://blogs.bl.uk/digitisedmanuscripts/2020/12/ancient-steam-engines.html, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  66. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_the_steam_engine, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  67. In 1712, Thomas Newcomen’s atmospheric engine became the first commercially successful engine using the principle of the piston and cylinder, which was the fundamental type of steam engine used until the early 20th century. The steam engine was used to pump water out of coal mines. [66]
  68. Steven Johnson; The Invention of Air: A story of Science, Faith, Revolution and the Birth of America; Riverhood Books, New York, 2008.
  69. https://mises.org/mises-daily/james-watt-monopolist, accessed on 8th January 2025.
  70. https://www.quakersintheworld.org/quakers-in-action/286/Railways-in-Britain, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  71. https://www.railwaymuseum.org.uk/objects-and-stories/navvies-workers-who-built-railways, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  72. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/wylam-wagonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  73. https://www.twsitelines.info/smr/1032, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  74. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kilmarnock_and_Troon_Railway, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  75. Campbell Highet; The Glasgow and South Western Railway; Oakwood Press, Lingfield, 1965.
  76. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1812_in_rail_transport, accessed on 20th February 2025.
  77. C.J.A. Robertson; The Origins of the Scottish Railway System 1722–1844; John Donald Publishers, Edinburgh, 1983.
  78. https://my.northtyneside.gov.uk/sites/default/files/web-page-related-files/Killingworth%20Moor%20Archaeological%20Assessment.pdf, accessed on 3rd March 2025.
  79. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/blucher, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  80. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Killingworth_locomotives
  81. Clement E. Stretton; The Railway World, Volume VI; 1897.
  82. https://co-curate.ncl.ac.uk/killingworth-waggonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  83. https://www.northeastheritagelibrary.co.uk/coalsarchive/ww07/killingworth-waggonway, accessed on 15th January 2025.
  84. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haytor_Granite_Tramway, accessed on 27th April 2025

Henry Robinson Palmer and Early British Monorails

Henry Robinson Palmer (1793-1844) was a British engineer who designed the first monorail system and also invented corrugated iron!

Born in 1793 in Hackney, he was the son of the Revd Samuel Palmer, a nonconformist minister, and his wife, Elizabeth, née Walker. [1] He was baptised in Tooting [2] and was educated at the academy run by his father and between 1811 and 1816 was an apprentice at 1811-16 Apprenticed to Bryan Donkin and Co.

When he finished his apprenticeship, Palmer was taken on by Thomas Telford, working for him for 10 years and involved with a variety of road/canal surveys and associated designs. In 1818, Palmer was one of three young engineers key to the founding of the Institution of Civil Engineers and on 23rd May 1820, he formally became a member of the Institution. [3]

Elijah Golloway recorded Palmer’s ideas for a Suspension Railway in the image above which is dated 1822. It seems as though Galloway’s book, History of the Steam Engine, From Its First Invention to the Present Time: Illustrated by Numerous Engravings From Original Drawings, Made Expressly for This Work, was not published until 1828 by B. Steill. [4][5]

On 22nd November 1821, Palmer patented his proposed monorail system. [6][19: p57]

In 1823, Palmer wrote his short book, Description of a Railway on a new Principle, (J. Taylor, 1823) about his monorail ideas. [7]

The illustrations immediately below come from a copy of that book which is held by the Science Museum. [7]

Palmer was unaware of the experimental work being undertaken in Russia at around the same time. The work of Ivan Kirillovich Elmanov is covered here. [26]

These images are taken from H.R. Palmer; ‘Description of a Railway on a New Principle’
and are released by the Science Museum under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-NC-SA 4.0) [7]

In his book, Palmer refers to examples of railways already constructed. It is clear that he is talking of railways which operate on more traditional principles. He tabulates those to which he is referring in a table which is reproduced below: the Llanelly Tramroad; the Surrey Tramroad; the Penrhyn Slate Quarries, edge rail road; the Cheltenham Tram Road; a branch of the Cheltenham Tram Road; Edge Rail Roads near Newcastle-upon-Tyne. These he compares with his own proposed railway which was built in Deptford Dockyard in London in 1824. [6]

Table showing the resistance form the rails of various railways in use in the early 19th century. [8: p29]

History only seems to record two of Palmer’s monorails in the UK. The first was constructed at Deptford as we have already noted. The second was built at Cheshunt and opened about 3 months prior to the Stockton & Darlington Railway (in June 1825) and was described, that month, in The Times newspaper. [9] Although his ideas were attempted in at least one other place. The railway built in what is now Hungary in 1827 (15th August). It was a fleeting experiment about which more details can be found here. [10]

Palmer is recorded as having given evidence, in 1825, in favour of navigation interest and against the Liverpool and Manchester Railway. [4] He was appointed resident engineer to the London Docks in 1826, where, for 9 years, he designed and executed the Eastern Dock, with the associated warehousing, entrance locks, bridges, and other works. While undertaking this role, in 1828, he inventedthe “Corrugation and Galvanisation” of sheet iron. [11]

Regarding Palmer’s invention of corrugated iron, Dr. Pedro Guedes wrote that “Palmer exploited the unique properties of metal, creating a lightweight, rigid cladding material, capable of spanning considerable distances without any other supports, helping to make lightweight iron buildings and roofs possible. Palmer’s invention completely broke with precedent and tapped into another level of thinking. The sinusoidal corrugations that Palmer imagined as the means to impart strength to his sheets of wrought iron have continued virtually unchanged for close on two centuries.” [11]

In 1831, he was elected as a Fellow of the Royal Society, publishing two papers on the movement of shingle in Philosophical Transactions, 1831 and 1834. In 1833, he took out patents for improvements in the construction of arches and roofs. [12] In 1835, he moved to Westminster and worked as a consulting engineer and was involved in numerous surveys for projected railways, and the design and construction of several docks and harbours, including those at Port Talbot, Ipswich, Penzance, and Neath. He carried out the original surveys for the South Eastern Railway, assisted by P. W. Barlow, and would have executed the scheme but ill health intervened. His original surveys for a Kentish railway dated from the time he was associated with Telford.

He died on 12th September 1844. [13]

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen inspected both of Palmer’s monorails during their visit to the UK in 1826 and 1827 and comment on both. First they describe the principles involved: “To facilitate laying out a railway with reduced friction, and to make it independent of the small unevennesses of the ground, Mr Palmer has proposed and built a kind of railway which consists of a single bar, and the wagons have only one wheel on each axle. The track is erected on posts or columns at a suitable height above the ground, and the load hangs so far below the wheels that the wagon frame cannot overturn. [16] This railway has the disadvantage that its construction is not solid, or it becomes very expensive; that it can compensate only for very small unevenness of the ground; that the motive power can operate only with an inclined pull; and that special precautions must be taken for unloading and loading the wagons. Therefore, the scheme has not come into general use. Excepting the two now to be mentioned, no railways of this kind appear to have been built in England.” [14: p75-76]

Palmer’s Deptford Railway

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen describe this railway: “This railway leads from the Thames across the yard of the Victualling Office up to the warehouse, and serves to transport provisions out of the warehouse to the ships, or the reverse. The railway consists of cast-iron columns which project from 3 to 5 ft out of the ground; these are provided with fork-shaped seats at the top and are spaced 10 ft apart. Planks 9 in. high and 3 in. thick rest in the forks on double wooden wedges, so that they can be set at the correct level very easily. On the upper edge of these planks, wrought-iron bars are spiked, which are 3½ in. wide, somewhat convex, and in. thick in the middle. The ends of these bars are not square, but cut in a broken line, and rest, not directly on the plank, but on a small iron plate let into the wood.” [14: p76]

The line is nearly horizontal, and has a fall of only about 20 minutes of angle to the river. … The wagons which run on this line have three wheels of 18 in. diameter, one behind the other; they have two flanges and the groove is shaped to fit the rail. These wheels are fixed to a wrought-iron frame which consists of three stirrups going over the wheels with connecting pieces below. The stirrups reach 2 or 3 ft below the railway, and are provided on both sides with an inclined platform, on which are placed the casks to be conveyed. For loading the wagons, there are two sloping frames at the same height as the wagon platforms, and between which the wagon has just room to pass. A wagon is loaded with 10 casks which weigh about 4½ cwt each, therefore totalling 45 cwt. The wagon can be taken at 5 cwt, so that the whole weight comes to 50 cwt, which can be moved up the line easily by four men.” [14: p76]

The Cheshunt Railway – The first passenger carrying monorail

Cheshunt had a railway three months before the Stockton and Darlington line was opened. It was a horse-drawn monorail, built by Henry Robinson Palmer, who had previously built one in Deptford Dockyard, the first in the UK. The Cheshunt Railway, his second venture, was opened on 26th June 1825, running from Mr Gibbs’ Brick Pit (to the west of Gews Corner), to a wharf on the River Lea, not far from the site of the current Cheshunt Station. Its original purpose was to haul bricks, but it was also utilised for carrying passengers. For such a short distance, it must have been principally a novelty; regardless of this, it was the first passenger monorail in the world. [15]

The design was an overhead track from which carriages were suspended, drawn by a single horse. The line crossed the main road by a section hinged like a gate, enabling it to be moved off the road. No sign of the monorail has survived, but its legacy gives Cheshunt a vital, if little-known, position in the history of railways. [15]

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen describe the railway: “From the lime and brick kilns at Cheshunt, in Hertfordshire, about 20 miles north of London, which lie on a main road, a Palmer railway leads to the Lee Canal in the flat and level Lee valley. The railway has a fall of 5 to 10 minutes of angle towards the canal; it is mile Engl. (580 fathoms Pruss.) long and serves to transport lime and bricks. The line rests on wooden posts which project on average 34 ft out of the ground; towards the limekiln, however, the bottom of the line is in a cutting in the ground, so that the posts stand in a kind of dry trench, the base of which is 9 ft wide. The wooden posts stand 10 ft apart, are 4 in. thick, and 7 in. wide; the top is fork-shaped 3 in. wide and cut 16 in. deep. In the bottom of this fork lies a block 12 to 15 in. long, in different heights, which is supported by a pair of inserted angle-pieces 14 in. high and 2 in. thick. Two wedges 2 ft long rest on this block with their inclined faces lying against one another, so that a horizontal support is always afforded to the plank which lies thereon. The planks are 101 in. high and 3 in. thick; they are 30 ft long and always meet in the middle of a post. Iron bolts with screws go through the post to hold together its fork-shaped end. There are oblong holes in the planks through which these bolts pass, so that the underlying wedges can be adjusted when necessary. On top of the planks a wrought-iron convex rail is laid, 4 in. wide, 1 in. thick at the edges, and in. thick in the middle. [14: p76]

C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen continue: “The rails are 20 ft long with their ends cut obliquely, and they are fixed by no more than two or three spikes of in. diameter with their heads countersunk in the rails. The rails have some spare holes which are used when one or other of the spikes breaks. Some posts are made of three parts fixed together. The pieces are 6 in. wide; the middle piece is 3 in. thick, the side pieces are 21 in. thick, and they are bound together by three screw-bolts; the wedges lie upon screwed-in blocks which are 1 ft long at the top. Although these planks are very thick, they have become bent at some places because of the great distance between the posts and are propped up by pillars set under them subsequently.” [14: p77]

There is a siding on the railway in the vicinity of the canal. Here the line is made double for a length of about 30 ft, and between the double piece and the single track there is a strong door 10 ft wide which is hinged to the single rail and may be fastened to either of the two tracks. The railway lies on the upper edge of the door. Directly over the hinge is a small turning piece of rail by which the severe angle which the door makes with the main railway is reduced. This railway passes over an ordinary road by a similar door.” [14: p77]

The wagons on this railway have only two cast-iron wheels, 26 in. diameter, with two flanges; they are 51 in. wide including the flanges, which are in. thick and project 11 in. They have six spokes and a nave 6 in. long and 2 in. wide. The wheel turns with a hollow cast-iron axle 2 in. thick and 12 in. long, which lies in round brass bushes at both ends; these have an inside diameter of 11 in., an outside diameter of 2 in., and are 3 in. long inside. They are fitted to seats on the wrought-iron stirrups which form the main frame of the wagon. Through the hollow cast-iron axle and the brass bushes is a wrought-iron axial bar 26 in. long, and 1 in. thick, the ends of which are fastened to the stirrup. This makes a firmer connection with the wagon frame. The two wheel centres are 46 in. apart. The platforms on which the wagon bodies are placed are 40 in. below the axle centres and are 17 in. apart. There is one wagon body on each side of the wagon, and each holds 20 cu. ft. One such body is laden with 20 cwt of lime or bricks, and therefore a wagon takes 40 cwt. One horse draws two such wagons or 80 cwt, exclusive of the bodies and the wagon.” [14: p77]

On a disused standing wagon, there is a special arrangement for reducing the friction of the wheels on the axles, which is neither properly devised according to theory nor well carried out practically. The brass bushes wherein the cast-iron axle turns have a circular-segment-shaped slot, in. wide, cut in the upper part, and in this notch rests a 4 in. high iron friction wheel, on which the whole load of the wagon bears, while the brass bush is not entirely held fast in the wagon frame.” [14: p77]

The Cheshunt Railway is also featured in the Register of Arts and Sciences No. 47, 2nd July, 1825, [17] where the illustration below appears, along with a detailed description of the opening of the railway.

The Cheshunt Railway. [17: p353]

The article is reproduced in full below at Appendix A.

C.F. Dendy Marshall also refers to Palmer (and his monorails) in his history of railways to 1830. He notes that “Palmer was prominent in connexion with the London and Brighton schemes, and was [a] principal founder of the Institution of Civil Engineers. He wrote a paper in the Journal of the Franklin Institute in 1828, advocating the use of sails on railways. An illustration is given [below] of his railway with that method of propulsion, from Hebert’s Practical Treatise on Rail Roads (1837). [19] Two short lines were made on Palmer’s principle, on which horses were used: one at the Victualling Yard, Deptford; and one from some lime-kilns and tile-works near Cheshunt to the Lea Canal. The best account of these lines is given by von Oeynhausen and von Dechen, in ‘Ueber Schienen Wage in England, 1826-27.” [18: p171]

Marshall was writing in 1935, over 30 years before the Newcomen translation of von Oeynhausen and von Dechen’s German text was published, so he took the trouble to provide his own translation of their words in full. [18: p171-173] He also points his readers to an article in the Mechanics Magazine of 6th August 1825 which concluded: “One carriage, which has been constructed for the purpose of trying the application of the plan to the conveyance of passengers, differs from the others. Its boxes partake partly of the shape of a gig, and partly that of a balloon-car; in each are two cushioned seats vis-à-vis, with a little dickey behind, the whole carriage being covered with an awning.” [18: p173-174]

Palmer’s Idea for sail propulsion on his patented monorail. [18: p171][19: p62] At times we may feel a sense of ridicule at proposals which were coming to the fore in the early days of railways, but we need to remember that railways were the most up-to-date, advanced technology of the day and that progress would not have been made if a whole range of ideas were being put forward and tried.

Hebert discusses Palmer’s ideas in his book, Practical Treatise on Rail Roads (1837): “Mr. Palmer’s railway consists of only one, which is elevated upon pillars, and carried in a straight line across the country, however undulating and rugged, over hills, valleys, brooks, and rivers, the pillars being longer or shorter, to suit the height of the rail above the surface of the ground, so as to preserve the line of the rail always straight, whether the plane be horizontal or inclined. The waggons, or receptacles for the goods, travel in pairs, one of a pair being suspended on one side of the rail, and the other on the opposite side, like panniers from the back of a horse. By this arrangement only two wheels are employed, instead of eight, to convey a pair of waggons; these two wheels are placed one before the other on the rail, and the axle-trees upon which they revolve are made of sufficient length and strength to form extended arms of support, to which are suspended the waggons.” [19:p57]

Hebert provides an illustration of the line in use. And the principles by which various obstacles were overcome. In the image below, “on the left is seen a jointed rail, or gate, that crosses the road over which the carriages have just passed, and the gate swung back, to leave the road open; the horse and man having just forded, the train of carriages is proceeding in its course, and following another train, part of which is seen on the right, crossing a rail bridge, simply constructed for that purpose.” [19:p59]

An Illustration of Palmer’s Suspension Railway. [19: p59]

Provision is made for trains of carriages that are proceeding in opposite directions, by means of ‘sidings’ or passing places. With respect to loading, if both receptacles be not loaded at the same time, that which is loaded first must be supported until the second is full. Where there is a permanent loading place, the carriage is brought over a step or block; but when it is loaded promiscuously, it is provided with a support connected to it, which is turned up when not in use. From the small height of the carriage, the loading of those articles usually done by hand becomes less laborious. The unloading may be done in various ways, according to the substance to be discharged, the receptacles being made to open either at the bottom, the ends, or the sides. In some cases, it may be desirable to suspend them by their ends, when, turning on their own centres, they are easily discharged sideways.” [19:p59]

Among the advantages contemplated by the patentee of this railway, may be mentioned that of enabling the engineer, in most cases, to construct a railway on that plane which is most effectual, and where the shape of the country would occasion too great an expenditure on former plans – that of being maintained a perfectly straight line, and in the facility with which it may always be adjusted; in being unencumbered with extraneous substances lying upon it; in receiving no interruption from snow, as the little that may lodge on the rail is cleared off by merely fixing a brush before the first carriage in the train; in the facility with which the loads may be transferred from the railway on to the carriages, by merely unhooking the receptacles, without displacing the goods, or from other carriages to the railway, by the reverse operation; in the preservation of the articles conveyed from being fractured, owing to the more uniform gliding motion of the carriages; in occupying less land than any other railway; in requiring no levelling or road-making; in adapting itself to all situations, as it may be constructed on the side of any public road, on the waste and irregular margins, on the beach or shingles of the sea-shore, indeed, where no other road can be made; in the original cost being much less, and the impediments and great expense occasioned by repairs in the ordinary mode, being by this method almost avoided.” [19: p59-60]

Hebert goes on to talk of the line built in Cheshunt in 1825. In that case, “The posts which support the rails are about ten feet apart, and vary in their height from two to five feet, according to the undulations of the surface, and so as to preserve a continuous horizontal line to the rail. The posts were made of sound pieces of old oak, ship timber, and in a, the slot or cleft at the upper ends of the posts, are fixed deal planks twelve inches by three, set in edgeways, and covering with a thin bar of iron, about four inches wide, flat on its under side, and very slightly rounded on its upper side; the true plane of the rail being regulated or preserved by the action of counter-wedges between the bottom of the mortices, and that of the planks. By this rail, on the level, one horse seemed to be capable of drawing at the usual pace about fourteen tons, including the carriages.” [19: p60]

Hebert quotes Tredgold, who commented: “We expect that this single railroad will be found far superior to any other for the conveyance of the mails and those light carriages of which speed is the principal object; because we are satisfied that a road for such carriages must be raised so as to be free from interruptions and crossings of an ordinary railway.” [19: p60][20]

Hebert notes a particular problem with Palmer’s design: “It has generally been considered a defect in Mr Palmer’s arrangement, that in order to make turns in the road, it is necessary that a portion of the rail should be made to turn with the carriages upon it. This defect, Mr. T. Chapman, of Royal Row, Lambeth, proposed to remedy, by so constructing the carriage, as to enable it to turn itself upon a fixed suspension rail, whether curved or straight, or from one angle to another. Fig. 1 … exhibits an end view of the carriage, and Fig. 2 a side view of the same, partly in section. … aa is the rail, bb two wheels on the rail; these carry the turning plates cc, each having four friction-rollers: ee, upper plates; ff, the vertical axis of the wheel-frames or turn-plates cc; they pass through the plates d and e, from which the boxes gg are suspended, by the lateral arms hh and ii. Now as the wheels and frames b c can turn freely on their axis ff, they each require four guiding rollers jjjj to keep them in a right line with the rail, and to cause them to turn as the rail turns. These carriages should not be further asunder than is absolutely necessary for the required curve of the rail. The bottom of the carriage has a joint at one third of its length, and is held up at this by the hooks kk; by removing these, the contents may be let out: the fixed portion of the bottom is made sloping, so that it may be readily emptied.” [19: p60-61]

Hebert now turns to consideration of the force of the wind: “About thirteen years ago it occurred to [him], that the force of the wind might be beneficially employed as an auxiliary power for propulsion on railways; and considering that the suspension principle, which had just then been promulgated by Mr. Palmer, was better adapted to that object than any other, he wrote a short paper on the subject, which was inserted in the eighth number of the Register of Arts, for January, 1824, under the signature of “L. H.” The plan also embraced a proposition for enabling boats from the sea, a river, or canal, to pass out of the water, at once upon the rail, and thereon be propelled precisely in the same manner as the receptacles provided by the inventor are, and from which they scarcely need to differ in shape. Both of these propositions have been treated with abundance of ridicule, by persons who were either incapable or indisposed to reason. But one of them having, according to the newspapers, been recently carried into actual practice at Sunderland, and under less favourable circumstances, (i.e. on the common ground rail) the writer need not dilate upon its feasibility. And as respects the other propositions, he will only observe, that believing it to contain the germ of something that may hereafter prove of public benefit, he hesitates not to place it before the judgment of the reader. The following are extracts from the paper alluded to. ‘The inhabitants of small islands, and of the sea-coast gene-rally, subsist chiefly upon fish; and as they are remarkable for robust constitutions, it follows that their food must be strengthening and wholesome. I propose, therefore, a railway, on Palmer’s principle, from London to the nearest seaport town or fishing-place, that shall give to the inhabitants of this city the advantages of a plentiful supply of the cheap and wholesome food enjoyed by those in maritime situations. In the drawing which accompanies this [see the sail propulsion drawing above], the scene sketched is entirely imaginary, and intended, first to represent a railway leading to a sea-port, with the carriages being propelled, according to the modes projected by Mr. Palmer; the first train of carriages being drawn along the rail by a locomotive steam-engine, the second, more in the perspective, is supposed to be drawn by a horse. Brighton is perhaps the most eligible situation for such an undertaking. By a railroad from that place, the London market might be supplied with a prodigious quantity of fish within three or four hours after their being taken from the sea, at the mart trifling expense of carriage; and if the wind were to be employed as an auxiliary propelling force, which I propose, the rapidity with which the fish might generally be brought lo our markets would give us all the advantage of a sea-port town in the purchase of it If the Hollanders have found it practicable (as is well known) to sail over land in four-wheeled carriages, how much more practicable and advantageous would it be to bring into use the admirable facilities furnished by Mr. Palmer in his new suspension railway, in which the resistance to the motion of the carriages is reduced to one-twentieth part; or in other words, wherein the facilities are twenty times greater. As objections will of course he raised, on the score of the variableness of the wind, I must repeat, that I only propose it. as an auxiliary power. It would rarely happen that the wind would not he favourable in going or returning; and it is well known that S.W. winds prevail more than any other in our quarter, which would be favourable for the principal traffic; that is to London. In the absence of a steam-engine, a horse should always be in attendance; so that when employed in drawing a train of carriages, if a favourable breeze should spring up, the sails might be spread, and the horse be-put into one of the receptacles, where, over his bag of corn, he might regale and invigorate himself for fresh exertions, should the wind fall off.” [19; p61-62]

Hebert goes on, even more fancifully in my view, to explain how Palmer’s design can be adapted to one of Hebert’s own ideas of overcoming the need for transshipment between canals and railways, and perhaps to overcome the need for locks altogether as lengths of canal could be linked by Palmer’s monorail, provided the canal vessels were designed to suit. So, Hebert says: “The railway I propose Is to be constructed as usual, elevated upon pillars, and not to terminate on arrival at the look gates B, but to pass over it, and terminate at the other end, just within the second gates A, and be supported upon pillars from the floor of the lock, the same as on dry ground. In [drawing](which is a plan) the double train of vessels are supposed to have all entered the lock, half on one side of the rail, and half on the other, and they are hooked on to the axle-trees of the wheels which are already upon the rail for that purpose. The gates next to the river or canal are then closed, and all being fast, the water is let out of the lock by a sluice at D. till it falls below the bottom of the outer gates; at which time the vessels are all suspended on their axles in the air. The gates being next opened, and the wind fair, they sail across the valley or are propelled by other means provided by the patentee.” [19: p62-63]

Hebert’s proposed transfer lock – canal to Palmer’s monorail. [19: p63]

Further Immediate Developments

As early as 1826, the German railway pioneer Friedrich Harkort had a demonstration line of Palmer’s system built at his steel factory in Elberfeld (today part of Wuppertal), but objections prevented the construction of a public railway. [22]

Soon after, the first Hungarian railway line was completed on 15th August 1827, and led from Pest to Kőbánya. It was a monorail built on the principles outlined by Palmer. [23][24]

That Hungarian scheme is described here. [25]

References

  1. Non-Conformist and Non-Parochial Records.
  2. Parish records.
  3. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/1820_Institution_of_Civil_Engineers:_New_Members, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  4. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/Henry_Robinson_Palmer, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  5. https://books.google.co.uk/books/about/History_of_the_Steam_Engine_from_Its_Ear.html?id=5yOk_AeOFTMC&redir_esc=y, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  6. https://www.urban-transport-magazine.com/en/monorails-on-the-rise, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  7. https://collection.sciencemuseumgroup.org.uk/objects/co474278/description-of-a-railway-on-a-new-principle, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  8. H.R. Palmer; Description of a Railway on a New Principle: With Observations on Those Hitherto Constructed and a Table Shewing the Comparative Amount of Resistance on Several Now in Use; J. Taylor, London, 1823. [NB: a second edition was published by J. Taylor in 1824]
  9. The Times; Monday 27th June 1825.
  10. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/02/07/a-first-short-lived-horse-powered-railway-in-hungary.
  11. https://espace.library.uq.edu.au/data/UQ_225741/n01_Thesis_text_Guedes.pdf?Expires=1739979301&Key-Pair-Id=APKAJKNBJ4MJBJNC6NLQ&Signature=Mta6J-AfDmIox2Cyn9W0thOJLfTU~R9QiqLT8VT89xVPRJgExbS1S4QfcUKrb6UlMbRmQMlQia08caTuBVwGTTKWPfuHEw6uOtvyS4iXAAasj4oOU-UnDKHCJaFRy7vXuI~GVvFmYSTbsUlZYjZTJ0aNnXX9GMN91PPH54y3dqOwpOEQwMxrYNiqlUvLIzSs40wveXwq3Hwlr~Cc7JSz1dvO6B8Xp~H4JM2PCvroy8IvgFCZqxjuwHnYEUXj7fY-INLhfV-Jqf6jTiGa48vSr-VHKQPy9xaupA0dsyXbFU711pyxy76s0kSvdXD9gW8oFX19LtveL9ohve2r3YAJSQ__, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  12. The Leicester Chronicle, or Commercial and Agricultural Advertiser; Saturday, 15th February 1834.
  13. The Ipswich Journal, Saturday, 14th September 1844.
  14. C. von Oeynhaussen & H. von Dechen; Railways in England 1826 and 1827; translated by E.A. Forward and edited by C. E. Lee & K. R. Gilbert; Heffer &b Sons Ltd, Cambridge, for the Newcomen Society, 1971.
  15. Nicholas Blatchley; Cheshunt Railway, 1825; via https://www.hertsmemories.org.uk/content/herts-history/topics/transport/railways/cheshunt_railway_1825, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  16. This refers to a device patented by Henry Robinson Palmer (1795-1844) on 22nd November 1821 (Patent No. 4618). The line in the Royal Victualling Yard, Deptford, appears to have been brought into use in the latter part of 1824. The Cheshunt line was opened with considerable ceremony on 25th June 1825.
  17. Register of Arts and Sciences No. 47, 2nd July 1825; via https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Register_of_the_arts_and_sciences._Volume_2,_1825._(IA_s1id13655130).pdf, accessed on 18th February 2025.
  18. C.F. Dendy Marshall; A History of British Railways Down to the Year 1830; Oxford, 1938.
  19. Luke Hebert; Practical Treatise on Rail Roads and Locomotive Engines; Thomas Kelly, London, 1837.
  20. Thomas Tredgold; A Practical Treatise on Rail-roads and Carriages; J. Taylor, London, 1825.
  21. The Railway Magazine; H. R. Palmer, A Forgotten Railway Pioneer; Volume 99 March 1953, p658ff.
  22. https://www.urban-transport-magazine.com/en/monorails-on-the-rise, accessed on 19th February 2025.
  23. https://pestbuda.hu/en/cikk/20220812_the_first_hungarian_railway_was_built_195_years_ago_the_special_structure_delivered_construction_materials_from_kobanya, accessed on 6th February 2025.
  24. https://pestbuda.hu/en/cikk/20230322_the_downfall_of_the_first_hungarian_railway, accessed on 6th February 2025.
  25. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/02/07/a-first-short-lived-horse-powered-railway-in-hungary.
  26. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/02/19/early-monorail-proposals-in-russia.

Appendix A – The Opening of the Patent Suspension Railway at Cheshunt, Herts

The Register of Arts and Sciences No. 47, 2nd July, 1825

We had the gratification on Saturday last of witnessing a practical demonstration of the advantages of Mr. Palmer’s new Suspension Railway, the nature and construction of which having been fully described in the 7th and 8th numbers of this Work, to those articles we refer our readers, as connected with our present account.

A line of railway on these beautiful principles having been erected at Cheshunt, in Hertfordshire, by Mr. Gibbs of that place, the same was opened for public inspection on the above-mentioned day, when a numerous and highly-respectable company of persons attended by invitation to witness the operation of the carriages, and partake of a rural entertainment provided for the occasion. The weather proved fine during the forenoon, but the rain which after-wards occasionally descended in showers, would have been felt very inconveniently by the numerous fair visitors, had they not been provided with large booths, in which were erected ranges of elevated seats, commanding a view of the entire piece of rail-road, besides affording a fine prospect of the surrounding country, which is beautifully picturesque. Near to these was stationed a band of music, which played a variety of national airs; and the flags of England, France, America, and other nations, waving their colours in different parts of the beautiful meadows, gave a delightful effect to the scene, independently of the highly interesting business of the day.

The chief object of the proprietor of this undertaking is the conveyance of bricks across the Marsh to the River Lea for shipment, and the carriages have consequently receptacles adapted to that peculiar purpose. But on the present occasion each receptacle was fitted up with temporary seats, for the conveyance of the persons in the manner represented in the engraving; each receptacle being likewise loaded with a quantity of bricks as ballast, which were stowed away under the seats, making, perhaps, a total weight to each receptacle of one ton; and there being two receptacles to a carriage (one suspended on each side of the rail) will make the whole weight about fourteen tons. The first carriage shewn in the train * had the receptacles expressly made for passengers, and were elegantly constructed in the barouche style, the passengers sitting opposite to each other. The whole of this immense train was drawn by a single horse by means of a towing rope attached to the first carriage, and with so little exertion apparently, that it was evident the strength of a good average horse would be sufficient to draw double the weight operated upon. The rail was proved to be upon a level plane by the animal drawing the load with equal facility, in either direction. The posts which support the rail are about ten feet apart, and vary in their height from two to five feet according to the undulations of the ground, so as to preserve the horizontal line of the rail. Under the rail, and between a cleft of each of the posts are placed reverse wedges, which admits of a facile and almost instantaneous adjustment of the plane, in the nicest manner. [a] The posts are made of that almost ever-lasting stuff, sound old ship timber, and securely fixed in the ground in a peculiar manner; the rail is constructed with 3-inch planks, 12 inches wide, which are placed edgeways between the clefts of the pillars. The upper surface of the rail is covered with a bar of iron four inches wide and about a quarter of an inch thick, and a little con-vexed on the upper side, to suit the occasionally inclined position of the wheels, and to prevent (as we suppose) a too extended contact of their surfaces.

Our object in giving another sketch of this truly excellent invention has been, chiefly to shew its admirable application for the conveyance of persons as well as goods. The vehicles glide so smoothly over the surface of the country, as to be compared only to the floating of boats in the stream of a river; and it is evident that no mode of travelling can possibly be less free from danger.

The simplicity and effectiveness of this new railway was the subject of general admiration; among the spectators we noticed several engineers of eminence, who, very honourably to themselves, awarded their meed of praise, so justly due to the inventor, for the erection of (unquestionably) the best rail-way hitherto constructed. [b] The uses and advantages are indeed so obvious to every observer, that it is impossible not to believe that it will become of general adoption in all situations suited to a work of the kind.

Notes

  1. This simple method of adjustment is one of very considerable importance in every point of view. In the common railroads, when the surface has become irregular by the sinking of particular parts, the rails must be taken up of necessity, and a complete re-bedding of their foundations made, which is of course attended with considerable expense and inconvenience. By Mr. Palmer’s plan a tap or two with a hammer sets the whole straight.
  2. Even Mr. Vallance, who may be regarded as unfriendly to railways generally, very candidly says in his pamphlet on the subject, “By the effects produced on different railroads, it is proved, that a power which will raise one pound perpendicularly, will move above 100 lbs. horizontally at the same rate; and on a railway of Mr. H. R. Palmer’s invention, it may at any time be seen, that the same power will produce the same effect on above 300 lbs!”